Course Syllabus B. Tech. (Agricultural Engineering)

COURSE SYLLABUS
B. TECH. (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING)
Approved by the Academic Council

(Resolution No. 7183, dated 7.11.2016 and 7372, dated 17.7.2018)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING AND

TECHNOLOGY
OUAT, BHUBANESWAR
College of Agricultural Engineering and Technology, OUAT, Bhubaneswar
Semester-wise Course Programme
Credit
No. Course No. Title of the Course
Hour
Semester I
1. MATH-111 Engineering Mathematics-I 3(2+1)
2. PHY-111 Engineering Physics 3(2+1)
3. CHM-111 Engineering Chemistry 3(2+1)
4. AC-112 Principles of Soil Science 3(2+1)
5. ASCE-111 Surveying and Levelling 3(1+2)
6. ASCE-112 Engineering Mechanics 3(2+1)
7. ME-111 Engineering Drawing 2(0+2)
8. ME-112 Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer 3(3+0)
9. NSS- 111 NSS (Non gradial) 2 (0+2)
Total 25 (14+11)
Semester II
1. MATH-122 Engineering Mathematics-II 3(2+1)
2. AC-124 Environmental Science and Disaster Management 3(2+1)
3. ENG-121 Communication Skills &Personality Development 2(1+1)
4. ASCE-123 Theory of Structures 2(1+1)
5. ASCE-124 Strength of Materials 2(1+1)
6. ME-123 Workshop Technology and Practices 3(1+2)
7. EE-121 Elect. Machines and Power Utilisation 3(2+1)
8. AG-121 Principles of Agronomy 3(2+1)
Total 21 (12+9)
III Semester
1. HORT-211 Principles of Horticultural Crops and Plant Protection 2(1+1)
2. CS-211 Web Designing & Internet Appl. 2(1+1)
3. MATH-213 Engineering Mathematics-III 2(1+1)
4. ASCE-215 Soil Mechanics 2(1+1)
5. IDE-211 Fluid Mechanics and Open Channel Hydraulics 3(2+1)
6. ME-214 Theory of Machines 2(2+0)
7. ME-215 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3(2+1)
8. EE-212 Applied Electronics & Instrumentation 3(2+1)
9. ABM-211 Entrepreneurship Development and Business 3(3+0)
Management
10 AS 211 Agricultural Statistics 2(1+1)
Total 24(16+8)
IV Semester
1 ASCE-226 Building Construction and Cost Estimation 2(2+0)
2 ME-226 Auto CAD Applications 2(0+2)
3 ME-227 Machine Design 2(2+0)
4 FMPE-221 Farm Machinery & Equipment-I 3(2+1)
5 PFE-221 Engineering Properties of Agricultural Produce 2(1+1)
Credit
Hour
6 SWCE-221 Watershed Hydrology 2(1+1)
7 IDE-222 Irrigation Engineering 3(2+1)
8. FMPE-222 Tractor and Automotive Engines 3(2+1)
9. REE-221 Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Sources 3(2+1)
10. CAE-221 In-plant training-I (Student READY) Registration
5(0+5)
only
Total 27(14+13)
th
In-plant training-I during summer break June-July after 4 Semester (Student
READY)
V Semester
1. FMPE-313 Farm Machinery and Equipment-II 3(2+1)
2. IDE-313 Sprinkler and Micro Irrigation syst. 2 (1+1)
3. ASCE-317 Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control 3(2+1)
4. PFE-312 Post Harvest Engg. of Cereals, Pulses and Oil Seeds 3(2+1)
5. SWCE-312 Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 3(2+1)
6. SWCE-313 Watershed Planning and Management 2(1+1)
7. IDE-314 Drainage Engineering 2(1+1)
8. REE-312 Renewable Power Sources 3(2+1)
9. CAE-312 Educational Tour during winter/January break 2 (0+2)
(Registration only)
Total 23(13+10)
VI Semester
1. CS-322 Computer Programming and Data Structures 3(1+2)
2. FMPE-324 Tractor Systems and Controls 3(2+1)
3. PFE-323 Post Harvest Engineering of Horticultural Crops 2(1+1)
4. SWCE-324 Water Harvesting and Soil Conservation Structures 3(2+1)
5. IDE-325 Groundwater, Wells and Pumps 3(2+1)
6. FMPE-325 Tractor and Farm Machinery Operation and 2(0+2)
Maintenance
7. PFE-324 Dairy and Food Engineering 3(2+1)
8. REE-323 Bio-energy Systems: Design and Applications 3(2+1)
9. CAE-323 In-plant training-II (Student READY) Registration
5(0+5)
only
Total 27(12+15)
th
In-plant training-II during summer break June-July after 6 Semester (Student
READY)
VII Semester Student READY (Rural and Entrepreneurship Awareness Development Yojana)
10- weeks Industrial Attachment /Internship (Student 10(0+10)
1. CAE-414
READY)
10- weeks Experiential Learning On campus (Student 10(0+10)
2. CAE-415
READY)
Total 20(0+20)
VIII Semester Student READY (Rural and Entrepreneurship Awareness Development
Credit
Hour
Yojana)
1. DEPT- 42X (E) Elective course 3(2+1)
2. DEPT- 42Y (E) Elective course 3(2+1)
3. DEPT - 42Z (E) Elective course 3(2+1)
CAE 426 Project Planning and Report Writing (Student 10(0+10)
4.
READY) (12 weeks)
Total 19 (6+13)
Grand Total I to VIII semesters 184 (86+98)
Elective Courses (Any 3 courses)
Sl. Course No Title of the Course,
Credit hour
No
1 ASCE-421(E) Remote Sensing and GIS Applications 3(2+1)
2 ASCE-422(E) Precision Farming Techniques for Protected Cultivation 3(2+1)
3 ASCE-423(E) Plastic Applications in Agriculture 3(2+1)
4 PFE-421(E) Food Quality and Control 3(2+1)
5 PFE-422(E) Food Plant Design and Management 3(2+1)
6 PFE-423(E) Food Packaging Technology 3(2+1)
7 PFE-424(E) Development of Processed Products 3(2+1)
8 PFE-425(E) Process Equipment Design 3(2+1)
9 FMPE-421(E) Mechanics of Tillage and Traction 3(2+1)
10 FMPE-422(E) Farm Machinery Design and Production 3(2+1)
11 FMPE-423(E) Human Engineering and Safety 3(2+1)
12 FMPE-424(E) Tractor Design and Testing 3(2+1)
13 FMPE-425(E) Hydraulic Drives and Controls 3(2+1)
14 FMPE-426(E) Precision Agriculture and System Management 3(2+1)
15 REE-421(E) Photovoltaic Technology and Systems 3(2+1)
16 REE-422(E) Wind Power Technology and Systems 3(2+1)
17 REE-423(E) Waste and By-products Utilization 3(2+1)
18 SWCE-421(E) Floods and Control Measures 3(2+1)
19 SWCE-422(E) Wasteland Development 3(2+1)
SWCE-423(E) Information Technology for Land and Water 3(2+1)
20
Management
21 IDE-421(E) Management of Canal Irrigation System 3(2+1)
22 IDE-422(E) Minor Irrigation and Command Area Development 3(2+1)
23 IDE-423(E) Water Quality and Management Measures 3(2+1)
24 IDE-424(E) Landscape Irrigation Design and Management 3(2+1)
25 CS-421(E) Artificial Intelligence 3(3+0)
26 EE-421(E) Mechatronics 3(2+1)
Engineering Mathematics-I
1. Course No : MATH - 111
2. Course title : Engineering Mathematics-I
3. Credit hour : 3 (2+1)
4. Class : 1st year, B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
5. Semester : 1st Semester
6. General objective : To educate the students on applications of mathematical
derivations for solving engineering problems
7. Specific objective:
Theory
By the end of the course, the students will be able to
 Know about matrices and their ranking
 Understand the eigen values, eigen vectors and their properties
 Distinguish between linear and orthogonal transformation
 Develop knowledge on Cayley Hamilton theorem
 Know about diagonalization of matrices
 Understand the function of two or more independent variables
 Know about Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s expansion
 Distinguish between homogenous and composite function
 Have a brief knowledge on Jacobian’s error evaluation
 Know about Stroke’s divergence and Green’s theorem
Theory
Matrices: Elementary transformations, Gauss-Jordon method to find inverse of a matrix, eigen values
and Eigen vectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem, linear transformation, diagonalization of matrices,
Solution of linear equations, nature of rank, using Cayley-Hamilton theorem to find inverse of A.
Differential calculus: Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s expansions; function of two or more independent
variables, partial differentiation, homogeneous functions and Euler’s theorem, composite functions,
total derivatives, maxima and minima.
Integral calculus: volumes and surfaces of revolution of curves; double and triple integrals, change of
order of integration, application of double and triple integrals to find area and volume. Vector calculus:
Differentiation of vectors, scalar and vector point functions, vector differential operator Del, Gradient
of a scalar point function, Divergence and Curl of a vector point function and their physical
interpretations, identities involving Del, second order differential operator; line, surface and volume
integrals, Stoke’s, divergence and Green’s theorems (without proofs).
Tutorial
Rank of a matrix, consistency and solution of linear equations, eigen values and eigen vectors, Cayley-
Hamilton theorem, diagonalization of matrices; Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s expansion, function of two
or more independent variables partial differentiation, maxima and minima, Homogenous function and
Euler’s theorem
(A)Theory Lecture Outline
Lecture Chapter Details
1. Matrix Theory Introduction to matrices
2. Elementary transformations
3. Gauss Jordan method to find inverse of a matrix
4. Eigen values, eigen vectors, Cayley Hamilton theorem
5. Linear transformation, diogonalisation of matrics
6. Solution of linear equations, nature of rank
7. Caley Hamilton theorem to find inverse of A

Introduction to calculus
8. Differential Calculus
Taylor and Maclaurin’s expansion
9.
Function of two or more independent variables
10.
Partial differentiation, homogenous function and Euler’s
11.
theorem
Composite function, total derivatives
12.
Maxima and minima
13.
Integral calculus
14.
Surface of revolutions of curves, volume of revolutions of
15.
curves
Double integrals
16.
Triple integrals
17.
Change of order of integrations
18.
Applications of double and triple integral to find area and
19.
volumes
Introduction to vectors
20. Vectors and Vector
calculus
Differentiation of vectors
21.
Del, vector differential operators
22.
Gradient and scalar point function
23.
Its Physical interpretation
24.
Divergence of a vector point function
25.
Curl of a vector point function
26.
Physical interpretation
27.
Identities involving Del
28.
Second order differential operator
29.
Surface integrals, volume integrals
30.
Stoke’s divergence theorem
31.
Greeen’s theorem without proof
32.
(B)Lecture Tutorial
Lecture Details
1. Rank of a matrix
2. Consistency and solution of linear equations
3. Eigen values and eigen vectors
4. Cayley-Hamilton theorem
5. Diagonalization of matrices
6. Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s expansion
7. Function of two or more independent variables
8. Partial differentiation
9. Maxima and minima
10. Homogenous function and Eulers theorem
11. Differentiation of vectors
12. Gradient and scalar point function
13. Divergence of a vector point function
14. Surface integrals, volume integrals
15. Stoke’s divergence theorem
16. Green’s theorem without proof
References
1. Narayan Shanti. 2004. Differential Calculus. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Narayan Shanti. 2004. Integral Calculus. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Grewal B S. 2004. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Khanna Publishers Delhi.
4. Narayan Shanti. 2004. A Text Book of Vector. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi .
Engineering Physics
1. Course No : PHY - 111
2. Course title : Engineering Physics
6. General objective : To educate the students on various engineering aspects of
Physics.
(a) Theory
 Distinguish among conductor, insulator and semiconductors in terms of band gap
 Have a brief knowledge on semiconductors
 To know the quantum nature of electrons
 To have an idea about effective mass of electrons and holes
 Know about different types of magnetic materials and their properties
 Understand the dual nature of particles
 Understand the effect of electric and magnetic field on spectra of atoms and molecules
 Know about super conducting materials and their properties

 Know about different types of LASER and MASERS
 Understand holography
 Know about optical fibres and its applications
 Know about illumination and its laws.
(b) Practical
By the end of the practical exercises, the students will learn to
 Determine the e/m ratio using magnetron valve method
 Determine the low resistance using Carey Foster bridge without calibrating the bridge
wire
 Determine dielectric constant of material using De Sautys bridge
 Study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current carrying
circular coil and to determine the radius of the coil
 Determine the energy band gap in a semi conductor using four probe method
 Study the LCR circuit
 Find the wave length of light by using prism and spectrometer
 To verify law of transverse vibrations along a string using electrical tuningfork
Theory
Dia, para and ferromagnetism-classification. Langevin theory of dia and paramagnetism.
Adiabatic demagnetization. Weiss molecular field theory and ferromagnetism. Curie-Weiss law.
Wave particle quality, de-Broglie concept, uncertainty principle. Wave function. Time
dependent and time independent Schrodinger wave equation, Qualitative explanation of Zeeman
effect, Stark effect and Paschan Back effect, Raman spectroscopy. Statement of Bloch’s
function. Bands in solids, velocity of Bloch’s electron and effective mass. Distinction between
metals. insulators and semiconductors. Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, law of mass
action. Determination of energy gap in semiconductors. Donors and acceptor levels.
Superconductivity, critical magnetic field. Meissner effect. Isotope effect. Type-I and II
superconductors, Josephson’s effect DC and AC, Squids. Introduction to high T c
superconductors. Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Einstein A and B coefficients.
Population inversion, He-Ne and Ruby lasers. Ammonia and Ruby masers, Holography-Note.
Optical fiber. Physical structure. basic theory. Mode type, input output characteristics of optical
fiber and applications. Illumination: laws of illumination, luminous flux, luminous intensity,
candle power, brightness.
Practical
To find the frequency of A.C. supply using an electrical vibrator; To find the low resistance
using Carey Foster bridge without calibrating the bridge wire; To determine dielectric constant
of material using De Sauty’s bridge; To determine the value of specific charge (e/m) for
electrons by helical method; To study the induced e.m.f. as a function of velocity of the magnet;
To obtain hysteresis curve (B-H curve) on a C.R.O. and to determine related magnetic
quantities; To study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a current
carrying circular coil and to detuning the radius of the coil; To determine the energy band gap in
a semiconductor using a p-n Junction diode; To determine the slit width from Fraunhofer
diffraction pattern using laser beam; To find the numerical aperture of optical fiber: To set up
the fiber optic analog and digital link; To study the phase relationships in L.R. circuit; To study
LCR circuit; To study the variations of thermoemf of a copper-constantan thermo-couple with
temperature; To find the wave length of light by prism.
1 Dia, para and ferro-magnetism - classification
2 Langrevin theory of dia, and para magnetism
Magnetism
Adiabatic demagnetization, Weiss molecular field
3
theory
4 Wave particles duality
Introduction to
5 de Broglie concept uncertainty principle
Quantum
Time dependent and time independent Schrodinger
6 Mechanics
equation
7 Qualitative explanation of Zeeman effect
8 Spectroscopy Stark effect and Paschen back effect
9 Raman spectroscopy
10 Statement of Bloch function
11 Bands in solids, effective mass
Solid state Physics
Distinction between metals insulators and semi-
12
conductors
Intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors, law of mass
13
action
Semiconductors
14 Determination of energy gap in semi-conductors
15 Donors and acceptor levels
16 Super conductivity, critical magnetic field
17 Meissner effect, isotope effect
18 Superconductivity Type I and II superconductors, Josephsons effect,
DC and AC squids, Introduction to high Tc
19
superconductors
Spontaneous and stimulated emission, Einstein A &
20
LASERS and B coefficients
21 MASERS Population inversion, He, Ne and Ruby lasers
22 Ammonia and Ruby masers
23 Optical fibre, physical structure, basic theory
Holography and
Type of modes, characteristics of optical fibre and
24 Optical fibre
applications
25 Laws of illumination, luminous flux
Illumination
26 Luminous intensity, candle power, brightness
(B)Practical Class Outline

Class Practical
1 To verify law of transverse vibrations along a string using electrical
2 tuning fork
3 To determine e/m of electron using magnetron valve method
4
5
Determine dielectric constant of material using De Sautys bridge
6
7 Study the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a
8 current carrying circular coil and to determine the radius of the coil
9 Determine the energy band gap in a semi conductor using a p-n junction
10 diode
11
Study the LCR circuit
12
13
Find the wave length of light by using prism and spectrometer
14
15 Determine the low resistance using Carey Foster bridge without
16 calibrating the bridge wire
References
Theory books
1. Introduction to Solid State Physics by C Kittel, Wiley Eastern Pvt. Ltd.
2. Quantum Mechanics, Theory and Application by Ghatak and Lokanath.
3. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics by M D Das and P K Jena, Kitab Mahal.
4. Modern Physics by H S Mani and G K Mehta
5. Laser and Non-linear Optics by B B Laud, John Wiley
6. An Introduction to Laser by M N Avadhanulu, S. Chand Publication
7. Foundations of Electronics by Chattopadhyay, Bikshit, Saha and Pukali
8. Optics by Satyaprakash, RatanPrakashanMandir
9. Text book of Optics by Brijlal and Subramanyam, S. Chand Publication
10. Introduction to Atomic Spectra by H.E. White, Mc-Graw Hill Publication
11. Electricity and Magnetism by Rakshit and Chattopadhyay, S. Chand Publication
12. Elementary Solid State Physics by M A Omar, Addison Weasley Publication
Practical books
1. Advanced Practical Physics by B L Worsnop and H C Flint
2. Physics through Experiments, vol. I & II, by B sarafEral, Vikas Publication, New Delhi
3. A laboratory Manual of Physics for under graduate classes by D P Khandelwal, Vant
Publishing House, New Delhi
Engineering Chemistry
1. Course No : CHM - 111
2. Course title : Engineering Chemistry
Chemistry.
(a)Theory
By the end of the course, the student will be able to
 Know different type of fuel and their quality through various analytical methods
 Understand the cause, effect and prevention of corrosion
 Learn about the type of water and its effect on industries
 Acquire knowledge about the modern instruments for analysis of samples
 Know the nutrition value of food, types of food preservatives, colouring reagents and
flavouring reagents
 Acquire basic idea about polymerization and its properties
 Determination of molecular mass through various methods
(b)Practical
By the end of the practical exercises, the student will learn to
 Find out the amount of temporary and total hardness causing water pollution
 Determine the amount of available chlorine in bleaching powder
 Find out the amount of dissolved oxygen needed to support aquatic life
 Determine the concentration of coloured solution spectrophotometrically
Theory
Phase rule and its application to one and two component systems. Fuels: classification. Calorific
value. Colloids: classification. Properties. Corrosion: causes. types and method of prevention. Water:
temporary and permanent hardness. Disadvantages of hard water, scale and sludge formation in
boilers, boiler corrosion. Analytical methods like thermo-gravimetric. polarographic analysis. nuclear
radiation. Detectors and analytical applications of radioactive materials. Enzymes and their use in the
manufacturing of ethanol and acetic acid by fermentation methods. Principles of food chemistry.
Introduction to lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins, food preseltators, colouring and flavouring
reagents of food. Lubricants: properties. Mechanism. Classification and tests. Polymers. Types of
polymerization. Properties. Uses and methods for the determination of molecular weight of polymers.
Introduction to IR spectroscopy.
Practical
Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method: Estimation
of chloride in water: Estimation of dissolved oxygen in water: Estimation of available chlorine in
bleaching powder: Determination of λnax and verification of Beer Lambert Law.

Lecture Chapter
Courses to be covered
No.
1. Phase, component, degree of freedom
2. Application to one component system viz. Water system
Phase rule
3. Application to one component system Sulphur system
4. Two component system vizpb-Ag system, desilverisation of Pb
5. Classification, properties like optical activity-Tyndall effect
6. Colloids Brownian movement, electrical properties –Electrophoresis
7. Causes, types and methods of prevention-proper designing
8. Cathodic protection using pure metal and metal alloys, use of
Corrosion
Inhibitors
9. Temporary and permanent hardness, disadvantages of hard water
10. Scale and sludge formation of boilers, boiler corrosion
11. Basic idea on thermo-gravimetric analysis
12. Polarographic analysis, nuclear radiation
Water
13. Detectors and analytical applications of radio-active materials
14. Discovery of isotopes and new elements, release of atomic energy
15. Radio-active tracer and carbon dating
16. Doubt clearing and problem discussion
17. Fuels Classification and calorific value and its determination by bomb calorimeter
18. Basic idea on enzymes, their use in manufacturing of ethanol

And acetic acid by fermentation method
Enzymes
19. Lipids, proteins, carbohydrates and it classification and vitamins
And it’s importances
20. Principles of Introduction to food preservatives, definition types natural and
food chemistry Artificial preservative and its use
21. Colouring and flavoring reagents of Food with examples
22. Classifications, properties-viscosity, flash point and fire
Point mechanism
23. Thick film, thin film and extreme pressure; Neutralization point
Lubricants
24. Saponification number and mechanical stability
25. Type of polymerization with example (addition, free radical)
26. Different properties of polymers -chemical resistance, Crystallinity.
27. Effect of heat on polymers, general use, basic principles of
Polymers
Determination of molecular weight by viscosity methods
28. Basic principles of determination of molecular weight by
Light scattering methods
29. Basic principles of Spectroscopy Beer -Lambarts law ,
30. Intro. to IR Types of vibration symmetric ,asymmetric vibration and it type
31. spectroscopy Absorbances of different functional group in IR
32. Doubt clearing and problem discussion
B) Practical Class Outline:

Class Practical
Instructions for determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water by
1
EDTA method.
Experimental work for determination of temporary and permanent hardness
2
of by EDTA method.
3 Result analysis and record writing of the experiment.
4 Instructions for estimation of chloride in water sample.
5 Experimental work for estimation of chloride in water sample.
7 Instructions for estimation of dissolved oxygen in water sample.
8 Experimental work for estimation of dissolved oxygen in water sample.

10 Instructions for estimation of chloride in water sample.
11 Experimental work for estimation of chloride in water sample.
13 Instructions for determination of λmax and verification of Beer-Lambert law.
14 Experimental work for determination of λmax and verification of Beer-Lambert law.

16 Mock Test.
References
1. Organic Chemistry: Robert. T. Morrison and Robert. N .Boyd, Pearson publication
2. Organic Chemistry: I. L. Finar, Pearson publication
3. Spectroscopy: By Y.R.Sharam, Kalyani Publisher
4. Engg. Chemistry by Jain and Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publication.
5. Physical Chemistry by Samuel Glasstone by Mc. Graw Hill.
Principle of Soil Science
1. Course No : AC - 112
2. Course title : Principle of Soil science
6. General objective : To educate the students on various engineering aspects of soil
science.
Theory: The students will be able to:-

 Understand the origin of soil, soil forming rocks minerals, their classification and composition.
 Know about the physical and chemical properties of soil.
 Acquaint with the important of clay minerals and their role in nutrient transformation in soil,
 Gain knowledge regarding the role of plant nutrients, deficiency symptoms, important fertilizer
and their reaction in soil.
 Know about the problematic soil, their characteristics and management.
Practical: The students will be able to
 Know about the rocks and minerals soil profile, composite soil sample collection, preparation,
processing of soil samples.
 Determine the soil physical parameters with respect to bulk density, particle density and soil
porosity.
 Determine the chemical property with respect to organic carbon, N, P, K content in soil.
 Determine the gypsum requirement of sodic soils and water quality parameters.
Theory
Nature and origin of soil; soil forming rocks and minerals, their classification and composition, soil
forming processes, classification of soils – soil taxonomy orders; important soil physical properties;
and their importance; soil particle distribution; soil inorganic colloids – their composition, properties
and origin of charge; ion exchange in soil and nutrient availability; soil organic matter – its
composition and decomposition, effect on soil fertility; soil reaction – acidic, saline and sodic soils;
quality or irrigation water; essential plants nutrients – their functions and deficiency symptoms in
plants; important inorganic fertilizers and their reactions in soils. Use of saline and sodic water for crop
production, Gypsum requirement for reclamation of sodic soils and neutralizing RSC; Liquid fertilizers
and their solubility and compatibility.
Practical
Identification of rocks and minerals; Examination of soil profile in the field; Collection of Soil
Sample; Determination of bulk density; particle density and porosity of soil; Determination of organic
carbon of soil; Determination of Nitrogen, Determination of Phosphorus and Determination of
Potassium; Identification of nutrient deficiency symptoms of crops in the field; Determination of
gypsum requirement of sodic soils; Determination of water quality parameters.
(A) Theory Lecture Outline

Pedological & edaphology concepts, origin of the
1
Importance of Soil earth atmosphere, hydrosphere and lithosphere-their
characteristics- Earth crust composition.
Classification of rocks based on mode of origin-
Rocks and their igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks and metamorphic
2
classification rocks-classification of rocks based on their chemical
composition
Minerals and their Important rock forming minerals, their classification
3
classification and weatheribility of minerals
Weathering of rocks Mechanisms of physical, chemical and biological
4
and minerals weathering of rocks and minerals
Different soil forming factors, Soil forming process
5 Soil formation such as fundamental pedogenic process and specific
pedogenic process
Detailed description of hypothetical soil profile,
6 Study of soil profile
differences between surface soil and sub soil
Modern system of soil classification along with
7 Soil classification
study of diagnostic soil horizons
Soil orders, sub orders, grate group and their
8 Soil taxonomy
characteristics
Mass volume relationship along with Soil texture
9 Soil Texture
and its importance.
Soil structure, its classification, evaluation and its
10 Soil structure
management
Soil crusting, Factors affecting soil crusting and its
11 Soil crusting
management
Soil consistency, its mechanism, evaluation and
12 Soil consistency
management. Soil puddling and its evaluation
Soil water and its measurement, Soil water potential
13 Soil water
and its measurement
14 Soil air Soil air, its movement, evaluation and management
Soil heat, its measurement, evaluation and
15 Soil heat
management
16 Revision Revision and doubt clear class
Definition, classification, properties of soil colloids
17 Soil colloids
and their significance
Charge Origin of charges in inorganic and organic soil
18 characteristics of soil colloids-negative and positive charges. Ion
colloids adsorption and exchange in soil
Various sources of organic matters, their
19 Soil organic matter composition, different plant residues and their
decomposability
Different types of soil reaction, source and kind of
20 Soil acidity
soil acidity, problem and amelioration of soil acidity
Nature and characteristics of saline and sodic soil,
21 Soil salinity
reclamation of saline soil
Reclamation of sodic Reclamation of sodic soil and calculation of gypsum
22
soil. required
Residual Sodium Methods for neutralizing RSC and their
23
Carbonate interpretation
Essential plant Essentiality criteria, classification of essential plant
24
nutrients nutrients
Role of plant nutrients and their deficiency
25 Deficiency symptoms
symptoms in different crops
Different type of inorganic fertilizers and their
26 Fertilizers
classification
Reaction of different Reaction of different inorganic fertilizers in soil and
27
inorganic fertilizers enhancement of nutrient use efficiencies
Different types of liquid fertilizers, their role and
28 Liquid fertilizers
behaviour in soil and plant
Efficiency of liquid Solubility and compatibility of different liquid
29
fertilisers. fertilizers
Quality of Irrigation Analysis of irrigation water with respect to different
30
water parameters to study the quality of irrigation water
Interpretation of the Interpretation of result and suitability criteria of
31
result irrigation water for different crops
32 Revision Revision and doubt clear class
(B) Practical Class Outline
Class Practical
1 Collection of soil sample from the field, its processing & preservation in lab.
2 Determination of bulk density, particle density and pore space in soil
3 Determination of soil texture by feel method.
4 Determination of soil texture by Bouyoucos hydrometer method.
5 Determination of organic carbon in soil.
6 Determination of nitrogen content in soil
7 Determination of phosphorus content in soil
8 Determination of potassium content in soil
9 Determination of gypsum requirement in sodic soil
10 Determination of CO3= , HCO3- and Cl- content in irrigation water
11 Determination of Ca++ and Mg++ content in irrigation water
12 Determination of Na+ and K+ content in irrigation water
13 Determination of SO4= content in irrigation water
Identification of major and minor nutrient deficiency symptoms of crops in
14
the field.
15 Identification of soil forming rocks and minerals.
16 Study of soil profile.
References
1. The nature and properties of soil (2002) - N.C. Brady and Ray, R. Weill; Pearson
Education Inc. New Delhi.
2. A text book of soil science (1987) - T.D. Biswas and S.K. Mukharjee; Tata McGraw-Hill
publishing co. ltd.
3. Fundamentals of soil science (2002) - Indian Society of soil science, IARI, New Delhi.
4. Soil pedology (1996) – J. L. Sehgal, Kalyani publication, Ludhiana.
5. Soil Physics (1987) – B.P. Ghildyal and R.P. Tripathy; Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Introduction to soil physics-Daniel Hillel, Academic Press, New York
7. Introductory to soil science- Dilip Kumar Das, Kalyani publication, Ludhiana.
8. Practical manual for Introduction to soil science-P. K. Das, A. K. Dash, and G. H. Santra,
Department of Soil Science & Agricultural Chemistry, Orissa University of Agriculture
& Technology Bhubaneswar.
Surveying and Levelling
1. Course no. :ASCE-111
2. Course title :Surveying and Levelling
3. Credit hours :3(1+2)
4. Class :1st year, B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objectives:To acquaint the students different land survey methods and to take
various measurements.
7. Specific Objectives
(a)Theory
By the end of the course the students should be able to
 Understand the importance of surveying, how to prepare maps, plans and the
importance of different scales
 Know about taking measurements linear, angular and altitude etc.
 Know about the different land features, specifications of work and to give layout of
Engineering structures
 Computation of area of fields and volume of earthwork, items of works in construction
(b)Practical
 Use different survey equipments like chain, tape, ranging of straight lines, drawing of
offsets
 Different angular measurements/bearings by using prismatic compass
 Different traversing methods by using the plane table
 Use of dumpy level, theodolite, conducting various types of field survey
Theory
Surveying: introduction, classification and basic principles, linear measurements. Chain surveying.
Cross staff survey, compass survey. Planimeter, errors in measurements, their elimination and
correction. Plane table surveying. Levelling, leveling difficulties and error in leveling, contouring,
computation of area and volume. Theodolite traversing. Introduction to setting of curves. Total station,
electronic theodolite. Introduction to gps survey.
Practical
Chain survey of an area and preparation of map; Compass survey of an area and plotting of compass
survey; Plane table surveying; Levelling. L section and X sections and its plotting; Contour survey of
an area and preparation of contour map; Introduction of software in drawing contour; Theodolite
surveying; Ranging by Theodolite, Height of object by using Theodolite; Setting out curves by
Theodolite; Minor instruments. Use of total station.

1 Introduction Surveying, definitions, basic concepts, classifications of survey
2 Classification Units of measurement, plan and map, principles of chain
and basic surveying, definition
principles
3 Linear Chain surveying, selection of survey stations, ranging and
measurements chaining of different type of chains
4 Chain Offsets measurements, cross staff, optical square, prism square,
surveying obstacles in chaining and ranging, chain and tape correction
5 Obstacles in chaining and ranging, chain and tape corrections,
errors in chaining
6 Compass The Compass, meridian, bearings and angles, types of bearings,
Survey examples
7 Quadrantal systems, local attraction, detection, traverse plotting
8 Plane table Plane table survey, methods of plane tabling, two point problems,
survey errors in plane tabling
9 Computation Computation of areas, earthwork, mid ordinate rule, average
of area and ordinate rule, trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s middle third rule
volume
10 Levelling Leveling, definitions, methods of leveling, leveling instruments
11 Types of leveling, simple, differential, and profile
12 Contouring Contouring, characteristics of contours, methods of locating
contours
13 Theodolite Theodolite survey, electronic theodolite
14 survey Total station survey
15 Curve setting Traversing, introduction to setting of curves
16 GPS Survey Introduction to GPS Survey

Class Practical
1 Study of chains/tapes for chain survey
2 Measurement of linear distance by chain survey
3 Ranging in chain survey
4 Offsetting in chain survey
5 Chaining in obstacles
6 Preparation of rough maps/plans
7 Errors in chain survey/symbols in chaining
8 Study of magnetic compass for compass survey
9 Compass survey of an area and plotting
10 Closed traversing
11 Orientation and closing error
12 Errors in compass survey
13 Plane Table survey and instruments used
14 Radiation and intersection method
15 Traversing and resection method
16 Study of dumpy level in levelling
17 Plane of collimation method
18 Rise and fall method
19 Profile survey, L-section and X-section
20 Contour survey of an area by grid method
21 Drawing of contour maps by using SURFER
22 Theodolite survey
23 Ranging/height of object by theodolite
24 Setting out of curves
25 Minor instruments
26 Use of minor instruments
27 Road survey/canal survey
28 Study of total station with components
29 Use of total station in the field survey
30 GPS survey
31 Use of GPS in the field
32 Discussions on computation of earthwork
References
1. Punmia, B.C. Surveying, Vol.I.Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
2. Agor, R. A Text Book of Surveying & Levelling, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
3. Kanetkar, T.P.1993. Surveying and Levelling, Pune Vidyarthi Grihaprakashan, Pune
Engineering Mechanics
1. Course No. : ASCE - 112
2. Course Title : Engineering Mechanics
3. Credit Hours : 3(2+1)
4. Class : 1st year B.Tech (Agril.Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart basic knowledge on engineering mechanics
7. Specific objective
a) Theory
By the end of the course the student will -
 Understand the importance of different force system, composition, resolution and
analysis of force systems
 Know about moments, couples, C.G., moment of inertia, FBD and frictional forces
 Know about the different simple framed structures, shear force, stresses and torsion in
the beams
b) Practical
By the end of the practical exercises, the students will be able to
 Use different problems on composition and resolution of forces, moments of a force,
couple, and analysis of different types of forces
 Different problems on C.G. and M.I.
 To know how to analyze a truss structure by methods of sections and methods of joints
 Problems related to simple stress and strain in beams and complex stresses
Theory
Basic concepts of Engineering Mechanics. Force systems, Centroid, Moment of inertia, Free body
diagram and equilibrium of forces. Frictional forces Analysis of simple framed structures using
methods of joints, methods of sections and graphical method. Simple stresses. Shear force and bending
moment diagrams. Stresses in beams, Torsion. Analysis of plane and complex stresses.
Practical
Problems on composition and resolution of forces, moments of a force, couples, transmission of a
couple, resolution of a force into a force & a couple; Problems relating to resultant of; Co-planer force
system, collinear force system, concurrent force system, co-planer concurrent force system, co-planer
non-concurrent force system, Non-coplaner concurrent force system, Non-coplaner non-concurrent
force system, system of couples in space; Problems relating to centroids of composite areas; Problems
on moment of inertia, polar moment of inertia, radius of gyration, polar radius of gyration of composite
areas; Equilibrium of concurrent – co-planer and non concurrent – co-planer force systems; Problems
involving frictional forces; Analysis of simple trusses by method of joints and method of sections;
Analysis of simple trusses by graphical method; Problems relating to simple stresses and strains;
Problems on shear force and bending moment diagrams; Problems relating to stresses in beams;
Problems on torsion of shafts; Analysis of plane and complex stresses.

1 Introduction Basic concepts: engineering mechanics, statics,
dynamics,
2 Engineering mechanics, kinetics, scalar quantities,
vector quantities, systems of units
3 Systems of units
4 Composition and Force systems: characteristics of a force, system of
Resolution of forces forces, resultant of a force,
5 Composition of a force, analytical method,
graphical method,
6 Moments and their Laws of forces, moments and their application,
applications levers, parallel forces and couples,
7 Equilibrium of forces Free body diagrams
8 Equilibrium of forces
9 Centre of Gravity Centroid: C.G. of simple geometrical figures,
10 C.G. by moments, plane figures, Axis of
references, C.G. of symmetric sections,
unsymmetrical sections
11 Solid bodies and cut sections
12 Moment of Inertia Moment of inertia: methods of finding out M.I.,
methods of integration
13 M.I. of different sections, Theorem of
perpendicular axes, parallel axes
14 M.I. of composite sections and cut sections
15 Friction Frictional forces: static friction, dynamic friction,
limiting friction, normal reaction, angle of friction,
coefficient of friction
16 Laws of friction, equilibrium of a body lying in
horizontal and inclined planes, ladder friction,
17 Wedge friction, screw friction, screw jack
18 Analysis of simple framed Theory of analysis of simple framed structures
19 structure Methods of sections, force table
20 Methods of joints, hinged joints, roller support,
vertical and inclined loads
21 Simple stresses and strain Simple stress and strain
22 Hook’s law, Poisson’s ratio, modulus of elasticity,
23 Strain related problems
24 Bending Moment and Shear Shear force and bending moment
25 force Fundamentals of shear force and bending moment,
SFD and BMD of cantilever
26 SFD and BMD of simply supported and
overhanging beams, point of contra-flexture
27 Torsion of Circular shaft Torsion: torsional effect, hoop stress,
28 Power transmitted by a shaft
29 Principal stresses and Strain Analysis of plane and complex stress
30 Principal planes and principal stresses
31 Mohr’s circle
32 Finding out principal stresses, different analysis
(B) Practical Classes Outline

Class Practical
1 Problems on composition and resolution of forces
2 Moments of a force
3 Problems related to resultant of a concurrent-coplanar force system
4 Problems related to non-concurrent coplanar force system
5 Systems of couples in space
6 Problems related to centroids of composite areas
7 Problems on Moment of Inertia, radius of gyration of composite areas
8 Equilibrium of con-current coplanar and non-concurrent coplanar force system
9 Problems involved with frictions
10 Analysis of simple trusses by methods of joints and methods of sections
11 Analysis of simple trusses by graphical method
12 Problems on simple stress and strains
13 Problems on shear and bending moment diagrams
14 Problems on stresses on beams
15 Problems on torsion of the shafts
16 Analysis of plane and complex stresses
References
1. Timosenko and Young, Engineering Mechanics, Mc Graw Hill International Edition
2. Khurumi, R.S. A Text Book of engineering Mechanics, S.Chand&Company Ltd. New Delhi
3. Ramamrutham, S and Narayan, R. Engineering Mechanics, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New
Delhi
4. Shames Irving, Engineering Mechanics, Statics and Dynamics, Prentice Hall of India
5. Khurumi, R.S. Strength of Materials, S.Chand& Company ltd., New Delhi
6. Prasad I B 2004, Applied Mechnics, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi
7. Prasad I B 2004, Applied Mechnics& Strength of Materials, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi
Engineering Drawing
1. Course No : ME-111
2. Course Title : Engineering Drawing
3. Credit Hour : 2 (0+2 )
4. Class : 1st year, B.Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objectives : To impart knowledge to the students on engineering drawing
Practical
By the end of the course, students will be able to
a) Know the principle & construction of different types of scales, geometrical figures etc
b) Understand the principle of isometric projection and able to draw the same
c) Able to draw 1st& 3rd angle projection of points , lines and solids
d) Understand the principle of development of surfaces, section of solids and able to draw the same
e) Understand the principle of conversion of pictorial view to orthographic view and able to draw
the same
f) Drawing of screw thread, nuts and bolts, welding symbol, rivet joint etc
Practical
Introduction of drawing scales; First and third angle methods of projection. Principles of orthographic
projections; References planes; Points and lines in space and traces of lines and planes; Auxiliary
planes and true shapes of oblique plain surface; True length and inclination of lines; Projections of
solids (Change of position method, alteration of ground lines); Section of solids and Interpenetration of
solid surfaces; Development of surfaces of geometrical solids; Isometric projection of geometrical
solids. Preparation of working drawing from models and isometric views. Drawing of missing views.
Different methods of dimensioning. Concept of sectioning. Revolved and oblique sections. Sectional
drawing of simple machine parts. Types of rivet heads and riveted joints. Processes for producing leak
proof joints. Symbols for different types of welded joints. Nomenclature, thread profiles, multi start
threads, left and right hand threads. Square headed and hexagonal nuts and bolts. Conventional
representation of threads. Different types of lock nuts, studs, machine screws, cap screws and wood
screws. Foundation bolts. Forms of screw threads like metric thread, whit worth thread, square thread,
acme thread, knuckle thread, buttress thread etc., Bolts- headed centre, stud screws, set screws, butt,
hexagonal and square; keys-types, taper, rank taper, hollow saddle etc.
(A)Class wise break up
Class Practical
1 Introduction to engineering drawing, books to be followed, materials to be purchased &
schedule of practical
2 Practice of different layout drawings, Drawing sheet No 1
3 Introduction to lettering & dimensioning, different types of letters used in engineering drawing,
dimension line, Extension line, aligned system, unidirectional system, chain dimensioning,
parallel dimensioning etc.
4 Drawing of different lines with conception of lettering and dimensioning
Drawing sheet No 2
5 Introduction to scale, Representative Fraction (R.F.), Theory & procedure
6 Drawing of plain scale and diagonal scale
Drawing sheet No 3
7 Drawing of comparative scale, vernier scale and scale of chord
Drawing sheet No 3
8 Construction of plane geometrical figures, Drawing of polygons like pentagon, hexagon etc by
general method, Construction of arcs , parallel & perpendicular lines
Drawing sheet No 4
9 Inscribing of a regular octagon in a given square, Inscribing of a regular polygon of any
number of sides in a given circle, Describing of a regular polygon of any number of sides
about a given circle
Drawing sheet No 4
10 Principles of orthographic projections; References planes; Points and lines in space and traces
of lines and planes; Auxiliary planes and true shapes of oblique plain surface; True length and
inclination of lines 1st angle projection , 3rd angle projection
11 Drawing for orthographic projection of points & lines (1 st angle projection )
Drawing sheet No 5
12 Drawing for orthographic projection of points & lines (3 rd angle projection )
Drawing sheet No 6
13 Projections of solids (Change of position method, alteration of ground lines)
Drawing sheet No 7
14 Development of surfaces of geometrical solids
Drawing sheet No 7
15 Preparation of working drawing from models and isometric views , Drawing of missing views
(1st angle projection )
Drawing sheet No 8
16 -do-
17 Preparation of working drawing from models and isometric views , Drawing of missing views
(3rd angle projection )
Drawing sheet No 9
18 -do-
19 Isometric projection of geometrical solids.
Drawing sheet No 10
20 -do-
21 Concept of sectioning. Revolved and oblique sections. Section of solids and Interpenetration of
solid surfaces
22 Sectional drawing of simple machine parts
Drawing sheet No 11
23 Nomenclature, thread profiles, multi start threads, left and right hand threads
Conventional representation of threads.
24 Forms of screw threads, representation of threads drawing for screw thread like metric thread,
Whitworth thread, square thread, acme thread, knuckle thread, buttress thread etc
Drawing sheet No 12
25 Square headed and hexagonal nuts and bolts
Drawing sheet No 13
26 -do-
27 Types of rivet heads and riveted joints. Processes for producing leak proof joints
Drawing sheet No 14
28 Symbols for different types of welded joints
Drawing sheet No 15
29 Introduction to construction of agricultural implements
Drawing sheet No 16
30 -do-
31 Revision & Discussion
32 Revision & Discussion
(B) Practical Class outlines
Drawing sheet 1 Practice of different layout drawings ( Within two classes)

Drawing sheet 2 Drawing of different lines with conception of lettering and dimensioning.
(Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 3 Drawing of different scales with conception and problem solving
(Within three classes)
Drawing sheet 4 Geometrical construction of simple shapes( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 5 1st angle projection of points and lines with detail conception of
Solid Geometry (Within two classes )
Drawing sheet 6 3rd angle projection of points and lines with detail conception of
solid Geometry (Within one class)
Drawing sheet 7 Projection of solids and Development of surfaces with detail
conception of development( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 8 Drawing on conversion of pictorial view to orthographic views
1st angle projection (Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 9 Drawing on conversion of pictorial view to orthographic views
3rd angle projection (Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 10 Drawing on Isometric projection ( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 11 Drawing on Sectional drawing ( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 12 Drawing on Screw threads ( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 13 Drawing on nuts and bolts ( Within two classes)
Drawing sheet 14 Drawing on riveted joints ( Within one class )
Drawing sheet 15 Drawing on welding symbols ( one class )
Drawing sheet 16 Drawing on agricultural implements ( two classes)
References
1. Bhat N D. 2010. Elementary Engineering Drawing. Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Anand.
2. Bhatt N D and Panchal V M. 2013. Machine Drawing. Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
Anand.
3. Narayana K L and Kannaiah P. 2010. Machine Drawing. Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.,
Chennai.
Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

1. Course No :ME-112
2. Course Title : Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer
3. Credit Hour : 3(3+0)
4. Class : 1st year, B.Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objectives : To impart knowledge to the students on heat and mass transfer
Theory
By the end of the course, students will be able to
i) Understand the principles of conduction, convection, radiation
ii) Analyze the mathematical and practical aspect of conduction, convection and radiation
iii) Analyze the mathematical and practical aspect of heat exchangers
iv) Understand the principles of mass transfer and related laws.
Theory
Basic concept and definitions of thermodynamics. Statistical & classical thermodynamics.
Microscopic and macroscopic point of view. Thermodynamic systems. Thermodynamic equilibrium.
Properties of systems. State, path, process, cycle. Point function, path function. Temperature and
Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics. Pressure, specific volume, density, energy, work and heat.First law
of thermodynamics. Internal Energy. Law of Conservation of Energy. First Law of Thermodynamics.
Application of First Law to a Process. Energy-A Property of System. Perpetual Motion Machine of the
First Kind-PMM1. The characteristic equation of state. Specific heats. Application of First Law of
Thermodynamics to Non-flow or Closed System. Application of First Law to Steady Flow Process.
Free expansion & throttling process.Second law of thermodynamics. Limitations of First Law of
Thermodynamics and Introduction to Second Law. Statements of Second Law of Thermodynamics.
Clausius statement, Kelvin-Planck statement. Perpetual Motion Machine of the Second Kind-PMM2.
Clausius inequality. Carnot Cycle. Carnot’s Theorem. Entropy-a property of a system. Entropy
changes for a closed System.
Definition of pure substance, phases of a pure substance, phase change process of a pure
substances. Compressed liquid & saturated liquid, saturated vapour and superheated vapour, Saturated
temperature & saturated pressure. T-V diagram for heating of water at constant pressure. Latent heat-
latent heat of fusion, latent heat of vaporization. Liquid vapour saturation curve. Property diagram for
phase change process, T-V diagram, P-V diagram, P-T diagram. Property tables, state-liquid &vapour
states, saturated liquid-vapour mixture, superheated vapour, compressed liquid.
Concept, modes of heat transfer, thermal conductivity of materials, measurement. General
differential equation of conduction. One dimensional steady state conduction through plane and
composite walls, tubes and spheres with and without heat generation. Electrical analogy. Insulation
materials. Fins, Free and forced convection. Newton’s law of cooling, heat transfer coefficient in
convection. Dimensional analysis of free and forced convection. Useful non dimensional numbers.
Equation of laminar boundary layer on flat plate and in a tube. Laminar forced convection on a flat
plate and in a tube. Combined free and forced convection. Introduction to thermal radiation, black
body radiation, Stefan-Boltzman law, black body emissive power, emissivity, absorptibity, reflectivity
and transmissivity. Heat transfer analysis involving conduction, convection and radiation by
networks.Types of heat exchangers, fouling factor, log mean temperature difference, heat exchanger
performance, transfer units. Heat exchanger analysis restricted to parallel and counter flow heat
exchangers. Introduction to mass transfer, analogy between heat and mass transfer, Flick’s law of
diffusion.
Class Chapter Details

No.
1. Modes of heat Introduction to different modes of heat transfer i.e. conduction,
transfer convection and radiation, units & dimension
2. Conduction Fourier’s equation, thermal conductivity, thermal conductivity of
different materials, thermal diffusivity, variable thermal
conductivity, electrical analogy
3. General conduction Derivation of general equation of heat conduction in cartesian
equation coordinate
4. General conduction Derivation of general equation of heat conduction in cylindrical and
equation spherical coordinate
5. Steady state Analysis of one dimensional steady state conduction equation
conduction through plane walls, Problems and solutions
6. Steady state Analysis of one dimensional steady state conduction through tubes,
conduction Problems and solutions
7. Steady state Analysis of one dimensional steady state conduction through
conduction sphere, Problems and solutions
8. Conduction with Study of one dimensional steady state conduction with internal
internal heat heat generation in plane wall, cylinder and sphere , problems and
generation solutions
9. Fins Analysis of fin equation, application of fin equation, problems and
solutions
10. Critical thickness of Principle, analysis of critical thickness of insulation in cylinder and
insulation sphere, Insulation material, problems and solutions
11. Convection Principle, hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer on flat plate
and in a tube, heat transfer coefficient in convection, Newton’s
law of cooling
12. Forced convection on Analysis of forced convection on flat plate, problems and solutions
flat plate
13. Forced convection in a Analysis of forced convection in a tube, problems and solutions
tube
14. Natural convection Principle of natural convection, Problems and solutions
15. Combined forced & Empirical relations, Problems and solutions
free convection
16. Dimensional analysis Useful non-dimensional numbers like Reynold number, Prandtl
dumber etc, dimensional analysis of free and forced convection ,
Empirical relationship
17. Radiation Principle, electromagnetic radiation, black body, grey bodies ,
Monochromatic radiation
18. Radiation properties Absorptivity , reflectivity and transmissivity of radiation, Emissive
power, solid angle, radiation intensity etc
19. Radiation laws Basic laws of radiation, Planck’s law, Stefan-Boltzman’s law ,
Kirchoff’s law etc , Problems and solutions
20. Radiation exchange Introduction, surface geometric configuration factor, Surface
resistance, space resistance, problems and solutions
21. Radiation exchange Radiation exchange between black surfaces
22. Radiation exchange Problems and solutions
23. Radiation shield Introduction, basic equation of radiation shield, application,
Problems and solutions
24. Heat exchanger Introduction, types of heat exchangers , fouling factors
25. Heat exchanger Heat exchanger analysis to parallel and counter flow heat
analysis exchanger, log mean temperature difference(LMTD),
26. Heat exchanger Problems and solutions
analysis
27. Heat exchanger Heat exchanger performance, number of transfer unit (NTU),
analysis
28. Heat exchanger Problems and solutions
analysis
29. Mass transfer by Principle, Fick’s law, problems and solutions
diffusion
30. Mass transfer by Principle, mass transfer coefficient, non-dimensional numbers
convection associated with mass transfer, Reynolds analogy, problems and
solutions
31. Revision & doubt clearing class
32. Revision & doubt clearing class
Text Book:
1. Gupta C P and Prakash R. 1994. Engineering Heat Transfer. Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee.
2. Kumar D.S., 2008. Engineering Thermodynamics, S.K. Kataria& Sons, 4424/6, Guru Nanak
Market, NaiSarak, Delhi – 110006.
Reference Books:
1. Holman J P. 1989. Heat Transfer. McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi.
2. Incropera F P and De Witt D P. 1980. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer. John Wiley
and Sons, New York.
Engineering Mathematics-II

2. Course title : Engineering Mathematics-II
5. Semester : 2nd Semester
6. General objective : To educate the students on applications of Mathematical
Theory
 Understand Cauchy’s and Legendre’s linear equations
 Know about series solution techniques
 Distinguish between the exact and Bernoulli’s differential equations
 Apply one dimensional heat and wave equation
 Distinguish between various functions of complex variables
 Understand Cauchy Reimann equation
 Know about ratio and root test
 Know about formation of partial differential equation
 Know about Lagrange’s linear equation and Charpit’s method
 Know about even and odd functions and their fourier series
Theory
Ordinary differential equations: exact and Bernoulli’s differential equations, equations reducible to
exact form by integrating factors, equations of first order and higher degree, Clairaut’s equation,
Differential equations of higher orders, methods of finding complementary functions and particular
integrals, method of variation of parameters, Cauchy’s and Legendre’s linear equations, simultaneous
linear differential equations with constant coefficients, functions of a complex variable: limit,
continuity and analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann equations, harmonic functions. infinite series and its
convergence, periodic functions, Fourier series, Euler’s formulae, Dirichlet’s conditions, functions
having arbitrary period, even and odd functions, half range series, harmonic analysis. fourier sine and
cosine series, fourier series for function having period 2l, elimination of one and two arbitrary
function. partial differential equations: formation of partial differential equations higher order linear
partial differential equations with constant coefficients, solution of non-linear partial differential
equations, Charpit’s method, Laplace Equation.
Tutorial
Tutorials on solution of ordinary differential equations of first and higher orders. series solutions of
differential equations. Bessel’s and Legendre’s differential equations, convergence of infinite series.
fourier series, harmonic analysis, analytical functions, Cauchey-Riemann equations, harmonic
functions, solution of partial differential equations, application of partial differential equations.
1. Differential Equation Classification of D.E,nature of solutions, different kinds of
solutions, IVP and BVP, First order first degree equation-
introduction, variable separable method and its problems
2. Homogenous equation definition, special form of
homogenous equations
3. Exact equation and its method of solution
4. Integrating factor, continuations of integrating factors
5. Linear equation of first order, Bernoulli’s equation and
Riccati equation
6. Equation of first order but higher degree, Clairat equation
and Langarge’s equation
7. Linear differential equation of nth order and properties
8. Non homogenous equation with constant coefficient and its
solution
9. Operator method of solving L D E with constant
coefficient, Method for finding out particular integral of
algebraic and exponential type
10. Complex Variable Introduction to complex variables
11. Argument, modulous of a complex number, algebra of a
complex number
12. Function of a complex number
13. Limit and continuity
14. Differentiability
15. Cauchy Riemann equation
16. Sequence Series Introduction to infinite series
17. Convergence of geometric series
18. Condition for convergence series
19. Ratio test and root test
20. Comparison test
21. Partial Differential Formation of partial differential equation
22. Equation Solution of higher order linear partial differential equations
23. Solution of non linear partial differential equations
24. Charpit’s method
25. Fourier Series Fourier series
26. Euler’s formulae
27. Dirichlet’s condition
28. Function having arbitrary period
29. Even and odd function
30. Half range series
31. Fourier sine and cosine series
32. Fourier series for function having period 2L
(B)Lecture Tutorial
Lecture Details
1. Solution of ordinary differential equations of first and higher orders
2. Series solutions of differential equations
3. Bessel’s differential equation
4. Legendre’s differential equation
5. Convergence of infinite series
6. Ratio and root test
7. Comparison test
8. Fourier series
9. Harmonic analysis
10. Analytical functions
11. Dirichlet’s condition
12. Function of a complex number
13. Cauchey-Riemann equations
14. Harmonic functions
15. Solution of partial differential equations
16. Application of partial differential equations
References
4. Narayan Shanti. 2004. A Text Book of Vector. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi .
Environmental Science & Disaster Management
1. Course No : AC -124
2. Course title : Environmental science and Disaster management
6. General objective : To create awareness among the students on different
environmental issues and to protect the earth from
environmental pollution.
(a)Theory: The students will be able to:-
1. Understand different resources such as mineral resources, food resources, water resource,
energy resources, natural resources and land resources.
2. Gather knowledge about environmental pollution, Soil pollution, Air pollution and thermal
pollution
3. Acquaint themselves with waste land reclamation, Ecosystems and their management
4. Learn regarding Biodiversity and its conservation, natural disaster and manmade disaster
along with their management
(b)Practical: The students will be able to:-
1. Know about the estimation of total solid, total dissolved solid
2. Prepare crop contingent plan under natural calamities.
3. Study common plants, insects, simple ecosystems as well as effect of pollution.
4. Document environmental assets of forest, grassland and river.
Theory
Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies definition, scope and importance.
Natural resources: renewable and non-renewable resources, natural resources and associated problems.
A) Forest resources: use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining,
dams and their effects on forest and tribal people. B) Water resources: use and over-utilization of
surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems. C)
Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral
resources, case studies. D) Food resources: world food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
studies. E) Energy resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy sources,
use of alternate energy sources. Case studies. F) Land resources: land as a resource, land degradation,
man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. • Role of an individual in conservation of
natural resources. • Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
Ecosystems: concept of an ecosystem, structure and function of an ecosystem, producers, consumers
and decomposers, energy flow in the ecosystem. Ecological succession, food chains, food webs and
ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the following
ecosystem: a. Forest ecosystem b. Grassland ecosystem c. Desert ecosystem d. Aquatic ecosystems
(ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)
Biodiversity and its conservation: - introduction, definition, genetic, species & ecosystem diversity and
biogeographical classification of India. Value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social,
ethical, aesthetic and option values. Biodiversity at global, national and local levels, India as a mega-
diversity nation. Hot-sports of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife,
man-wildlife conflicts. Endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: in-situ
and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
Environmental pollution: definition, cause, effects and control measures of: a. Air pollution b. Water
pollution c. Soil pollution d. Marine pollution e. Noise pollution f. Thermal pollution g. Nuclear
hazards. Solid waste management: causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes.
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution.
Social issues and the environment: from unsustainable to sustainable development, urban problems
related to energy, water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management. Environmental
ethics: issues and possible solutions, climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,
nuclear accidents and holocaust. Dies. Wasteland reclamation. Consumerism and waste products.
Environment protection act. Air (prevention and control of pollution) act. Water (prevention and
control of pollution) act. Wildlife protection act. Forest conservation act. Issues involved in
enforcement of environmental legislation. Public awareness.
Human population and the environment: population growth, variation among nations, population
explosion, family welfare programme. Environment and human health: human rights, value education,
HIV/aids. Women and child welfare. Role of information technology in environment and human
health.
Disaster Management
Natural disasters- meaning and nature of natural disasters, their types and effects. Floods, drought,
cyclone, earthquakes, landslides, avalanches, volcanic eruptions, heat and cold waves, climatic change:
global warming, sea level rise, ozone depletion.
Man-made disasters- nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire, coal fire,
forest fire, oil fire, air pollution, water pollution, deforestation, industrial waste water pollution, road
accidents, rail accidents, air accidents, sea accidents.
Disaster management- effect to migrate natural disaster at national and global levels. International
strategy for disaster reduction. Concept of disaster management, national disaster management
framework; financial arrangements; role of NGOs, community –based organizations and media.
Central, state, district and local administration; armed forces in disaster response; disaster response;
police and other organizations.
Practical
Pollution case studies. Case studies- field work: visit to a local area to document environmental assets
river/ forest/ grassland/ hill/ mountain, visit to a local polluted site-urban/rural/industrial/agricultural,
study of common plants, insects, birds and study of simple ecosystems-pond, river, hill slopes, etc.
Collection of polluted water/ effluent sample, sampling of polluted water/ effluents, estimation of
solids, pH, EC, DO, COD, BOD, Cl -, F- , CO32-& HCO3-, Ca2+& Mg2+, K+& Na+
1 Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies
Introduction
definition, scope and importance
Use and exploitation of mineral resources, environmental
2 Mineral resources
effects of extracting mineral resources,
World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and
3 Food resources
overgrazing
Role of modern Fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case
4
agriculture studies.
Environmental Definition, cause, effects and control measures of
5
Pollution environmental pollution:
6 Air pollution Water pollution- cause, effects and control measures
Marine pollution , noise pollution-- cause, effects and
7 Soil pollution
control measures
Nuclear hazards, cause and effects of nuclear hazards and
8 Thermal pollution
their control measures
Solid Waste Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
9
Management: industrial wastes
Renewable and non-renewable resources, natural resources
10 Natural Resource
and associated problems
Water resources of Use and over utilization of surface and ground water;
11
India. floods, droughts, conflict over water.
Land resource of Causes of land degradation and its effect on mankind as
12
India. well as management of land resource.
Resource Role of an individual in conservation. Equitable use of
13
conservation resources for suitable life cycles
Over-exploitation of forest, deforestation and timber
14 Forest resource
extraction. Effects of dams on forest and tribal people
Growing energy needs, energy sources, use of alternate
15 Energy resources
energy sources. Case studies
Wasteland Consumerism and waste products; issues involved in
16
reclamation. enforcement of environmental legislation; public
awareness
Air (prevention and control of pollution) act. Water
Environment
17 (prevention and control of pollution) act. Wildlife
Protection Act.
protection act. Forest conservation act
Concept of an ecosystem, structure and function of an
18 Ecosystems
ecosystem, producers, consumers and decomposers
Energy flow in the Ecological succession, food chains, food webs and
19
ecosystem. ecological pyramids
Types of Forest ecosystem, grassland ecosystem, desert ecosystem
20
ecosystem aquatic ecosystems
Ecosystem diversity and biogeographical classification of
21 Biodiversity India, value of biodiversity, biodiversity at global, national
and local levels and hot-sports of biodiversity
Habitat loss, poaching of wildlife. Endangered and
Threats to
22 endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: in-
biodiversity
situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity
Human Population Population explosion, family welfare , human health,
23 & the human rights, value education & role of information
Environment technology in environment and human health
Social Issues and From unsustainable to sustainable development, urban
24
the Environment problems related to energy
Watershed Watershed management, water conservation measures and
25
management rain water harvesting,
Environmental Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer
26
ethics depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust
Meaning and nature of natural disasters, their types and
27 Natural Disasters effects. Floods, drought, cyclone, earthquakes, landslides,
avalanches, volcanic eruptions
Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters,
28
Man Made building fire, coal fire, forest fire, oil fire
Disasters Deforestation, road accidents, rail accidents, air accidents,
29
sea accidents
Effect to migrate natural disaster at national & global
30
Disaster levels. International strategy for disaster reduction.
Management Concept of disaster management, national disaster
31
management framework; financial arrangements
Role of NGOs, different organizations. Central, state,
Organizations
32 district and local administration; Armed forces in disaster
involved
response; Police and other organizations
Class Practical
Visit to a local polluted site-urban/industrial/ rural/agricultural and
1
collection of effluent samples
Estimation of Solids, total solids (TS), total suspended solids (TSS),
2
total dissolved solids (TDS) in effluent sample
3 Estimation of pH& electrical conductivity (EC) in effluent sample
4 Estimation of dissolved oxygen (DO) in effluent sample
5 Estimation of COD in effluent sample
6 Estimation of CO32-& HCO3- in effluent sample
7 Estimation of Ca2+& Mg2+ in effluent sample
8 Estimation of Cl- in effluent sample
9 Pollution case studies with respect to crop production
10 Crop contingent plan under natural calamities
11 Pollution case studies with respect to forest/grassland ecosystems
12 Documentation of environmental assets of forest/ grassland/river
13 Study of common plants, insects, birds
14 Study of simple ecosystems-pond, river, hill, slopes, etc
15 Case studies related to disaster management
16 Visit to meteorological observatory
References
1. Environment and Pollution: M.P. Singh
2. Environment Problems and Solution: D. K. Asthana and M. Asthana
3. Ecology and Environment: P.D. Sharma
4. Environment and Plant Ecology: J.R. Etherington
Communication Skills and Personality Development
1. Course No : ENG - 121

2. Course title : Communication Skills and Personality Development
6. General objective : The course aims at enhancing the English language proficiency
of undergraduate students.
(a) Theory
1. Develop academic and social English competencies in speaking,

2. Listening and pronunciation, develop reading and writing skills
3. Learn grammar and usage, vocabulary, syntax, and rhetorical patterns.
(b) Practical
i. Use English appropriately and effectively for further studies or for work where
English is used as the language of communication.
ii. Enhance their personalities and equip themselves for future professional
requirements
Theory
Communication skills: structural and functional grammar; meaning and process of communication,
verbal and non-verbal communication; listening and note taking; writing skills; oral presentation skills;
field diary and lab record; indexing, footnote and bibliographic procedures. Reading and
comprehension of general and technical articles; precis writing, summarizing, abstracting; individual
and group presentations, impromptu presentation, public speaking, group discussion, organizing
seminars and conferences
Practical
Listening and note taking, writing skills, oral presentation skills, field diary and lab record; indexing,
footnote and bibliographic procedures. Reading and comprehension of general and technical articles;
precis writing, summarizing, abstracting; individual and group presentations.

Class Chapter
1 Communication skills-1: meaning and process of communication- context,

topic, channel, noise, filters/ barriers
2 Communication skills-2:verbal and non-verbal communication- phonological
rules, syntactic and semantic rules, discourse markers, body language, gestures,
postures, personal space
3 Listening and note taking.
4 Structural and functional grammar-1: tense- present and past tenses,

progressive, perfect and perfect progressive, future time
5 Structural and functional grammar-2: articles- uses and omission of indefinite
articles, uses and omission of definite articles
6 Structural and functional grammar-3: passive voice- uses of passive, conversion
of active to passive, practice exercises
7 Structural and functional grammar-4: prepositions- commonly used
prepositions; subject-verb agreement
8 Writing skills: business letters- features, types- complaint letters, order letters,
sales letters, format and content.
9 CV and cover letter: functional and chronological CV, different parts of a CV,
profile, preparing a CV, writing a cover letter (job application)
10 Précis writing, summarizing, abstracting: steps and format
11 Oral presentation skills: individual and group presentations, impromptu

presentation- preparation, organizing ideas, collection and presentation of data,
designing the presentation
12 Public speaking (debate), group discussion: various forms of debates, lincoln-

douglas debates, open debates, etc.
Criteria of selection in g. D., leadership and team management skills, g. D.
Strategies.
13 Organizing seminars and conferences.
14 Indexing, footnote, bibliographic procedures: plagiarism, apa style of

documentation, in text citation, preparing reference list
15 Field diary and lab record.
16 Reading and comprehension of general and technical articles: sub-skills of

reading, skimming and scanning, factual/ inferential/ evaluative
comprehension, common fallacies in reading, referring to a dictionary,
understanding unfamiliar expressions, answering comprehension questions
(B)Practical class outline

Class Practical
1 Listening in the language laboratory- 1
2 Listening in the language laboratory- 2
3 Speaking in the language laboratory- 1
4 Speaking in the language laboratory- 2
5 Writing skills practice- 1: précis and summary writings

6 Writing skills practice- 2: indexing, footnote and bibliographic procedures.
7 Writing skills practice- 3: CV and cover letter
8 Reading and comprehension of general articles-1
9 Reading and comprehension of technical articles-2
10 Group discussion-1
11 Group discussion-2
12 Interview- 1
13 Interview- 2
14 Presentations-1
15 Presentations-2
16 Field diary and lab record
References
1. Raman, Meenakshi and Prakash Singh. 2000. Business Communication. Oxford University
Press.
2. Kumar, Sanjay and Pushpa Lata. 2011. Communication Skills. Oxford University Press.
3. Thomson, A.J and A.V Martinet. 1977. A Practical Englsih Grammar. Oxford University
Press.
4. Seely, John. Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking. Oxford University Press.
Theory of Structure
1. Course No. : ASCE-123
2. Course Title : Theory of Structure
3. Credit Hours : 2 (1+1)
4. Class : 1st year B.Tech(Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart basic knowledge on RCC and steel structure design
7. Specific Objective :
a) Theory
By the end of the course the students will-
 Understand the importance of structural design
 Calculate loads on a structure
 Design small and medium RCC and steel structures
b) Practical
By the end of the practical classes, the students will be able to
 Draw the structural components of steel and RCC structures.
 Draw connection details of a structure.
Theory
Types of Loads and use of BIS Codes.
Steel Design: Design of structural steel members in tension, compression and bending. A brief
introduction to connections and roof trusses.
RCC Design: Analysis and design of singly and doubly reinforced sections. Design of beams, Slabs,
Columns and Foundations.
A brief introduction to retaining walls and Silos.
Practical
Design and drawing of single reinforced beam, double reinforced beam, Design; Design and drawing
of one way, two way slabs, Design and drawing of columns and foundations. To measure the
compressive strength of concrete (fck) and tensile strength of steel (fy).
A. Theory Lecture Outlines
1 Loads Loads and use of BIS codes
2 Rivet connections, specifications, use of code
3 Welded connections, specifications, use of code
4 Design of structural steel members in tension –
identification of tension members in a structure –
specifications for maximum stresses- use of code for
design
5 Design of structural steel members in compression -
Design of steel
design
6 Design of structural steel members in bending -
design
7 Design of steel roof truss – analysis of roof truss –
structural components of a roof truss- design of
compression member and tension member – use of
BIS code
8 Design of reinforced cement Analysis and design of singly reinforced sections -
concrete (RCC) under reinforced and over reinforced concrete –
significance of design – use of BIS code for RCC
9 Design of doubly reinforced sections – significance
of doubly reinforced section – use of BIS code for
the design
10 Design for shear, bond and torsion – significance –
calculation of stresses – use of BIS code
11 Design of flanged beams – significance - use of BIS
code for the design
12 Design of slabs – one way and two way slabs -
significance - use of BIS code for the design
13 Design of columns – short and slender columns - use
of BIS code for the design
14 Design of foundations – shallow and deep
foundations – design of isolated footing - use of BIS
code for the design
15 Design of retaining walls – load analysis –
reinforcement arrangement - use of BIS code for the
design
16 Design of silos – load analysis – reinforcement
arrangement
B. Practical classes Outline

Class Practical
1
2
Design and drawing of steel roof truss – notes in the drawing – connection details
3
4
5
6
7
Design and drawing of RCC building – notes – reinforcement details
8
9
10
11
12
Design and drawing of retaining wall – notes – reinforcement arrangement
13
14
15&16
References
1. Ray Choudhury K P. Engineering Materials, Oxford and IBH Pub. Co.New Delhi.
2. Rangwala S C. Engineering Materials, Charotar Pub. House, Anand-1, Gujrat.
3. Ahuja T D and Birdi G S. Fundamentals of Building Construction, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi – 6.
4. Ramamrutham S and Narayanan R. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai
Pub. Co (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
5. Sushil Kumar .Treasure of R.C.C Designs, Standard Book House, New Delhi-6
Khanna P N. Indian Practical Civil Engineer’s HandBook, Engineers Publications, New Delhi-
Strength of Material
2. Course Title : Strength of Material
4. Class : 1st year B.Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart basic knowledge on strength of materials
7. Specific Objective :
(a)Theory
By the end of the course the students will
 Understand the importance of strength parameters
 Calculate deflection, bending moment and shear force to assess the stress conditions
 Know the techniques to calculate unknown forces in 2D structures.
(b)Practical
By the end of the practical classes the students will be able to
 Find strength of materials through experiments.
 Recommend methods for determining strength of a structure
Theory
Slope and deflection of beams using integration techniques, moment area theorems and conjugate
beam method. Columns and struts. Riveted and welded connections. Stability of masonry dams.
Analysis of statically intermediate beams. Propped beams. Fixed and continuous beam analysis using
superposition, three moment equation and moment distribution methods.
Practical
To perform the tension test on metal specimen (M.S., C.I.), to observe the behaviour of materials under
load, to calculate the value of E, ultimate stress, permissible stress, percentage elongation etc. and to
study its fracture; To perform the compression test on; Concrete cylinders &cubes, C.I., M.S. & Wood
specimens and to determine various physical and mechanical properties; To perform the bending test
on the specimens; M.S. Girder, Wooden beam, Plain concrete beams & R.C.C. beam, and to determine
the various physical and mechanical properties; To determine Young’s modulus of elasticity of beam
with the help of deflection produced at centre due to loads placed at centre & quarter points; To study
the behaviour of materials (G.I. pipes, M.S., C.I.) under torsion and to evaluate various elastic
constants; To study load deflection and other physical properties of closely coiled helical spring in
tension and compression; To perform the Rockwell, Vicker’s and Brinell’s Hardness tests on the given
specimens; To perform the Drop Hammer Test, Izod Test and Charpay’s impact tests on the given
specimens; To determine compressive & tensile strength of cement after making cubes and briquettes;
To measure workability of concrete (slump test, compaction factor test); To determine voids ratio &
bulk density of cement, fine aggregates and coarse aggregates; To determine fatigue strength of a given
specimen; To write detail report emphasizing engineering importance of performing tension,
compression, bending, torsion, impact and hardness tests on the materials.
1 Introduction Introduction to strength of materials
2 Slope and deflection of beam using integration techniques
3 Slope and Deflection of Moment area theorems
4 beams Conjugate beam method
5 Discussions on problems of slope and deflection
6 Theory of columns and struts
Columns and Struts
7 Discussions on problems of column and struts
8 Analysis of rivet connections
9 Steel Connections Analysis of welded connections
10 Problems on connections
11 Stability of Masonry Stability analysis of masonry dam
12 dam Problems on masonry dam
13 Analysis of propped beams
14 Statically Indeterminate Analysis of fixed beams
15 beams Analysis of continuous beams using superimposition and
three moment equation
16 Moment distribution Analysis of beam using moment distribution method and
method solving problems
Class Practical
1 To determine the quality of check of two different aggregates through impact test.
2 To perform the tensile test of steel specimen - to observe the behaviour of materials
under load - to calculate the value of e- ultimate stress, permissible stress,
percentage elongation etc. And to study its fracture
3 To prepare mortar specimen of different cement, demoulding of the specimen next
day for compression and tension test after 2nd and 4th week
4 To prepare concrete specimen to perform the compression, bending test and to
measure elasticity - concrete cylinders, cubes and beams to test after 2 nd and 4th
week.
5 To perform compression and tension test on mortar specimen prepared 2 weeks
before.
6 To perform compression and bending test of the concrete specimen prepared 2
weeks before.
7 To perform compression and tension test on mortar specimen prepared 4 weeks
before.
8 To perform compression and bending test of the concrete specimen prepared 4
weeks before
9 To determine young’s modulus of elasticity of beam with the help of deflection
produced at centre due to loads placed at centre and quarter points
10 To perform brinell’s hardness tests on a given specimens
11 To study the behaviour of materials under torsion and to evaluate various elastic
constants
12 To study load deflection and other physical properties of closely coiled helical
spring in tension and compression
13 to To write detail report emphasizing engineering importance of performing tension,
16 compression, bending, torsion, impact and hardness tests on the materials
References
1. Khurmi R S. Strength of Materials, S.Chand &Company, New Delhi.
2. Ramamrutham S and Narayanan R. Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Pub. Co. (P) Ltd, New
Delhi.
3. Vazirani V N, Ratawani M M and Duggal S K. Analysis of Structures, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi – 6.
4. Lehri R S and Leheri R S. Strength of Materials, S.K.Kataria & Sons, New Delhi.
Workshop Technology and Practices

1. Course No. : ME-123
2. Course Title : Workshop Technology and Practices
4. Class : 1st year B.Tech (Agril.Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students how the work to be
performed in work shop both in practical & theoretical aspects
7. Special objectives :
(a)Theory
By the end of the course the student will be able to
i. Understand the importance of workshop technology.
ii. Analyze the different applications of different shops.
iii. Know the basic manufacturing process involved for production of different machine elements.
(B)Practical
i. Understand the importance of different techniques involved in manufacturing.
ii. Recommend methods for manufacturing a component. Their application involved in
manufacturing of agricultural Equipments & tools.
Theory
Introduction to welding, types of welding, oxyacetylene gas welding, types of flames, welding
techniques and equipment. Principle of arc welding, equipment and tools. Casting processes; steps in
sand casting processes, types of pattern, pattern allowances, cross-section of sand mould, advantage
and limitations of sand casting, classification, constructional details of center lathe, main accessories
and attachments. Main operations and tools used on center lathes. Types of shapers, constructional
details of standard shaper. Work holding devices, shaper tools and main operations. Types of drilling
machines. Constructional details of pillar types and radial drilling machines. Work holding and tool
holding devices. Main operations. Twist drills, drill angles and sizes. Types and classification.
Constructional details and principles of operation of column and knee type universal milling machines.
Plain milling cutter. Main operations on milling machine.
Practical
Introduction to various carpentry tools, materials, types of wood and their characteristics and processes
or operations in wood working; introduction to smithy tools and operations , preparation of simple
joints: cross half lap joint and t-halving joint; preparation of dovetail joint, mortise and tenon joint;
jobs on bending, shaping etc.; jobs on drawing, punching, riveting. Introduction to tools and measuring
instruments for fitting; jobs on sawing, filing and right angle fitting of MS flat; practical in more
complex fitting job; operations of drilling,, reaming, and threading with tap and dies; introduction to
tools and operations in sheet metal work; making different types of sheet metal joints using G.I Sheets.
Introduction to welding equipment, processes tools, their use and precautions; jobs on arc welding –
lap joint, butt joint; t-joint and corner joint in arc welding; gas welding practice – lab, butt and t-joints;
introduction to metal casting equipment, tools and their use; mould making using one-piece pattern and
two pieces pattern; demonstration of mould making using sweep pattern, and match plate patterns;
introduction to machine shop machines and tools; demonstration on processes in machining and use of
measuring instruments; practical jobs on simple turning, step turning; practical job on taper turning,
drilling and threading; operations on shaper and planer, changing a round MS rod into square section
on a shaper; demonstration of important operations on a milling machine, making a plot, gear tooth
forming and indexing; any additional job.
1 Introduction to welding, types of welding.
2 Welding Oxyacetylene gas welding, types of flames, welding techniques

and equipment.
3 Principle of arc welding, equipment and tools.
4 Casting processes; steps in sand casting processes, types of

pattern.
Casting
5 Pattern allowances, cross-section of sand mould, advantage and
limitations of sand casting.
6 Classification, constructional details of center lathe.
7 Lathe Main operations and tools used on center lathe.
8 Main accessories and attachments used in lathe.
9 Shaper Types of shapers, constructional details of standard shaper.
10 Shaper tools and main operations. Work and tool holding devices.
11 Types and classification of milling machines.
12 Milling Constructional details and principles of operation of column and

knee type universal milling machines.
13 Plain milling cutter. Main operations on milling machine.
14 Classification of drilling machines.
15 Drilling Constructional details of pillar types and radial drilling machines.
16 Twist drills, drill angles and sizes.

Class Practical
1. Introduction about different shops in work shop. Safety precautions to be taken in the
workshop.
2. Familiarisation of smithy tools their uses and various operations performed in smithy
shop.
3. Introduction to various carpentry tools, types of wood and their characteristics and
processes or operations in wood working.
4. Familiarisation of different tools used for fitting and different fitting operations.
5. Familiarisation of measuring instruments for fitting.
6. Introduction to welding equipment, tools and their use and precautions to be taken in
welding shop.
7. Introduction to machine shop machines such as lathe, shaper, milling and lathe tools.
8. Preparation of simple job in fitting: jobs on sawing, filing and right angle cutting of MS
9. flat.
10. Preparation of simple joints in carpentry: cross half lap joint.

11.
12. Practical jobs on simple turning, step turning in lathe machine.
13.
14. Preparation of jobs arc welding – butt joint.
15.
16. Practical in more complex fitting job: operations of drilling, reaming, and threading and
17. with tap dies. Preparation of a paper weight.
18. Preparation of mortise and tenon joint in carpentry.

19.
20. Practical job on taper turning, drilling, knurling and threading in lathe machine.
21.
22. Preparation of jobs on arc welding – lap joint.
23. Jobs on arc welding – t-joint.
24. Preparation of dovetail joint in carpentry.

25.
26. Operations on shaper and planer, changing a round MS rod into square section with a
27. shaper.
28. Gas welding practices – lap and butt joint.
29. Jobs on bending, shaping etc.; jobs on drawing, punching, riveting. Making different
types of sheet metal joints using G.I Sheets.
30. Demonstration of important operations on a milling machine, making a plot, gear tooth
31. forming and indexing.
32. Introduction to metal casting equipment, tools and their use. Mould making using one-
piece pattern and two pieces pattern.
References
1. Raghuwansi B S. 2009. A Course in Workshop Technology (Vol. I and II). Dhanpat Rai and
Sons, 1682, Nai Sarak, New Delhi.
2. Hajra Choudhury S. K., Roy Nirjhar, Hajra ChoudhuryA. K. 2010. Elements of Workshop
technology (Vol. I and II). Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt.Ltd., Mumbai.
3. Chapman W A J. 1989. Workshop Technology (Vol. I and II). Arnold Publishers (India) Pvt.
Ltd., AB/9, Safdarjung Enclave, New Delhi.
4. Khurmi R.S.& Gupta J.K.2008. A Text Book of Workshop Technology. S.Chand & Company
Ltd., New Delhi.
Electrical Machines and Power Utilization

1. Course No. : EE-121
2. Course Title : Electrical Machines and Power Utilization
4. Class : 1st year B.Tech(Agril.Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge among the students about the principle of
operation of different electrical motor and their application in agriculture sector.
7. Special objectives
(a)Theory:
i. Know the operating principle of various electrical motor.

ii. The application of different motor in agriculture sector.
iii. Understand the different method of speed control of motor.
(b)Practical:
By the end of the practical exercises, the student will learn
i. Study of different parts of D.C machine.

ii. Speed control of D.C motor.
iii. Starting and running of induction motor.
Theory
Electro motive force, reluctance, laws of magnetic circuits, determination of ampere-turns for series
and parallel magnetic circuits, hysteresis and eddy current losses, transformer: principle of working,
construction of single phase transformer, EMF equation, phasor diagram on load, leakage reactance,
voltage regulation, power and energy efficiency, open circuit and short circuit tests, principles,
operation and performance of dc machine (generator and motor), EMF and torque equations, armature
reaction, commutation, excitation of dc generator and their characteristics, dc motor characteristics,
starting of shunt and series motor, starters, speed control methods-field and armature control, poly-
phase induction motor: construction, operation, phasor diagram, effect of rotor resistance, torque
equation, starting and speed control methods, single phase induction motor: double field revolving
theory, equivalent circuit, characteristics, phase split, shaded pole motors, series and parallel
resonance. Q-factor & bandwidth, line and phase quantity in star & delta network. Concept and
analysis of balanced poly-phase circuits various methods of three phase power measurement; power
factor, reactive and apparent power.
Practical
To perform open circuit and short circuit tests on a single phase transformer and hence find equivalent
circuit, voltage regulation and efficiency; to obtain load characteristics of D.C. Shunt/series /compound
generator; to study characteristics of dc shunt/ series motors; to study D.C. Motor starters; to perform
load-test on 3 ph. Induction motor & to plot torque v/s speed characteristics; to perform no-load &
blocked –rotor tests on 3 ph. Induction motor to obtain equivalent CKT Parameters & to draw circle
diagram; to study the speed control of 3 ph. Induction motor by cascading of two induction motors, i.e.
By feeding the slip power of one motor into the other motor; to study star- delta starters physically and
(a) to draw electrical connection diagram (b) to start the 3 ph. Induction motor using it. (c) to reverse
the direction of 3 ph. I.M.; to start a 3-phase slip –ring induction motor by inserting different levels of
resistance in the rotor CKT. And to plot torque –speed characteristics; to perform no load & blocked –
rotor test on 1 ph. Induction motor & to determine the parameters of equivalent CKT. Drawn on the
basis of double revolving field theory; to perform load –test on 1 ph. Induction motor & plot torque –
speed characteristics; to study power consumed in a three-phase circuit; two lights in series controlled
by one switch; two lights in parallel controlled by one switch.
(A)Theory lecture outline
Lecture Chapter Detail
1 Magnetic circuit Electro motive force & reluctance.
2 Laws of magnetic circuits.
3 Determination of ampere-turns for series magnetic circuits.
4 Determination of ampere-turns for parallel magnetic circuits.
5 B-h curve, hysteresis and eddy current losses.
6 Transformer Principle of working, construction of single phase transformer,

EMF equation.
7 Phasor diagram on load, leakage reactance.
8 Transformer on load, equivalent circuit.
9 Voltage regulation, power and energy efficiency.
10 Open circuit and short circuit tests.
11 D.C Machines Principle operation and performance of dc machine (generator

and motor).
12 EMF and torque equations.
13 Types of D.C. Machine.
14 Armature reaction.
15 Commutation.
16 Excitation of dc generator and their characteristics.
17 Dc motor characteristics.
18 Starting of shunt and series motor and starters.
Speed control D.C motor by using field and armature control

19 method.
20 Three phase Construction, operation and equivalent circuit.

induction motor
21 Phasor diagram of poly-phase induction motor.
22 Effect of rotor resistance and torque equation.
23 Starting poly-phase induction motor.
24 Speed control methods of poly-phase induction motor.
26 Single phase Single phase induction motor: double field revolving theory.
induction motor
27 Equivalent circuit and characteristics.
28 Phase split and shaded pole motors
29 Disadvantage of low power factor and power factor

improvement.
30 Various methods of single and three phase power measurement
31 Series and parallel resonance.
Q-factor & bandwidth, line and phase quantity in star & delta
32 network

Class Practical
1 To perform the experiment on two lights in series controlled by one switch.
2 To perform the experiment on two lights in parallel controlled by one switch.
3 To get familiar with ac, dc machines and measuring instruments.
4 To perform open circuit test on a single phase transformer.
5 To perform short circuit test on a single phase transformer and hence find equivalent
circuit, voltage regulation and efficiency.
6 To study the constructional details of D.C Machine and to draw its different
components.
7 To obtain load characteristics of D.C shunt/series /compound generator.
8 To study the D.C motor starters. (3-point starter)
9 To perform the speed control of dc shunt motor using flux control method.
10 To perform the speed control of D.C shunt motor using armature voltage control
method.
11 To perform no-load test on 3 ph. Induction motor.
12 To perform blocked-rotor tests on 3 ph. Induction motor to obtain equivalent circuit

parameters & to draw the circle diagram.
13 To study star- delta starters physically and to draw its electrical connection diagram.
14 To start a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor by inserting different levels of resistance

in the rotor circuit and to plot torque-speed characteristics.
15 To perform no load& blocked-rotor test on 1 ph. Induction motor & to determine the
parameters of equivalent circuit drawn on the basis of double revolving field theory.
16 To perform load-test on1 ph. Induction motor & plot torque-speed characteristic
References
1. Theraja B L & Theraja AK 2005. A text book of Electrical Technology. Vol. II
S.Chand & Company LTD., New Delhi.
2. Thareja B L & Theraja AK. 2005. A text book of Electrical Technology. Vol. I S. Chand
& Company LTD., New Delhi.
3. Vincent Del Toro. 2000. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals. Prentice-Hall of India
Private LTD., New Delhi.
4. Anwani M L. 1997. Basic Electrical Engineering. Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) LTD. New
Delhi.
Principles of Agronomy
1. Course No : AG – 121
2. Course title : Principles of Agronomy
6. General objective : To educate the students on various fundamental aspects of Agronomy.
(a)Theory
 Learn the time and methods of application of different types of Fertilizers & Organic
Manures
 Know the crop types and their seasons
 Understand the effect of weather parameters on crop production
 Develop knowledge on different tillage practices in the crop field
 Distinguish between soil water constants and their role in crop production
 Distinguish weeds and know the methods of weed control
 Aware about various cropping patterns and their application
 Understand the soil and climatic requirements of fruits, vegetables and flowers
 Know the methods of nursery raising and planting methods of horticultural crops
 Acquainted with irrigation methods, fertilizer application, harvesting and storage of fruits,
vegetables and flowers.
(b)Practical
By the end of the practical exercises, the students will learn how to
 Identify crops and weeds
 Understand when to apply fertilizer in the crop field
 Management different weeds
 Recognize the maturity stage of the crop
 Apply fertilizer and irrigation water to field crops
Theory
Introduction and scope of agronomy. Classification of crops, effect of different weather parameters on
crop growth and development. Principles of tillage, tilth and its characteristics. Crop seasons. Methods,
time and depth of sowing of major field crops. Methods and time of application of manures and
fertilizers. Organic farming-sustainable agriculture. Soil water plant relationship, crop coefficients,
water requirement of crops and critical stages for irrigation, weeds and their management in crops,
crop rotation, cropping systems, cropping scheme. Relay cropping, mixed cropping and intercropping.
Practical
Identification of crops and their varieties, seeds, manures, fertilizers, herbicides and weeds; fertilizer
application methods; different weed control methods; practice of ploughing, practice of puddling,
practice of sowing.

1 Introduction Agronomy: definition, principle and scope
2 Crops and classification of crops based on their life
cycle, season of growing and commercial use
Crop classification
3 Classification of crops based on agronomic importance
and special purpose
4 Weather parameters on Different weather parameters
5 crop growth Effect of different weather parameters like air
temperature, soil temperature, evaporation and relative
humidity on crop growth and development
6 Effect of solar radiation on crop, weather hazards and
their mitigation
7 Tillage: objectives and principles of tillage, types of
tillage and tillage implements
Tillage practices
8 Tilth, factors influencing tilth and modern concepts of
tillage
9 Package of practice of major field crops grown during
kharif -paddy
kharif-maize and millets
Crop Production rabi -oilseeds
rabi -pulses
13 Package of practice of major field crops-sugarcane
14 Package of practice of major field crops-jute and cotton
15 Package of practice of kharif and rabi fodder crops
16 Integrated nutrient management
17 Organic Farming Concept of organic farming, principle and methods
18 Steps of organic farming
19 Sustainable Agriculture Concept, principle of sustainable agriculture
20 Soil – water – plant relationship: physical properties of
water and soil, soil water classification and soil water
potential
21 Soil moisture constants, concepts of soil water
availability to plants, movements of water in plants
Soil – water – plant
22 Computation of different evapotranspiration methods
relationship
23 Crop coefficients
24 Water requirement of important field crops and their
critical stages of irrigation
25 Methods of irrigation
26 Irrigation efficiencies
27 Weeds: definition, losses and benefits due to weeds,
weed ecology and classification
28 Weed Management Methods of weed management: preventive measures,
eradication methods, curative measures
29 Integrated weed management
30 Cropping system Crop rotation: its principles and advantages
31 Cropping system, mixed and intercropping and relay
cropping
32 Integrated farming system
Class Practicals
1 Identification of crops and their varieties
2 Identification of crops and their varieties- continued
3 Identification of seeds
4 Identification of manures, fertilizers and herbicides
5 Study about fertilizer application methods
6 Identification of major weeds
7 Study about different weed control methods
8 Study of seed viability and germination test
9 Practice of ploughing
10 Practice of puddling
11 Practice of sowing
12 Judging maturity time for harvesting of crop
13 Practical on various irrigation methods
14 Practical on various irrigation devices
15 Visit to meteorological observatory
16 Computation of water requirement of crops
References
1. Principles of Agronomy by Yellamanda Reddy T and Sankara Reddy G H, Kalyani
Publishers
2. Principles and practices of Agronomy by S. S. Singh
3. Fundamentals of Agronomy by G. C. Dey
4. Principles of Agronomy by S.R.Reddy
Principles of Horticultural Crops and Plant Protection

1. Course No. : HORT- 211
2. Course Title : Principles of Horticultural Crops and Plant Protection
4. Class : 2nd year, B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
5. Semester : 1st semester
6. General Objective : To educate the students on various principles of horticultural Crops and
plant protection
7. Specific Objectives:
(a)Theory
 Understand the soil and climatic requirements of fruits, vegetables and flowers
 Know the methods of nursery raising and planting methods of horticultural crops
 Know the different macro and micro-propagation methods adopted in different horticultural
crops
 Acquainted with irrigation methods, fertilizer application, harvesting and storage of fruits,
vegetables and flowers.
 Develop knowledge on orchard management
 Know the principles and practices of training and pruning in horticultural crops
 Know the extraction and storage of seeds from vegetables
 Develop knowledge on major pests and diseases of horticultural crops and their management
(b)Practical
 Identify different horticultural crops and weeds in the field

 Practise different methods of macro and micro-propagation
 Getting acquainted with different types of fertilizers, organic manures and bio-fertilizers.
 Understand when to apply fertilizer and irrigation water to horticultural crops and to control
weeds
 Practise different training and pruning methods
 Recognize the maturity time for harvesting of crop
 Know the seed extraction technique
 Raise nursery, plant vegetables, fruits and flowers
 Prepare potting mixture, potting and repotting of plants
 Use and maintain the garden tools
 Identify different major pests and diseases of horticultural crops
Theory
Scope of horticultural. Soil and climatic requirements for fruits, vegetables and floriculture crops,
improved varieties, criteria for site selection, layout and planting methods, nursery raising, commercial
varieties/hybrids, sowing and planting times and methods, seed rate and seed treatment for vegetable
crops; macro and micro propagation methods, plant growing structures, pruning and training, crop
coefficients, water requirements and critical stages, fertilizer application, fertigation, irrigation
methods, harvesting, grading and packaging, post-harvest practices, garden tools, management of
orchard, extraction and storage of vegetables seeds. Major pests and diseases of horticultural crops and
their management.
Practical
Judging maturity time for harvesting of crop; study of seed viability and germination test;
identification and description of important fruits, flowers and vegetable crops; study of different
garden tools; preparation of nursery bed; practices of pruning and training in some important fruit
crops, visit to commercial greenhouse/ polyhouse; cultural operations for vegetable crops (sowing,
fertilizer application, mulching, irrigation and weed control); seed extraction techniques; identification
of important pests and diseases and their control.
A) Theory Lecture Outline

1 Introduction Scope and importance of horticulture
Soil and climatic requirements for fruits, vegetables and
Soil and climatic
2 floriculture crops, influence of climatic factors on the
requirement
growth and yield of plants
Benefits of raising nursery, components of nursery, soil
Nursery raising of
3 treatment, preparation of nursery beds, sowing of seeds,
horticultural crops
essential operations in nursery raising
Improved
Improved varieties/hybrids of different fruits, vegetables
4 varieties/hybrids
flowers and plantation crops
Different plant growing structures such as green house,

Plant Growing
5 lath house, hot bed, cold frame, other propagating frames
Structures
etc.
Site selection, lay out Criteria for site selection, planning, lay out of different
6
and planting methods planting methods
Types of propagation, advantages and disadvantages of
7 Propagation of plants different propagation , methods of asexual propagation,
micro- propagation
Garden tools Different garden tools used in horticulture ,their uses and
8
maintenance
Objectives, principles and different methods of training
9 Training and pruning
and pruning
Clean cultivation for orchard soil management,
Management of mulching, intercropping, cover cropping, filler cropping
10
orchard and weed management in orchards
Field operations in
Methods of fertilizer application, fertigation, and
11 orchards
irrigation methods for horticultural crops
Maturity, harvesting, Maturity indices, estimation of maturity, types of

12
grading, packaging harvesting, grading, packaging and post-harvest handling
and post harvest of horticultural crops
management of
horticultural crops
Extraction and storage
13 Methods of extraction of seeds, different types of storage
of vegetable seeds
Major pest and Major pest and diseases of fruit crops(mango, banana,
14 diseases of fruit crops papaya, guava, litchi, citrus, ber, pomegranate etc.) And
and their management their management
Major pest and
Major pest and diseases of vegetable crops(tomato,
diseases of vegetable
15 brinjal, chilli, okra, potato, cole crops, cucurbits, peas
crops and their
and beans etc.) And their management
management
Major pest and
Major pest and diseases of ornamental plants (rose,
diseases of ornamental
16 gladiolus, marigold, tuberose, chrysanthemum etc.) And
plants and their
their management
management
B) Practical Class Outline

Class Practical
1. Identification and description of important fruit crops
2. Identification and description of important vegetable crops
3. Identification and description of important ornamental crops
4. Study of different garden tools
5. Study of seed viability and germination test
6. Preparation of potting mixture, potting and repotting of ornamental plants
7. Preparation of nursery bed and raising of vegetable seedlings
Raising of vegetable crops by direct sowing and transplanting of seedlings in
8.
the field
9. Intercultural operation, top dressing and earthing up in vegetable crops
10. Pruning and training of horticultural crops
11. Judging maturity time for harvesting of crops
12. Techniques of seed extraction in vegetables
Identification of important pests and diseases of fruit crops and their
13.
management
Identification of important pests and diseases of vegetable crops and their
14.
management
Identification of important pests and diseases of ornamental crops and their
15.
management
16. Visit to commercial orchard/greenhouse/poly house
References:
1. Singh, Jitendra. Fundamentals of Horticulture-,Kalyani Publishers,Ludhiana.
2. Chadha, K.L. Hand Book of Horticulture., ICAR Publication, New Delhi
3. Kumar N. Introduction to Horticulture, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi
4. Janick,Jules. Horticultural Science, Surjeet Publications, Delhi
5. .Muthukrishnan,N.,Ganapathy,N.,Nalini R. and Rajendran R. Pest Management in Horticultural
crops ,New Madura Publishers, Madurai,Tamil Nadu
6. . Ahamad Shahid, Anwar,Ali and Sharma,P.K. Plant disease management in Horticultural
crops. Daya Publishing House, Delhi
7. Sudheer,K.P. and Indira,V. Post harvest technology of Horticultural crops. New India
Publishing Agency, New Delhi
8. Panda,P.K. and Swain,S.C. Practical Manual on Fundamentals of Horticulture-,College of
Horticulture, Chiplima, OUAT, Bhubaneswar
Web Designing and Internet Applications
1. Course No. : CS- 211

2. Course Title : Web Designing and Internet Application
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students on how to design various websites
using HTML 5 and Java Script and this paper also provide brief idea
about web designing rules
:
(a)Theory
 Understand what is internet, the necessity of it.

 Know the web design principles
 Know the HTML5 completely
 Know using Java script how to make interactive Webpages.
 Know how to set FTP.
(b)Practical
 Know designing of various kinds of Webpages using HTML 5 and JavaScript.

 Know how to do GIF animations.
 Know setting of FTP
Theory
Basic principles in developing a web designing, planning process, five golden rules of web designing,
designing navigation bar, page design, home page layout , design concept. Basics in web design,
brief history of internet, World Wide Web , creation of a web site, Web Standards , Audience
requirement. Introduction to HTML5, tags, elements, graphics and media, introduction to JavaScript,
variables & functions, working with alert, confirm and prompt.
Practical
HTML5: Introduction, basic HTM5 tags, Iframes, forms, elements, graphics and media. JAVA
SCRIPT: working with alert, confirm and prompt, understanding loop, arrays, creating rollover image,
working with operator, gif animation: learning to use ftp, setting ftp, uploading of site, using control
panel, ftp uploading site: understanding gif animation interface, knowing gif file format, creating basic
web banners, creating web banners with effects, creating animated web buttons; project.

Introduction What is internet? History of internet. Terminologies of
1
internet
What is HTML, History of HTML, What is an Element,
Fundamental of
2 Types of Elements. Basic Elements like <HTML>,
HTML5
<HEAD>,< BODY> with all its attributes.
Structural Elements
3 and hyperlink <Table> Element and <a> element with all its attributes
elements of HTML with examples.
What is DHTML, Creation of interactive webpages
using <FORM>tag. Creation of fields like textbox, text
4 Interactive WebPage
area, email, password, checkbox, radio buttons, list box,
submit and reset buttons.
Insert image using <IMG> tag and all its attributes,
Webpage with images Creation of hyperlinked image, Creation of image map.
5
and Frames Creation of Frame using <frameset> and <frame> tag
and all its attributes.
What is style sheet, Types of style sheet,(Inline,
6 Style Sheet Embedded, External), Examples.
Introduction to What is JavaScript, Where it is used, and Features of
7
JavaScript Java script? DOM model of JavaScript.
JavaScript Variables, Various Dialog Boxes like alert,
8 Variables in J.S.
prompt, and confirm with examples of each.
9 Arrays in J.S. Arrays in JavaScript with examples.
Functions in JavaScript, What is Function, Types of

10 Functions in J.S.
Function with Examples.
Loops in java script, While loop, for loop and do-while
11 Various loops in J.S. loop with examples of each.
12 What is an event, Various events in JavaScript (OnClick,

Event Handling in
OnSubmit, OnMouseOver, Onload, OnUnLoad,
JavaScript
13 OnFocus, OnReset) with examples
14 WebDesigning Basic Principles of WebDesigning, Five golden Rules of
15 Principles WebDesign, Designing navigation bar.
What is FTP, Setting FTP, What is GIF File Format with
16 Setting FTP
examples.

Class Practical
Study of creating Webpages using HTML elements like <html>,
1. <head>, <title>, <body>, <u>, <b>, <i>, <p>, <marquee>, <br>, <ol>,
<ul> with all its attributes
2. <table> tag and all its attribute, anchor tag (<a>) with all its attributes
3. Use of <form> tag with all input elements.
4. <img>, image map, <frameset>, <frame> tags with all its attributes
5. Designing webpages using style sheets
Use of javascript, <script> tag, var keyword for variables with
6.
examples, alert(), prompt(), confirm()
7. Various operators in Java Script with examples
8. Arrays in JavaScript with examples
9. Function keyword, defining functions in JavaScript with examples.
10. While loop, do-while loops and for loop
11. Studies of JavaScript events like onclick, onsubmit, onmouseover,
12. onload, onunload, onreset.
13. Setting of FTP in windows.
14. Understanding GIF File Format, Animation using GIF
15. Creating basic web banners, Creating web banners with effects
16. Various web application programs using above technologies
References
1. Jennifer Niederst Robbins. Developing web design. latest edition.
2. Frain and Ben. Responsive Web Design with HTML5.
3. Nicholas c.Zakas. Java Script for Web Developers.
4. George Q. Huang, K. L Mak. Internet Applications in Product Design and Manufacturing.
ISBN:3540434658.
Engineering Mathematics-III
2. Course title : Engineering Mathematics-III
6. General objective : To educate the students on applications of Mathematical
Theory
 Know about finite difference methods, operators and their relations
 Understand Newton’s forward and backward interpolation
 Distinguish between polynomial and factorial notations
 Develop knowledge Beselles’s and Stirling’s central difference interpolations
 Know about Lagranges interpolation formula
 Know about numerical integration by trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule
 Understand the rules for finding complimentary function and particular integral
 Apply Taylor’s series, Euler’s and modified Euler’s method
 Know about properties of Laplace transform, inverse of Laplace transform and their
applications
 Application of Laplace’s transform to solve differential and simultaneous differential
equations
 Understand convolution theorem
Theory
Numerical analysis and Laplace transformation: finite difference, various difference operators and
their relationships. factorial notation, interpolation with equal integrals. Newton’s forward and
backward interpolation formula. Bessel's and Stirling’s difference interpolation formulae. Interpolation
with unequal intervals. Newton's divided difference formula. Lagrange’s interpolation formula.
numerical differentiations, numerical integrations, difference equations and their solutions, numerical
solutions of ordinary differential equations by Picard’s Taylor’s series. Fuller’s and modified Fuller’s
methods. Runga-Kutta method; Laplace transformation and its applications to the solutions of ordinary
and simultaneous differential equations.
Tutorial
Interpolation, Numerical differentiation and integration solutions of difference equations, numerical
solution of ordinary differential equations of first order and first degree, Laplace and inverse Laplace
transformations and their application to solution of ordinary and simultaneous differential equations.
1. Finite Difference Finite difference, various difference operaters
2. Relation of the differential operaters.
3. Factorial notation
4. Interpolation Lagrange’s interpolation
5. Newton's divided difference formula
6. Newton’s forward and backward interpolation
7. Beselles’s central difference interpolations
8. Stirling’s central difference interpolations
9. Numerical Numerical differentiations

Differentiation And
10. Integration Numerical integration by trapezoidal rule
11. Numerical integration Simpson’s rule
12. Numerical Solution Of Differential equations by Picard’s series

Differential Equation
13. Differential equations by Taylor’s series
14. Euller’s method
15. Modified Euller’s methods.
16. Runga-Kutta method
17. Laplace Transform And Laplace transformation

Its Application
18. Inverse Laplace transformation
19. Convolution theorem
20. nth derivative of Laplace transformation
21. Solution of ordinary differential equation
22. Solution of simultaneous differential equation

(B)Lecture Tutorial
Lecture Details
1. Interpolation
2. Numerical differentiation and integration
3. Solutions of difference equations
4. Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations of first order and first
degree,
5. Laplace transformation
6. Inverse Laplace transformations
7. Application to solution of ordinary and simultaneous differential equations.
8. Problems on One Sample, Two sample Z-tests when Population S.D. is
9. known and unknown,
10. Problems on one sample, Two sample
11. Paired t-test
12. Chi-Square test – 2x2 and m x n,
13. Calculation of correlation coefficient and its testing,
14. Contingency table and F-test.
15. Regression and calculation of regression coefficient
16. Regression lines
References
4. Narayan Shanti. 2004. A Text Book of Vector. S. Chand and Co. Ltd. New Delhi.
Soil Mechanics
2. Course Title : Soil Mechanics
6. General Objective : To make the student familiar with different engineering properties of
the soil, particle size, textural classification, stress conditions, compaction, consolidation, earth
pressure and stability of slopes.
(a)Theory
 Know different engineering properties like moisture content, density, void ratio,
porosity, grain size analysis etc.
 Know about different soil consistencies like Liquid limit, Plastic limit, and Shrinkage
limit.
 Know about different stress conditions like shear stress, direct stress and stress due to
different loading conditions
 Know about consolidation and compaction properties of soil
 Learn about different active and passive earth pressure on retaining walls
 Know about different stability conditions of slopes
(b)Practical
 Collect undisturbed soil samples from the fields and find out moisture content
 Calculation of void ratio, porosity, dry density, bulk density, specific gravity
 Find out grain size distribution curve
 Find out liquid limit, plastic limit, shrinkage limit etc.
 Find out OMC value of compacted soil
 Conduct sieve analysis
 Shear tests
 Consolidation tests etc.
Theory
Introduction of soil mechanics, field of soil mechanics, phase diagram, physical and index properties
of soil, classification of soils, effective and neutral stress, elementary concept of Boussinesq and
wester guards analysis, new mark influence chart. Shear strength, Mohr stress circle, theoretical
relationship between principle stress circle, theoretical relationship between principal stress, Mohr
coulomb failure theory, effective stress principle. Determination of shear parameters by direct shear
test, triangle test & vane shear test. Numerical exercise based on various types of tests. Compaction,
composition of soils standard and modified protector test, abbot compaction and Jodhpur mini
compaction test field compaction method and control. Consolidation of soil: Consolidation of soils,
one dimensional consolidation spring analogy, Terzaghi’s theory, Laboratory consolidation test,
calculation of void ratio and coefficient of volume change, Taylor’s and Casagrande’s method,
determination of coefficient of consolidation. Earth pressure: plastic equilibrium in soils, active and
passive states, Rankine’s theory of earth pressure, active and passive earth pressure for cohesive soils,
simple numerical exercises. Stability of slopes: introduction to stability analysis of infinite and finite
slopes friction circle method, Taylor’s stability number.
Practical
Determination of water content of soil; determination of specific gravity of soil; determination of field
density of soil by core cutter method; determination of field density by sand replacement method; grain
size analysis by sieving (dry sieve analysis); grain size analysis by hydrometer method; determination
of liquid limit by Casagrande’s method; determination of liquid limit by cone penetrometer and plastic
limit; determination of shrinkage limit; determination of permeability by constant head method;
determination of permeability by variable head method; determination of compaction properties by
standard proctor test; determination of shear parameters by direct shear test; determination of
unconfined compressive strength of soil; determination of shear parameters by tri-axial test;
determination of consolidation properties of soils.

1 Introduction Introduction of soil mechanics, field and scope of soil mechanics
2 Index Phase diagram, definitions and relations, physical and index
properties properties of soil
3 Particle size distribution, grain size distribution curve, soil indices
4 Soil Plastic limit, liquid limit, shrinkage limit
consistency
5 Stress in soilEffective and neutral stress, stress in soil
6 Boussinesq and Westerguard’s analysis, new mark’s influence
chart
7 Stress distribution and diagrams
8 Shear stress Shear stress and Mohr’s stress circle
9 Direct shear stress, triaxial test and vane shear test
10 Numerical examples on different tests
11 Compaction Compaction of soils, standard & modified proctor test, abbot’s
compaction test, jodhpur mini compaction test, field compaction
methods
12 Consolidation Consolidation of soils, Terzaghi’s theory of one dimensional
consolidation, spring analogy
13 Lab consolidation test, calculation of void ratio and coefficient of
volume change, Taylor’s and Cassagrande method
14 Earth Active and passive earth pressure, Rankine’s theory of earth
pressure pressure for cohesive soils
15 Stability of Stability of slopes, stability analysis of infinite and finite slope
16 slopes Taylor’s stability number, friction circle method
Class Practical
1 Determination of moisture content of soil sample
2 Determination of specific gravity of soil sample
3 Study of field density by core cutter
4 Study of bulk density, dry density by sand replacement method
5 Determination of grain size distribution of coarse grained soil by sieving
6 Determination of grain size by hydrometer method
7 Determination of liquid limit by Cassagrande apparatus
8 Determination of liquid limit by cone penetrometer
9 Determination of plastic limit of soil specimen
10 Determination of shrinkage limit of soil
11 Determination of optimum moisture content of saturated soil by Abbot’s
compaction test
12 Determination of optimum moisture content of saturated soil by Proctor’s
mould
13 Hydraulic conductivity by falling head/constant head method
14 Consolidation characteristics of soil
15 Shear strength of soil by direct shear test
16 Shear strength of soil by tri-axial shear test
References
1. Punmia, B.C., Jain, A.K. Soil Mechanics and Foundations, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd. New
Delhi
2. Ranjan Gopal and Rao A S R. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, Welly Eastern Ltd.
3. Singh, Alam. Soil Engineering, Vol.1. CBS Publishers and Distributers, Delhi
Fluid Mechanics and Open Channel Hydraulics

1. Course No. : IDE-211
2. Course Title : Fluid Mechanics and Open Channel Hydraulics
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students on various principles of fluid
mechanics and hydraulic machines
(a)Theory
 Understand the properties of fluid

 Know the behaviour of the fluid at rest
 Know the behaviour of the fluid in motion
 Apply the principles of fluid mechanics to design simple fluid mechanical systems in
engineering
(b)Practical
 Handle various equipments/machines used to study the behaviour of fluids at rest as well as
in motion
 Design and use simple fluid systems used in engineering
Theory
Properties of fluids: ideal and real fluid. Pressure and its measurement, pascal’s law, pressure forces on
plane and curved surfaces, centre of pressure, buoyancy, meta centre and meta centric height, condition
of floatation and stability of submerged and floating bodies; kinematics of fluid flow: Lagrangian and
eulerian description of fluid motion, continuity equation, path lines, streak lines and stream lines,
stream function, velocity potential and flow net. Types of fluid flow, translation, rotation, circulation
and vorticity, vortex motion; dynamics of fluid flow, Bernoulli’s theorem, venturimeter, orifice meter
and nozzle, siphon; laminar flow: stress strain relationships, flow between infinite parallel plates both
plates fixed, one plate moving, discharge, average velocity; laminar and turbulent flow in pipes,
general equation for head loss Darcy, equation, Moody’s diagram, minor and major hydraulic losses
through pipes and fittings, flow through network of pipes, hydraulic gradient and energy gradient; flow
through orifices (measurement of discharge, measurement of time),flow through mouthpieces, flow
over notches , flow over weirs, Chezy’s formula for loss of head in pipes, flow through simple and
compound pipes, open channel design and hydraulics: Chezy’s formula, Bazin’s formula, kutter’s
manning’s formula, velocity and pressure profiles in open channels, hydraulic jump; dimensional
analysis and similitude: Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s `pi’ theorem, types of similarities,
dimensional analysis, dimensionless numbers. Introduction to fluid machinery.
Practical
Study of manometers and pressure gauges; verification of Bernoulli’s theorem; determination of
coefficient of discharge of venturi-meter and orifice meter; determination of coefficient of friction in
pipeline; determination of coefficient of discharge for rectangular and triangular notch; determination
of coefficient of discharge, coefficient of velocity and coefficient of contraction for flow through
orifice; determination of coefficient of discharge for mouth piece; measurement of force exerted by
water jets on flat and hemispherical vanes; determination of meta-centric height; determination of
efficiency of hydraulic ram; performance evaluation of pelton and francis turbine; study of current
meter; velocity distribution in open channels and determination of Manning’s coefficient of Rugosity.

1 Introduction Introduction to fluid mechanics- applications
Properties of fluids: ideal and real fluids, density,
2 Fluid Properties specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity,
viscosity, units of measurements
Pressure and its measurement- pressure, intensity of
3 pressure, pascal’s law, pressure head, transmissibility of
liquid pressure, Bramah’s press or hydraulic press
Fluid Pressure and its
Atmospheric pressure, negative or vacuum pressure,
measurement
absolute pressure, pressure gauges and manometers-
4
barometer, piezometer, manometer, differential u-tube
manometer, inverted manometer
Pressure forces on plane and curved surfaces- total
5,
pressure, centre of pressure
Hydrostatics and Pressure on curved surfaces, pressure on irregular shaped
6
application of lamina
hydrostatics Pressure on masonary dam: water pressure on one side
7 and both side of dam, stability of a dam – rectangular
and trapezoidal dam
8 Buoyancy, Archimedes principle, centre of buoyancy
Metacentre, metacentric height- determination of
9 Equilibrium of
metacentric height by analytical and practical method
Floating Bodies
Condition of floatation and stability of submerged and
10
floating bodies
Kinematics of fluid flow; methods of describing fluid
motion- Langrangian and Eulerian description of fluid
11
motion, path line, stream line, streak line, stream
function, velocity potential and flow net
Hydro-kinematics Types of fluid flow – steady and unsteady flows,
uniform and non-uniform flows, laminar and turbulent
12 flows, rotational and irrotational flows, compressible and
incompressible flows, rate of flow or discharge, control
volume, continuity equation
13 Vortex Flow Vortex motion- free and forced vortex
Dynamics of fluid flow: energy possessed by a fluid
14 Bernoulli’s equation
body- Bernoulli’s theorem
and its applications
15 Applications- venturimeter, pitot tube, orifice meter
Flow through orifices- types, jet, vena-contracta,
16
Flow through orifices hydraulic coefficients
17 Discharge of orifice
Flow through Flow through mouth pieces- types, losses in pipes,
18
mouthpieces discharge of mouthpiece
Flow through notches- types, discharge through
19
Flow over notches and rectangular notch
20 weirs Discharge over triangular, trapezoidal and stepped notch
21 Weirs and barrages, Cipoletti weir, end contraction of
rectangular weirs
Ventilation of weirs, types of nappe- free, depressed and
22
clinging nappe
Pipe flow, minor and major hydraulic losses through
23 pipes, fluid friction, Darcy Weisbach equation of loss of
head in pipes, hydraulic gradient and total energy line
Flow through simple Pipes in series, pipes in parallel, flow through network of
24
and compound pipes pipes- branching of pipes
Power transmission through pipes- efficiency of
25 transmission, condition for maximum power
transmission, syphon
Flow through open channel- Chezy’s equation,
26 manning’s equation, most economical or best hydraulic
Open channel flow section- rectangular and trapezoidal channel
Hydraulic jump- critical, sub-critical and super critical
27
flow, Moody’s diagram
Dimensional analysis and similitude- Rayleigh’s method,
28
Buckingham’s pi theorem
Dimensionless numbers-Froude’s no., Reynold’s no.,
29 Dimensional analysis
Euler’s no., Mach’s no., weber’s number
Model analysis: types of similarities- geometric,
30
kinematic and dynamic similarity, scale ratio,
31 Introduction to fluid Introduction to fluid machinery - positive displacement
32 machinery Variable displacement pump

Class Practical
1. Study of manometers and pressure gauges
2. Verification of Bernoulli’s theorem
3. Determination of metacentric height of a laboratory ship
4. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of venturimeter
5. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of rectangular notch
6. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of triangular notch
7. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of mouthpiece
Determination of co-efficient of discharge, co-efficient of velocity and co-
8.
efficient of contraction
9. Determination of co-efficient of friction in pipe line
10. Determination of Manning’s roughness co-efficient in an open channel
11. Determination of Chezy’s roughness co-efficient in an open channel
12. Discharge measurement through orifice
13. Measurement of discharge in an open channel
14. Discharge measurement through weirs
15. Study of various types of pumps
16. Visit to pump testing laboratory
References
1. Bansal, R.K. A Text book of Fluid Mechanics, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.
2. Ramanuthan, S. Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, Dhanpat rai & Sons,
Delhi.
3. Khurmi, R.S. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, S.Chand & Co.Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book House, Delhi
5. Paul, J. C. and Panigrahi, B. Practical Manual in Fluid Mechanics, CAET, OUAT,
Bhubaneswar
Theory of Machines
2. Course Title : Theory of Machines
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students on mechanism behind the
machines
(a)Theory:
i. Understand the importance of theory behind the machine &structure.
ii. Analyse the relative motion between the various parts of machine, and forces which act on
them.
iii. The knowledge of this subject is very essential for an engineer in designing the various parts of
the machine.
iv. Recommend methods for balancing a component.
Theory
Elements, links, pairs, kinematics chain, and mechanisms. Classification of pairs and mechanisms.
Lower and higher pairs. Four bar chain, slider crank chain and their inversions. Determination of
velocity and acceleration using graphical (relative velocity and acceleration) method. Instantaneous
centers. Types of gears. Law of gearing, velocity of sliding between two teeth in mesh. Involute and
cycloidal profile for gear teeth. Spur gear, nomenclature, Introduction to helical, spiral, bevel and
worm gear. Simple, compound, reverted, and epicyclic trains. Determining velocity ratio by tabular
method. Turning moment diagrams, coefficient of fluctuation of speed and energy, weight of flywheel,
flywheel applications. Belt drives, types of drives, belt materials. Length of belt, power transmitted,
velocity ratio, belt size for flat and V belts. Effect of centrifugal tension, creep and slip on power
transmission, Chain drives. Classification of chain drive, terms Used in Chain Drive. Types of friction,
laws of dry friction. Friction of pivots and collars. Single disc, multiple disc, and cone clutches,
Rolling friction, Types of governors. Constructional details and analysis of Watt, Porter, Proell
governors. Effect of friction, controlling force curves. Sensitiveness, stability, hunting, iso-chronism,
power and effort of a governor. Static and dynamic balancing. Balancing of rotating masses in one and
different planes.
1. Kinematics Introduction, kinematic link or element, types of link.
2. Kinematic pair, classification of kinematic pair.
3. Kinematic chain. Types of joint in chain.

4. Mechanism, degrees of freedom.
5. Four bar chain, inversion of four bar chain.
6. Slider crank chain & their inversion.
7. Velocity Determination of velocity using graphical (Instantaneous centers)
Mechanism Method.
8. Types of Instantaneous centers, location of instantaneous centers.

Kennedy theorem.
9. Velocity of a point on link by relative velocity method.
10. Acceleration Acceleration diagram for a link. Acceleration of point on a link.
Mechanism
11. Acceleration of a slider cranks Mechanism.
12. Types of gears. Advantages of gear drives, Terminology related to

Gear gears.
13. Law of gearing, simple, compound, reverted, and epi-cyclic gear trains.
14. Determining velocity ratio by tabular method.
15. Velocity of sliding between two teeth in mesh. Involute and cycloidal
profile for gear teeth.
16. Spur gear, nomenclature, interference and undercutting. Introduction to
helical, spiral, bevel and worm gear.
17. Turning moment diagrams.
18. Fly wheel Co-efficient of fluctuation of speed and energy, weight of flywheel,
flywheel applications.
19. Types of belt drives, belt materials. Selection of belt, Length of open
and cross belt.
Belt drives
20. Power transmitted, velocity ratio, belt size for flat and V belts.
21. Effect of centrifugal tension, creep and slip on power transmission.
22. Chain Drive Introduction to chain drives. Classification of chain drive, terms used in
chain drive.
23. Types of friction, laws of dry friction. Friction of pivots and collars.
Friction
24. Single disc, multiple disc, and cone clutches.
Rolling friction, anti-friction bearings.
25. Types of governors.
26. Governor Constructional details and analysis of Watt, Porter, Proell governors.
27. Effect of friction, controlling force curves.
28. Sensitiveness, stability, hunting, isochronisms.
29. Power and effort of a governor.
30. Static and dynamic balancing.
31. Balancing Balancing of rotating masses in one and different planes.
32. Partial primary balancing of reciprocating eases.
References
1. Khurmi R.S. and Gupta J.K.2010. A Text Book of Theory of Machines. Euresia Publishing
House(Pvt) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Bansal R.K.2009. A Text Book of Theory of Machines. Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Ballaney P.L. 2006. A Text Book of Theory of Machines. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Ratan S.S. 2010. A Text Book of Theory of Machines. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., New Delhi.
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

2. Course : Thermodynamics, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
4. Class : 2nd year B Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective : To study the basics of thermodynamics, refrigeration and air
.conditioning and its applications in the field of agricultural
engineering
7. Specific objectives:
(a)Theory:
i. Understand the basics of thermodynamics.
ii. Understand the principle of various refrigeration cycles.
iii. Understand the principle of psychometric processes and air conditioning.
iv. Design of air conditioning system.
(b)Practical:
i. Determine refrigeration effect, energy input & COP etc. of refrigeration test rig for preservation
of vegetables and storage of cold water.
ii. Determine cooling load, energy input & COP of air-conditioning test rig.
iii. Principle and operation of cold storage plant.
Theory
Principles of refrigeration, units, terminology, production of low temperatures, air refrigerators
working on reverse Carnot cycle and Bell Coleman cycle. Vapour refrigeration-mechanism, P-V, T-S,
P-H diagrams, vapour compression cycles, dry and wet compression, super cooling and sub cooling.
Vapour absorption refrigeration system. Common refrigerants and their properties. Thermodynamic
properties of moist air, perfect gas relationship for approximate calculation, adiabatic saturation
process, wet bulb temperature and its measurement, psychometric chart and its use, elementary
psychometric process. Air conditioning – principles –Type and functions of air conditioning,
physiological principles in air conditioning, air distribution. Factors considered for designing an air
conditioning system. Room ratio line, sensible heat factor, by-pass factor. Types of air conditioners-
applications. Cold storage plants.
Practical
Tutorials on thermodynamic air cycles, Study and application of P V and T S chart in refrigeration, P
H chart (or) Mollier diagram in refrigeration, Numerical on air refrigeration cycle systems, Numerical
on vapour compression cycle refrigeration system, Study of domestic water cooler, Study of domestic
household refrigerator, Study of absorption type solar refrigeration system, Study cold storage for fruit
and vegetables, Freezing load and time calculations for food materials, Determination of refrigeration
parameters using refrigeration tutor – II, Numerical on design of air conditioning systems, Study of
window air conditioner, Study on repair and maintenance of refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
Visit to chilling or ice making and cold storage plants.
1. Thermodynamics properties, macroscopic & microscopic

approach.
Basic concept of
2. Thermodynamics. Closed and open system, equilibrium, flow and non-flow
processes.
3. Laws of Gas laws, laws of thermodynamics.

thermodynamics
4. Temperature and Zeroth law of thermodynamics.
5. First law of thermodynamics.
6. First law for a cyclic process, Corollaries of first law.

Internal energy.
1st law of
7. thermodynamics Application of first law in heating and expansion of
gases in non-flow processes.
8. First law applied to steady flow processes.
9. Reversible processes, Carnot cycle.
10. Carnot cycle Carnot theorem.
11. Entropy, physical concept of entropy.
12. Entropy Change of entropy of gases in thermodynamics

processes.
13. Principles of refrigeration, - units, terminology.

14. Refrigeration cycle Production of low temperatures.
15. Air refrigerators working on reverse Carnot cycle.
16. Bell Coleman cycle.
17. Vapour refrigeration-mechanism.
18. Vapour compression P-V, T-S, P-H diagrams.
19. cycles. Vapour compression cycles refrigeration system.
20. Vapour absorption Dry and wet compression, super cooling and sub
cycles. cooling.
21. Vapour absorption refrigeration system.
22. Refrigerants Common refrigerants and their properties.
23. Cold storage plants.
24. Thermodynamic properties of moist air.
25. Psychometric Perfect gas relationship for approximate calculation,

Process adiabatic saturation process.
26. Wet bulb temperature and its measurement.
27. Psychometric chart and its use, elementary psychometric

process.
28. Air conditioning Air conditioning – principles –Type and functions of air
system conditioner.
29. Physiological principles in air conditioning

30. Design of air Fundamentals of design of complete air conditioning
conditioning systems.
systems.
31. Humidifiers and dehumidifiers.
32. Types of air conditioners: applications.
Class Practical
1. Numerical on gas laws.
2. Numerical on First law of thermodynamics.
3. Numerical on applications of First law of thermodynamics applied to non-flow

process.
4. Numerical on Entropy.
5. Study and application of P V and T S chart in refrigeration, P H chart (or)

Mollier diagram in refrigeration.
6. Numerical on air refrigeration cycle systems,
7. Numerical on vapour compression cycle refrigeration system.
8. Study of domestic water cooler, Study of domestic household refrigerator.
9. Study of absorption type solar refrigeration system.
10. Study cold storage for fruit and vegetables, Freezing load and time calculations
for food materials.
11. Determination of refrigeration parameters using refrigeration tutor – II
12. Numerical on design of air conditioning systems.
13. Study of window air conditioner,
14. Study on repair and maintenance of refrigeration and systems.
15. Study on repair and maintenance of air-conditioning systems.
16. Visit to chilling or ice making and cold storage plants.
Text Books:
1. Arora, C.P., 2003. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata-McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1. Khurmi R S. 2006. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. S Chand and Co. Ltd., Ram Nagar,
New Delhi.
Applied Electronics and Instrumentation

1. Course No. : EE-212
2. Course title : Applied Electronics and Instrumentation
4. Class : 2nd year B-tech (Agrill Engg)
6. General objective: To impart knowledge to the students on application of electronics
engineering in agricultural sector and get familiar with various measuring instrument in
electrical engineering.
(a)Theory:
i. Know the operating principle of various electronics device.

ii. The use of different measuring instrument in different sector.
iii. Application of OPAMP in various purposes.
(b)Practical:
By the end of the practical exercises, the student will learn
i. Characteristics of diode and transistor.

ii. Application of diode as clipper and clamper circuit.
iii. Application of OPAMP as (adder, multiplier & comparator).
iv. Various types of transducers.
Theory
Semiconductors. p-n junction. V-I characteristics of p-n junction. Diode as a circuit element. Rectifier.
Clipper. Clamper, voltage multiplier, capacitive filter. Diode circuits for OR & AND (both positive
and negative logic), bipolar junction transistor: operating point. Classification (A.B & C) of amplifier.
Various biasing methods (fixed. self-potential divider). h-parameter model of a transistor. Analysis of
small signal. CE amplifier. Phase shift oscillator, analysis of differential amplifier using transistor.
Ideal OP-AMP characteristics. Linear and non-linear applications of OP-AMP (adder. subtractor.
integrator, active rectifier. comparator. differentiator. differential, instrumentation amplifier and
oscillator). zener diode voltage regulator. Transistor series regulator. Current limiting. OP-AMP
voltage regulators. Basic theorem of Boolean algebra. Combinational logic circuits (basic gates. SOP
rule and Kmap). Binary ladder D/A converter, successive approximation A/D converter, generalized
instrumentation, measurement of displacement. Temperature. Velocity, force and pressure using
potentiometer. Resistance thermometer. Thermocouples. Bourden tube. LVDT. Strain gauge and
tacho-generator.
Practical
To study V-I characteristics of p-n junction diode: To study half wave. full wave and bridge rectifier:
To study transistor characteristics in CE configurations: To design and study fixed and self-bias
transistor: To design and study potential divider bias transistor: To study a diode as clipper and
clamper: To study a OP-AMP IC 741 as inverting and non- inverting amplifier: To study a OP-AMP
IC 741 as differentiator and integrator to study a differential amplifier using two transistor: To study a
OP-AMP IC 741 as differential amplifier: To study a zener regulator circuit: To study a OP-AMP IC
741 as a active rectifier: To study a OP-AMP IC 741 as a comparator: To familiarize with various
types of transducers.

Lecturer Chapter Detail
1 Diode and its Semiconductors and P-N junction

application
2 V-I characteristics of P-N junction diode and diode as a circuit
element
3 Rectifier ( half wave and full waves)
4 Diode as clipper circuit.
5 Diode as clamper circuit.
6 Voltage multiplier
7 Capacitive filter.
8 Diode circuits for OR & AND (both positive and negative

logic)
9 Transistor and its Bipolar junction transistor.

application
10 Characteristics and operating point.
11 Classification of amplifier
12 (A.B & C) amplifier
13 Biasing of transistor.
14 Fixed, Self and Potential divider biasing methods
15 H-parameter model of a transistor.
16 Analysis of small signal, CE amplifier.
17 Phase shift oscillator, analysis of differential amplifier using

transistor.
18 OPAMP and its Ideal OP-AMP characteristics (linear and non-linear)

application
19 Applications of OP-AMP as (adder, subtractor, integrator)
20 Applications of OP-AMP as active rectifier, comparator,

differentiator, differential, instrumentation amplifier and
oscillator
21 Zener diode voltage regulator, transistor series regulator, OP-

AMP voltage regulators.
22 Digital electronics Basic theorem of Boolean algebra.

and logic gates
23 Binary ladder D/A converter, successive approximation A/D
converter.
24 Combinational logic circuits and basic gates.
25 SOP rule.
26 K-amp.
27 Generalized instrumentation, measurement of displacement.
28 Instrumentation and Measurement of temperature & velocity.

measurement
29 Force and pressure using potentiometer.
30 Measurement of resistance thermometer.
31 Thermocouples and bourden tube.
32 LVDT, strain gauge and tacho-generator.

Class Practical
1 To get familiar with different instrument or component like diode, resistor, capacitor
,zener diode ,transistor and opamps etc.
2 To study V-I characteristics of p-n junction diode.
3 To study half wave rectifier.
4 To study full wave rectifier.
5 To study transistor characteristics in CE configurations.
6 To study a diode as clipper circuit.
7 To study a diode as clamper circuit.

8 To design and study fixed bias transistor.
9 To design and study self-bias transistor.
10 To design and study potential divider bias transistor.
11 To study an OP-AMP IC 741 as inverting and non-inverting amplifier.
12 To study an OP-AMP IC 741 as differentiator amplifier.
13 To study the Zener diode as voltage a regulator circuit.
14 To study an OP-AMP IC 741 as an active rectifier.
15 To study an OP-AMP IC 741 as a comparator.
16 To familiarize with various types of transducers.
References
1. Mehta V. K. 2001.Principles of Electronics. S. Chand and Co., New Delhi.
2. Shaney A. K. 1997.Measurement of Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation. Khanna
Publications
3. Chowdary Roy. 2008. Integrated Electronics. John Wiley International.
4. Kumar Anand. 2003. Digital Electronics. PHI. Publications.
5. Gupta Sanjeev, Gupta Santosh. 2014. Electronic Devices and Circuits. Dhanpat Rai
Publications.
Entrepreneurship Development and Business Management
1. Course No. :ABM-211

2. Course Title : Entrepreneurship Development and Business Management
3. Credit Hour :3(3+0)
4. Class : 2nd year B.Tech (Agril Engg.)
5. Semester :1st Semester
6. General Objective : To educate the students on basic concept of entrepreneur,
entrepreneurship development, skills required to become an
entrepreneur, different business communication skill and project
preparation technique. Focus will be to train the students to develop
new projects and encouraging them to start their own ventures.
7. Specific Objective:
Theory
By the end of the course, the students will able to understand the followings
 Basic concept of entrepreneur
 Entrepreneurship development process
 Skill required becoming an entrepreneur
 Analysis of internal and external environment for business opportunity
 Government policy available for entrepreneurs
 Business communication skill
 Managerial skill required to become an entrepreneur
 Problem solving skill
 Quality management
 Project preparation techniques
 Process to set up new enterprises
Theory
Concept of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship development, assessment of entrepreneurship skills, SWOT
analysis & achievement motivation, entrepreneurial behavior, government policy and plan for
entrepreneurship development, developing leadership skills, encoding and decoding communication
skills; communication skills for entrepreneurship development, developing speaking skills, developing
listening skills, developing organizational skill , developing managerial skills, problem solving skill,
supply chain management and total quality management, project planning formulation and report
preparation,
Lecture Details
1 Concepts, and evolution of entrepreneur
2 Characteristics entrepreneur
3 Charming and penalties of becoming an entrepreneur
4 Entrepreneurship-its significance in economic development &
qualities of entrepreneur
5 Entrepreneurship development programmes
6 Entrepreneurship development programmes
7 SWOT Analysis
8 Achievement motivation
9 Entrepreneurial behaviour
10 Government policy and plan for entrepreneurship development
13 Developing managerial skill
14 Developing managerial skill
15 Problem solving skill
16 Problem solving skill
17 Supply chain management
18 Supply chain management
19 Total quality management
20 Total quality management
21 Project planning
22 Project planning
23 Developing an effective business plan
24 Developing an effective business plan
25 Procedural steps in setting up of an Industry
26 Procedural steps in setting up of an Industry
27 Business game
28 Business plan presentation by students
29 Business plan presentation by students
30 a)Meaning of leader and leadership, meaning of leadership skill,
scope and importance of leadership skill, Need for leadership for
entrepreneurship
31 b)Types of leaders, Leadership characters with examples,
32 c)Styles of leadership , leader-group relation for practical
application
33 a)Meaning and definition of communication, meaning of
communication skills and types of communication skills, need for
communication in entrepreneurship
34 b)Process and model of communication with examples
35 c)Elements of communication-Encoding and Decoding meaning and
ways
36 a)Entrepreneurship and communication, Barriers in encoding and
decoding process, feedback, fidelity, noise, Entrepreneur as a good
communicator
37 b)Ways for effective communication skill-factors and precautions
38 a)Speaking skill-meaning and definition, Parts of a public speech
39 b)Factors for good oral presentation with examples
40 c)How to do a good public speaking- Components , advantages and
limitations
41 a)Meaning of listening skill , examples, types of listening skill
42 b)Barriers in good listening, factors for consideration for practicing
good listening skill
43 a)Meaning of organizational skill, types of organizational skill with
examples
44 b)Factors for development of good organizational skill, barriers for
organizational skill
References
1. Mohanty,S.K., Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd,NewDelhi,2005
2. Ray,G.L,-Extension Communication and Management, Kalyani Publishers,New Delhi
Mohan K and Banerjee,M-Developing Communication Skills, Mac Millan Publishing House,
NewDelhi
Agricultural Statistics
1. Course No. :AS-211

2. Course Title : Agricultural Statistics
3. Credit Hour : 2(1+0)
4. Class : 2nd year B.Tech (Agril Engg.)
6. General Objective : To learn about the basic statistical tools and to have hands on
experience on the analysis of data
Theory:
Introduction to Statistics: Definition, advantages and limitations; data - types of data, quantitative and
qualitative; variable - discrete and continuous, Frequency distribution table: construction of frequency
distribution table (inclusive and exclusive) – number of classes, length of class, tally marks, frequency,
class midpoint, cumulative frequencies, Frequency Curves, Graphs and Charts, Measures of Central
Tendency: definition, characteristics of ideal average, different measures; Arithmetic Mean, Median,
Mode, Geometric mean and Harmonic mean for grouped & ungrouped data, merits and demerits,
Measures of Dispersion: definition, different measures (absolute & relative); range, quartile deviation
,mean deviation Standard Deviation (SD), Variance and Coefficient of Variation, Probability:
Definition and Concept of Probability, Random Variable :Concept random variable and Expectation,
Simple linear Correlation : Concept, Definition, types and its properties, Simple linear Regression:
Concept, Definition and its properties, Normal Distribution: definition, density function, curve,
Properties Standard Normal Distribution (SND): Properties including area under the curve (without
Proof), Binomial Distribution: definition, density function and properties, Poisson distribution:
definition, density function and Properties, Introduction to Sampling: definition of statistical
population, sample, random sampling, parameter, statistic, sampling distribution, concept of Standard
Error of mean, Testing of hypothesis – hypothesis, null hypothesis, types of hypothesis, level of
significance, Degrees of freedom – statistical errors, Large Sample test (Z-test), Small Sample t-test
(one tailed, two tailed and paired tests), Testing of significance through variance (F-test), Chi-square
test: Goodness of fit &testing of independence of attributes (2x2 Contingency table).
Practical:
Construction of Frequency Distribution Tables and Frequency Curves, Computation of Arithmetic
Mean, Median and Mode for un-grouped and grouped data, Computation of Harmonic and Geometric
Mean, Computation of S.D., Variance and Coefficient of Variation for un-grouped and grouped data,
Computation of skewness, kurtosis, Standard Normal Distributution test for single sample mean
(population SD known & unknown); SND test for two samples means (population SD known &
unknown), Computation of Binomial Distribution, Computation of Poisson Distribution, Calculation of
Correlation coefficient and its testing, Calculation of regression coefficient, regression line, Student’s
t-test for single sample mean; t-test for two samples means; Paired t test, F – test for equality for two
sample variance test, Computation of Chi-square test: Goodness of fit &testing of independence of
attributes (2x2 Contingency table) and mxn.
Lesson Plan
THEORY
Lecture Topics
No.
1 Introduction to Statistics: Definition, advantages and limitations; data - types of
data, quantitative and qualitative; variable - discrete and continuous.
2 Frequency distribution table: construction of frequency distribution table (inclusive
and exclusive) – number of classes, length of class, tally marks, frequency, class
midpoint, cumulative frequencies, Frequency Curves, Graphs and Charts.
3 Measures of Central Tendency: definition, characteristics of ideal average,
different measures; Arithmetic Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric mean and
Harmonic mean for grouped & ungrouped data, merits and demerits.
4 Measures of Dispersion: definition, different measures (absolute & relative); range,
quartile deviation, mean deviation Standard Deviation (SD), Variance and
Coefficient of Variation.
5 Probability: Definition and Concept of Probability, Random Variable: Concept
random variable and Expectation.
6 Simple linear Correlation: Concept, Definition, types and its properties.
7 Simple linear Regression: Concept, Definition and its properties.
8 Normal Distribution: definition, density function, curve, Properties Standard
Normal Distribution (SND): Properties including area under the curve (without
Proof).
9 Binomial Distribution: definition, density function and properties.
10 Poisson distribution: definition, density function and Properties.
11 Introduction to Sampling: definition of statistical population, sample, random
sampling, parameter, statistic, sampling distribution, concept of Standard Error of
mean.
12 Testing of hypothesis – Hypothesis, null hypothesis, types of hypothesis, level of
significance, degrees of freedom: statistical errors; Large Sample test (Z-test).
13 Small Sample t-test (one sample, two samples and paired tests.
14 F-test for testing of significance of variances.
15 Chi-square test: Goodness of fit &testing of independence of attributes
(2x2 Contingency table).
16 Revision and Doubt clear.
Practical:
PRACTICAL
Lecture Topics
No.
1 Construction of Frequency Distribution Tables and Frequency Curves.
2 Computation of Arithmetic Mean, Median and Mode for un-grouped and grouped
data.
3 Computation of Harmonic and Geometric Mean.
4 Computation of S.D., Variance and Coefficient of Variation for un-grouped and
grouped data.
5 Computation of skewness, kurtosis.
6 Standard Normal distributution test for single sample mean (population SD known
& unknown); Standard normal distribution test for two samples means (population
SD known & unknown).
7 Computation of Binomial Distribution.

8 Computation of Poisson Distribution.
9 Calculation of Correlation coefficient and its testing.
10 Calculation of regression coefficient, regression line.
11-12 Student’s t-test for single sample mean; t-test for two samples means; Paired t test.
13 F – test for equality for two sample variance test.
14-15 Computation of Chi-square test: Goodness of fit &testing of independence of
attributes (2x2 Contingency table) and mxn.
16 Revision and Doubt clear.
Suggested Reading:
1. Chandel SRS. A Hand book of Agricultural Statistics. AchalPraskasamMasndir, Kanpur
2. Agrawal B L. Basic Statistics. Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Age International Ltd.
3. Nageswara Rao G. Statistics for Agricultural Sciences. BS Publications.
4. Rangaswamy R. A Text Book of Agricultural Statistics. New Age Int. publications Ltd.
5. Gupta S.C. & Kapoor V. K Fundamental Applied Statistics. Sultan Chand & Sons.
6. Gupta S.C. & Kapoor V. K. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. Sultan Chand & Sons.
Building Construction and Cost Estimation
1. Course no. : ASCE-226
2. Course title :Building Construction and Cost Estimation
4. Class :2nd year B-tech(Agril. Engg)
5. Semister : 2nd Semester
6. General objective :To make students familiar with different building materials, construction
methods, estimation of farm buildings and related structures
Theory
 Understand the importance of various building materials for construction work
 Know about various components of a building with items of work
 Know about methods of construction of agricultural buildings, sloped and flat roofed
buildings
 Know about preparation of various types of estimates of buildings
 To take measurements, find depreciation, cost-in-use, benefit-to-cost, net benefits,
payback period etc
Theory
Building materials: rocks, stones, bricks properties and varieties of tiles, lime, cement,
concrete, sand. Glass, rubber, plastics, iron, steel, aluminium, copper, nickel. Timber.
Building components: lintels, arches, stair cases, different types of floors, finishing:
damp proofing and water proofing, plastering, pointing, white washing and
distempering – painting, building design, design procedures, technology, building
construction, types of agricultural buildings and related needs, application of design
theory and practice to the conservation, sloped and flat roof buildings, construction
economics: preliminary estimates, detailed estimates of buildings source of cost
information, use of cost analyses for controlling design, factors affecting building costs;
cost evaluation of design and planning alternatives for building and estate development,
measurement and pricing, economic methods for evaluating investments in buildings
and building systems: cost-in-use, benefit-to-costs and savings-to-investment ratios, rate
of return, net benefits, payback

1 Introduction Description of building materials, rocks, different stones
2-3 Common Formation of stones, types of stones, quarrying process, stone
building products and uses
materials
4-6 Clay and clay Bricks, types, preparation and burning of bricks, properties and
products uses
7 Tiles, types and classification
8 Lime and Lime, properties and uses, cement, different uses and grades
9-10 lime products Concrete, grades, preparation, mixing and laying of concrete, use
of sand
11-12 Ferrous Use of ferrous material, iron and steel products
material
13 Non-ferrous Use of non-ferrous metals, glass, rubber, plastics, aluminum,
material copper, nickel
14-15 Timber Timber and its uses, seasoning, defects, commercial form of
timber
16 Building Building components, foundations, brick work, lintels, columns,
construction roofs and stair cases
17 Different types of floors
18 Plastering and pointing
19 Damp proofing and waterproofing
20 White washing, distempering and painting
21 Steps for building construction
22 Needs of different agricultural buildings, types and uses
23 Types of roofs, slope and flat roof buildings
24 Estimating Types of estimates, rough cost, detailed and supplementary
and costing estimate
25 Preparation of cost estimate, cost analysis, schedule of rates,
analysis of rates
26 Factors affecting building costs
27 Building codes, estate development
28 Cost Measurement and pricing
economics
29 Economic methods for evaluation of buildings
30 Benefit cost calculation
32 Rate of return period (payback period)
References
1. Punmia, B.C., Jain, A.K. Building Construction, Laxmi Publications(P) ltd. New Delhi
2. Duggal, S.K.Building Materials, New Age International Publishers.
3. Sane, Y.S.Planning and Designing of Buildings
4. Rangwala, S.C.1994. Engineering Materials, Charotar Publishing House, AnandDutta,
B.N.2000, Estimating and Costing, UBS publishers
Auto CAD Applications

1. Course No : ME-226
2. Course Title : Auto CAD Applications
3. Credit hours : 2 (0+2)
4. Class : 2nd year B.Tech(Agril Engg)
6. General Objectives : This course will meet the need of students to be trained in the preparation of
drawing of different machine components.
By the end of the course, the student will be able to
i. To introduce to the students the importance of machine drawing in engineering applications.
ii. To impart the knowledge of assembly drawing and production drawing of machine
Components.
iii. The Computer Graphics course will enable the student to gain knowledge on how computers
are integrated at various levels of planning and manufacturing.
iv. To understand the flexible manufacturing system and to handle the product data and various
software used for manufacturing.
Practical
Application of computers for design. CAD- Overview of CAD window – Explanation of various
options on drawing screen. Study of draw and dimension tool bar. Practice on draw and dimension tool
bar. Study of OSNAP, line thickness and format tool bar. Practice on OSNAP, line thickness and
format tool bar. Practice on mirror, offset and array commands. Practice on trim, extend, chamfer and
fillet commands. Practice on copy, move, scale and rotate commands. Drawing of 2 D- drawing using
draw tool bar. Practice on creating boundary, region, hatch and gradient commands. Practice on
Editing polyline- PEDIT and Explode commands. Setting of view ports for sketched drawings.
Printing of selected view ports in various paper sizes. 2D- drawing of machine parts with all
dimensions and allowances- Foot step bearing and knuckle joint. Sectioning of foot step bearing and
stuffing box. Drawing of hexagonal, nut and bolt and other machine parts. Practice on 3-D commands-
Extrusion and loft. Practice on 3-D commands-on sweep and press pull. Practice on 3-D commands-
revolving and joining. Demonstration on CNC machine and simple problems.
(A) Practical Class Outline
Class Practical
1. Application of computers for design.
2. CAD- Overview of CAD window.
3. Explanation of various options on drawing screen.
4.
5. Study of draw and dimension tool bar.
6.
7. Practice on draw and dimension tool bar.
8. Study of OSNAP, line thickness and format tool bar.
9.
10. Practice on OSNAP, line thickness and format tool bar.
11. Practice on mirror, offset and array commands.
12. Practice on trim, extend, chamfer and fillet commands.
13. Practice on copy, move, scale and rotate commands.
14. Drawing of 2 D- drawing using draw tool bar.
15. Practice on creating boundary, region, hatch and gradient commands.
16. Practice on Editing polyline- PEDIT and Explode commands.
17.
18. Setting of view ports for sketched drawings.
19. Printing of selected view ports in various paper sizes.
20. 2D- drawing of machine parts with all dimensions and allowances.
21. Foot step bearing or knuckle joint.
22.
23. Sectioning of foot step bearing and stuffing box
24. Drawing of hexagonal, nut and bolt and other machine parts.
25.
26. Practice on 3-D commands- Extrusion and lift.
27.
28. Practice on 3-D commands-on sweep and press pull.
29. Practice on 3-D Commands- revolving and joining
30.
31. Demonstration on CNC machine and simple problems.
32. Revisions
References
1. Rao. P.N. 2002. CAD/CAM Principles and Applications. McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
2. Sareen Kuldeep and Chandan Deep Grewal. 2010. CAD/CAM Theory and Practice. S.Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Zeid Ibrahim. 2011. Mastering CAD/CAM with Engineering. McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. Lee Kunwoo. 1999. Principles of CAD/CAM/CAE Systems. Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.
Machine Design
2. Course : Machine Design
4. Class :2nd year B-Tech (Agril. Engg)
5. Semester :2nd semester
6. General objective : To study the creation of new and better machines and improving the
existing ones considering economy in the overall cost of production & operation.
7. Specific objectives :
Theory
i. Understand the designer’s work concerned with adaption of existing design.
ii. To modify the existing design into new idea by adopting a new material or different method
of manufacturing.
iii. May take up the work of new design.
Theory
Meaning of design, phases of design, design considerations. Common engineering materials and their
mechanical properties. Types of loads and stresses, theories of failure, factor of safety, selection of
allowable stress. Stress concentration. Elementary fatigue and creep aspects. Cotter joints, design of
socket and spigot cotter joint, knuckle joint, design of welded subjected to static loads. Design of
threaded fasteners subjected to direct static loads, bolted joints loaded in shear and bolted joints
subjected to eccentric loading. Design of shafts under torsion and combined bending and torsion.
Design of keys. Design of muff, sleeve, and rigid flange couplings. Design of helical and leaf springs.
Design of flat belt and v-belt drives and pulleys, design of gears, selection of anti-friction bearings.
Lesson Chapter Details
1. Classification of machine design.

2. Basic principles of General consideration in machine design.
Machine Design
3. General procedures in machine design.
4. Classification of engineering material.
5. Engineering Selection of materials for engineering purpose.

Materials Mechanical Properties of engineering materials.
6. Stress-strain diagram- elastic limit, yield strength, ultimate

strength.
7. Factor of safety, selection of factor of safety. Stress

Simple stress in
concentration.
machine parts
8. Theories of failure.
9. Fatigue life, fatigue failure and endurance limit.
10. Types of shafts, materials, specification, and design of

plain shaft subjected to bending moment.
11. Design of plain shaft subjected to twisting moment.

Shaft
12. Design of plain shaft subjected to combined bending and
twisting moment.
13. Keys Function, material and types of keys. Specification of

keys. Design of parallel shunk key.
14. Application, classification and specification of coupling,

design of muff coupling. Design of clamp coupling or
Couplings split-muff coupling.
15. Design of flange coupling.
16. Types of spring, material for helical spring, stress in

helical spring of circular wire.
Spring
17. Design of helical springs.
18. Leaf spring, material of leaf spring. Design of leaf springs.
19. Types and application of cotter joints, specification

20. Cotter and Design of socket and spigot joint.
Knuckle joints
21. Design of knuckle joint. Application of knuckle joint.
22. Welded joints Types of welded joints.
23. Design of welded subjected to static loads.
24. Stresses in belt drive. Design of flat belt.
25. Uses of V-belt, specification, advantages and

Belt Drives disadvantages of V-belt over flat belt, Design of V belt.
26. Design of flat belt pulleys.
27. Classification of gears, nomenclature of gears. Types of

load on gear tooth
Gears
28. Selection of gear. Design of spur gear.
29. Threads & Design of threaded fasteners subjected to direct static

Fastners loads.
30. Bolted joints loaded in shear.
31. Bolted joints subjected to eccentric loading.
32. Bearings Function and types of bearings, materials for bearing,

hydrodynamic journal bearing, bearing modulus. Selection
of anti-friction bearings.
References
1. Khurmi R S and Gupta J K. 2014. A Text Book of Machine Design. S. Chand & Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.
2. Jain R K. 2013. Machine Design. Khanna Publishers, 2-B Nath Market, Nai Sarak, New Delhi.
3. Sharma P.C.and Agarwal D.K. 2010.Machine Design. S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi-
110002.
4. Bhandari V.B. 2007. Introduction to Machine Design. Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishing House,
New Delhi.
Farm Machinery and Equipment - I
1. Course No. : FMPE-221
2. Course title : Farm Machinery and Equipment – I
4. Class :2nd year B-tech (Agril. Engg)
5. Semister :2nd Semester
6. General objective :To educate the students on various agricultural machines starting from
tillage to seeding and planting.
7. Special Objectives:
(a)Theory
 Know about the farm machineries used in agricultural production
 Know about construction, operation of different machines
 Know about the operating parameters and performance of the machines
 Know about the cost of operations and economics of the machines
 To solve numerical on different chapters
(b)Practical
 Study the different components of the machines, their constructions
 Materials of construction
 Adjustments of different components to enhance performance
Theory
Introduction to farm mechanization. Classification of farm machines. Unit operations in crop
production. Identification and selection of machines for various operations on the farm. Hitching
systems and controls of farm machinery. Calculation of field capacities and field efficiency.
Calculations for economics of machinery usage, comparison of ownership with hiring of machines.
Introduction to seed-bed preparation and its classification. Familiarization with land reclamation and
earth moving equipment. Introduction to machines used for primary tillage, secondary tillage, rotary
tillage, deep tillage and minimum tillage. Measurement of draft of tillage tools and calculations for
power requirement for the tillage machines. Introduction to tillage machines like mould-board plough,
disc plough, chisel plough, sub-soiler, harrows, puddler, cultivators, identification of major functional
components. Attachments with tillage machinery. Introduction to sowing, planting & transplanting
equipment. Introduction to seed drills, no-till drills, and strip-till drills. Introduction to planters, bed-
planters and other planting equipment like sugarcane, potato. Study of types of furrow openers and
metering systems in drills and planters. Calibration of seed-drills/ planters. Adjustments during
operation. Introduction to materials used in construction of farm machines. Heat treatment processes
and their requirement in farm machines. Properties of materials used for critical and functional
components of agricultural machines. Introduction to steels and alloys for agricultural application.
Identification of heat treatment processes specially for the agricultural machinery components.
Practical
Familiarization with different farm implements and tools. Study of hitching systems, problems on
machinery management. Study of primary and secondary tillage machinery – construction, operation,
adjustments and calculations of power and draft requirements. Study of sowing and planting equipment
– construction, types, calculation for calibration and adjustments. Study of transplanters – paddy,
vegetable, etc. Identification of materials of construction in agricultural machinery and study of
material properties.

Objective of farm mechanization, constraints and status of
Introduction to Farm
1 mechanisation, types of mechanization, level of
mechanization
mechanization
2 Mechanization needs and strategy
Classifications of farm
Classifications of farm machinery as per unit operations in
3 machinery and unit
agricultural production
operation
Determination of field capacity, field efficiency, field
4 Field capacity, field machine index, factors affecting field capacities and field
efficiency and . efficiencies
economics of machinery Calculations of cost of operations: depreciation, fixed cost,
5
usage, variable cost, cost of operations. Comparison of ownership
with hiring of machines, numericals
Selection of optimum size of machines for different farm
6 Selection of farm
size. Selection of matching power source for optimum
machinery.
machine sizes. Numericals
7 Seed-bed preparation Requirement and type of seed bed preparation

Methods of land reclamation, details of construction and
8
working principles of earth moving equipment like bull
Land reclamation and dozer, trencher, elevator etc.
earth moving equipment. Working principle of laser land leveller.
9
Classification of tillage tools for primary tillage, secondary

tillage, rotary tillage, deep tillage and minimum tillage
10 Land preparation
objectives of tillage, types of tillage, advantage and
machineries
disadvantages of tillage,
11 Types, operations, construction and performances of MB
plough, factors affecting their performances. Forces acting
on MB plough, numericals
Types, operations, construction and performances of disc
12 plough, factors affecting their performances. Forces acting
on disc plough, numericals
Types, operation, construction, performance of chisel
13
plough and sub-soiler
Types, operations, construction and performances of disc
14 harrow, factors affecting their performances. Forces acting
on disc harrow, numericals
Types, operations, construction and performances of
15
puddler, factors affecting their performances, numericals
Types, operations, construction and performances of
16
cultivators, factors affecting their performances, numericals
Introduction about hitching; vertical hitching: implements
having hinged pull members and support wheels,
17 implements having hinged pull members without gauge
wheels, single axle implements with rigid pull member
Hitching system and
getting vertical support through wheels,
control of farm machinery
Horizontal hitching of pull type implements: MB plough and
disc plough, hitching for mounted implements, free link
18
operation of 3-point hitch, restrained link operation of 3-
point hitch, vertical effect of hitching on tractor. Numerical
Measurement of draft and Draft measurement of animal drawn and tractor drawn
19 power requirement of implements. Determination of power. Numerical
tillage machineries
Study of different attachment with tillage machines like
Attachment with tillage
20 combination tools of plough and cultivator, tillage with
machinery
seeding etc.
21 Types of sowing and planting equipment, their components
Types of seed drills, construction, functions, parameters
22
affecting performance, types of no till drill and strip till
drills, construction, function and parameters affecting
Sowing and planting performance, numericals
equipment Types of planter, their construction, operations and
23 performance types of sugarcane planter, their construction,
operations and performance
24 Types of potato planter, their construction, operations and
performance
Types of furrow openers, constructions and performances
25 and suitability to different crops.
Types of metering mechanisms , constructions and
performances and suitability to different crops.
Calibration procedure of seed drills and planters

26
Adjustment of seed drills during operations.
Introduction to materials used in construction of farm
27 machinery.
Engineering requirement of materials, stress strain

28
relationship
Properties of materials, types of materials: ferrous and non–
29
ferrous materials
Materials and their
Types of heat treatment processes, procedure of achieving
properties used in farm
30 heat treatment, carbon iron phase diagram usefulness in
machinery
farm machinery
31 Ferrous metals: cast irons, wrought irons, their properties

Steel, alloys of steel, , uses in agricultural machineries, non-
32
metals

Class Practical
Familiarization with different farm implements and tools, visit to implements shed
1
and research hall.
2 Problems on machinery management.
3 Construction details, adjustments and working of M.B. plough.
4 Construction details, adjustments and working of Disc plough.
Construction details, adjustments and working of secondary tillage tools like disc
5
harrow,
Construction details, adjustments and working of secondary tillage tools like
6
cultivators and puddlers.
7 Construction and working of rotavators and other rotary tillers
8 Introduction, construction and working of earth moving equipment
9 Construction details and working of transplanters for paddy
10 Construction details and working of transplanters for vegetables
11 Study of different weeding equipment and their use
12 Construction details and working of seed-cum-fertilizer drills and planters
13 Construction details and working of planters.
14 Calibration of seed cum fertilizer drill and planters.
15 Study of hitching system.
16 Draft & fuel consumption measurement for different implements.
Reference
1. Principles of Farm Machinery by R.A. Kepner, Roy Bainer, and E. L. Berger
2. Farm Machinery and Equipment by H. P. Smith
3. Farm Machinery and equipment by C. P. Nakra
4. Engineering principles of Agril. Machines by Dr. Ajit K. Srivastav, Caroll E. Goering and Roger P.
Rohrbach.
5. Farm Machinery – an Approach by S. C Jain & Grace Phillips
6. Agril. Engineering through worked out examples by Dr. R. Lal and Dr. A.C. Dutta
7. Farm Power and Machinery Engineering by Dr.R. Suresh and Sanjay Kumar
8. A work book on practical farm machinery (Voil. I, II) by Dr T. K . Bhattacharya
9. A Practical manual on Farm Machinery by Dr. B. K. Behera & Dr. S. Swain
Engineering Properties of Agricultural Produce

1. Course No. : PFE -221
2. Course Title : Engineering Properties of Agricultural Produce
4. Class : 2nd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective :To impart knowledge to the students on engineering properties of
Agricultural Produce
(a) Theory
i. Understand the various engineering properties like physical, thermal, frictional,

aerodynamic, rheological and electrical properties of agricultural produce.
ii. Know the methods of measurement of these properties of biomaterials.
iii. Understand the importance of these properties in handling processing machines and
storage structures
(b) Practical
i. Measure the physical thermal, frictional properties of granular material.

ii. Measure the physical thermal properties of fruits and vegetables.
iii. Separate the grains and impurities.
iv. Determine the hardness of food materials.
Theory
Classification and importance of engineering properties of agricultural produce; physical properties:
shape, size, roundness, sphericity, volume, density, porosity, specific gravity, surface area of grains,
fruits and vegetables; thermal properties: heat capacity, specific heat, thermal conductivity, thermal
diffusivity, heat of respiration, co-efficient of thermal expansion; friction in agricultural materials:
static friction, kinetic friction, rolling resistance, angle of internal friction, angle of repose, flow of bulk
granular materials; aero dynamics of agricultural products: drag coefficients, terminal velocity;
rheological properties: force, deformation, stress, strain, elastic, plastic and viscous behaviour, visco-
elasticity; Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluid: pseudo-plastic, dilatant, thixotropic, rheopectic and
Bingham plastic foods, flow curves; electromagnetic spectrum; electrical and dielectric properties:
resistance, capacitance, dielectric loss factor, loss tangent, and dielectric constant; application of
engineering properties in handling processing machines and storage structures.
Practical
Determination of the shape and size of grains and fruits and vegetables; Determination of volume, bulk
density, particle density, porosity and specific gravity of grains and fruits and vegetables;
Determination of the surface area of the (F &V); Determination of the angle of repose of grains;
Determination of the co-efficient of external and internal friction of different crops; Determination of
the terminal velocity of grain sample and study the separating behaviour in a vertical wind tunnel;
Determination of the thermal conductivity of different grains; Determination of specific heat of some
food grains; Determination of hardness of food materials.
1. General Classification and importance of engineering properties of

introduction agricultural produce
2. Physical Size, shape, roundness, sphericity, particle and bulk volume,
3. properties density, porosity, specific gravity and surface area of grains and
fruits and vegetables, methods of their measurement
4. Thermal Basics of mode of heat transfer, heat capacity, specific heat,
5. properties thermal conductivity, methods of their measurement, thermal
diffusivity, surface heat transfer co-efficient, freezing point of
depression and boiling point of elevation, heat of respiration,
coeff. of thermal expansion, thermal emissivity.
6. Friction in Static friction, kinetic friction, internal friction, angle of repose,
agricultural methods of their measurement, rolling resistance, flow of bulk
materials granular materials
7. Aero dynamics of Concept and basics of aerodynamic properties drag coefficient
8. agricultural and terminal velocity, methods of their measurement
products
9. Basic concepts of Stress, strain, shear rate, analysis of force deformation curve,
Rheology bio-yield point, rupture point, elasticity, plasticity, degree of
elasticity,
10. Rheological Classical ideal materials, ideal elastic behavior, elastic
properties properties, young’s modulus, shear modulus, bulk modulus,
Poisson’s ratio
11. Rheological Ideal plastic behavior, ideal viscous behavior, viscosity
properties (kinematic and absolute) and its measurement
12. Visco-elasticity Basic mechanical elements, spring and dashpot, Maxwell model,
kelvin model, electrical equivalence of mechanical models,
13. Behaviour of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluid, pseudoplastic, dilatant,
different types of thixotropic, rheopectic and Bingham plastic foods, flow curves
fluids
14. Electromagnetic Details of electromagnetic spectrum and the use, principle of
spectrum, colour measurement, hue, chroma and value
determination of
colour:
15. Electrical and Measurement methods of resistance, capacitance, dielectric loss
dielectric factor, loss tangent, and dielectric constant,
properties
16. Application of Application of engineering properties in handling processing
engineering machines and storage structures.
properties
Class Practical
1. To determine the size of grains, fruits and vegetables using measuring instruments.
2. To determine the size of grains, fruits and vegetables using projector.
3. To determine the shape (sphericity & roundness) of grains and (F &V).
4. To determine the bulk and particle volume, bulk and particle density and porosity of
grains.
5. To determine the specific gravity of grains.
6. To determine the volume, density and specific gravity of large individual objects (F &V).
7. To determine the surface area of the F &V.
8. To determine angle of repose of grains.
9. To determine specific heat of some food grains.
10. To determine thermal conductivity of different grains
11. To find out the co-efficient of friction of different grains with different surface ;
12. To find out the co-efficient of internal friction of different grains;
13. To study the separating behavior of grains in a vertical wind tunnel
14. To determine electrical properties of food materials
15. To determine hardness of food materials.
16. Summing up the course
References
1. Singhal OP and Samuel DVK. 2003. Engineering Properties of Biological Materials. Saroj
Prakasan.NewDelhi
2. Mohesin, N.N. 1980. Physical Properties of Plants & Animals. Gordon & Breach Science
Publishers, New York.
3. Rao, M.A. and Rizvi,S.H., 1995. Engineering Properties of Foods. Marcel Dekker Inc. New York.
4. Stroshine, R. 1998. Physical Properties of Agricultural Materials and Food Products. Course
Manual. Purdue University. USA.
5. Serpil S and Servet G S.2005. Physical Properties of Foods. (Springer Science+Business Media,
LLC, 233 Spring Street, New York,
Watershed Hydrology
1. Course No. : SWCE-221
2. Course Title : Watershed Hydrology
4. Class : 2nd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge on principles of watershed hydrology to the students.
(a) Theory
 Understand the relevance of various components of hydrologic cycle, which are
responsible for spatial and temporal distribution of water availability in any region.
 Quantify different hydrological processes, know their methods of analysis for application
in hydrological studies.
 Apply ideas and techniques in related areas of watershed development, water harvesting,
minor irrigation, drought and flood control etc.
(b) Practical
 Measure and estimate different parameters of hydrological processes.
 Enhance their capabilities of comprehension, analysis and application of the watershed
hydrology subject in practical field.
Theory
Hydrologic cycle, precipitation and its forms, rainfall measurement and estimation of mean rainfall,
frequency analysis of point rainfall. Mass curve, hyetograph, depth-area-duration curves and intensity-
duration-frequency relationship. Hydrologic processes-interception, infiltration -factors influencing,
measurement and indices. Evaporation - estimation and measurement. Runoff - factors affecting,
measurement, stage - discharge rating curve, estimation of peak runoff rate and volume, rational
method, Cook’s method and SCS curve number method. Geomorphology of watersheds – linear, aerial
and relief aspects of watersheds- stream order, drainage density and stream frequency. Hydrograph -
components, base flow separation, unit hydrograph theory, s-curve, synthetic hydrograph, applications
and limitations. Flood routing – channel and reservoir routing. Drought – classification, causes and
impacts, drought management strategy.
Practical
Visit to meteorological observatory and study of different instruments. Design of rain gauge network.
Exercise on intensity - frequency - duration curves. Exercise on depth - area - duration. Analysis of
rainfall data and estimation of mean rainfall by different methods. Exercise on frequency analysis of
hydrologic data and estimation of missing data, test for consistency of rainfall records. Exercise on
computation of infiltration indices. Computation of peak runoff and runoff volume by cook’s method
and rational formula. Computation of runoff volume by SCS curve number method. Study of stream
gauging instruments - current meter and stage level recorder. Exercise on geomorphic parameters of
watersheds. Exercise on runoff hydrograph. Exercise on unit hydrograph. Exercise on synthetic
hydrograph. Exercise on flood routing.
Introduction to Introduction, hydrologic cycle, world water inventory,
1
watershed hydrology sources of data procurement for hydrologic analysis
Precipitation and its forms, weather systems,
characteristics of precipitation in India, rainfall
2
measurement by different rain gauges, rain gauge
installation rules
Estimation of mean rainfall by arithmetic mean, Thiessen
3 polygon and Iso-hyetal methods, frequency analysis of
point rainfall, plotting position by Weibull’s technique
Mass curve, hyetograph, depth-area-duration curves and
4
intensity-duration-frequency relationship of rainfall
Interception- factors affecting interception, measurement
of interception, infiltration -factors influencing infiltration,
5
Hydrologic measurement of infiltration by single and double ring
processes and their infiltration tests and infiltration indices
measurement Evaporation - factors affecting evaporation, measurement
of evaporation by USWB Class A pan and ISI standard
6
pan evaporimeters, pan coefficient, estimation of
evaporation
Runoff - Factors affecting runoff, measurement of runoff-
7 measurement of stage and velocity, current meter and it’s
calibration, area velocity method
Slope area method of runoff measurement, runoff
8 measurement using hydraulic structures, stage - discharge
rating curve
Estimation of peak runoff rate and volume by Rational
9
method, Cook’s method and SCS curve number method
Geomorphology of watersheds – Linear, aerial and relief
Geomorphology of
10 aspects of watersheds- stream order, drainage density and
watersheds
stream frequency
Hydrograph - Components, base flow separation
11
Hydrograph techniques, effective rainfall
12 Unit hydrograph theory, derivation of unit hydrograph,
unit hydrographs of different durations by method of
superposition, applications and limitations of unit
hydrograph
S-curve, synthetic hydrograph, Snyder’s method of
13
synthetic unit hydrograph derivation
Definition of flood routing, reservoir routing, basic
equations in flood routing, hydrologic storage routing,
14
Flood routing graphical methods of reservoir flood routing- Modified
Pul’s method, Goodrich method
15 Channel routing, Muskingum method of channel routing
Drought and its classification- meteorological drought
16 Drought hydrological drought, agricultural drought, causes and
impacts, drought management strategy
Class Practical
1 Visit to meteorological observatory and study of different instruments
2 Design of rain gauge network
3 Exercise on intensity - frequency - duration curves of rainfall
4 Exercise on depth - area – duration of rainfall
5 Analysis of rainfall data and estimation of mean rainfall by different methods
6 Exercise on frequency analysis of hydrologic data
7 Estimation of missing rainfall data and test for consistency of rainfall records
8 Exercise on computation of infiltration indices
Computation of peak runoff and runoff volume by Cook’s method and rational
9
formula
10 Computation of runoff volume by SCS curve number method
11 Study of stream gauging instruments - current meter and stage level recorder
12 Exercise on geomorphic parameters of watersheds
13 Exercise on runoff hydrograph
14 Exercise on unit hydrograph
15 Exercise on synthetic hydrograph
16 Exercise on flood routing
References
1. Chow, V.T., D.R. Maidment and L.W. Mays. 2010. Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New York.
2. Jaya Rami Reddy, P. 2011. A Text Book of Hydrology. University Science Press, New Delhi.
3. Linsley, R.K., M.A. Kohler, and J.L.H. Paulhus. 1984. Hydrology for Engineers. McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co., Japan.
4. Panigrahi, B. and Panigrahi, K. 2016. Engineering Hydrology. New India Publishing Agency,
New Delhi
5. Mutreja, K.N. 1990. Applied Hydrology. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi.
6. Raghunath, H.M. 2006. Hydrology: Principles Analysis and Design. Revised 2nd Edition,
New Age International (P) Limited Publishers, New Delhi.
7. Subramanya, K. 2008. Engineering Hydrology. 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.,
New Delhi.
8. Suresh, R. 2005. Watershed Hydrology. Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi.
9. Varshney, R.S. 1986. Engineering Hydrology. Nem Chand and Brothers, Roorkee, U.P.
10. Garg, S.K.1998. Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering. Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
11. Das, G.2000. Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
Irrigation Engineering
1. Course No :IDE-222
2. Course title : Irrigation Engineering
4. Class :2nd year B.Tech (Agril Engg.)
5. Semester :2nd Semester
6. General Objective : To acquaint the students with different methods of
irrigation, design of irrigation channels and crop water
requirements
(a) Theory
By the end of the course, the students will be able
 Know the different methods to measure the soil moisture content in the field.
 Know various procedures to measure discharge of water flowing in the irrigation channel.
 Understand the different methodologies to compute the water requirement of crops.
 Knowhow to design the underground water conveyance system and irrigation channels
 Know the different lining materials used to reduce the seepage loss in channels
 Be acquainted with accurate irrigation scheduling with proper methods of irrigation for
different crops.
(b) By the end of practical sessions, the students will be able to
 Measure the soil moisture content by gravimetric method, tensiometer etc.

 Measure discharge through weirs, flumes, orifices and velocity- area method
 To measure infiltration, seepage etc. by different methods
 Measurement of advance and recession in border and furrow irrigation, cut-off stream in furrow
irrigation and irrigation efficiency etc.
 Measure the bulk density, field capacity and wilting point
 Evaluate the border , the furrow and the check basin irrigation methods
Theory
Major and medium irrigation schemes of India, purpose of irrigation, merits and demerits of irrigation,
source of irrigation water, present status of development and utilization of different water resources of
the country; measurement of irrigation water: weir, flumes and orifices and other methods; design and
lining of irrigation field channels, on farm structures for water conveyance, control & distribution;
underground pipe conveyance system: components and design; land grading: criteria for land levelling,
land levelling design methods, soil water plant relationship: soil properties influencing irrigation
management, soil water movement, infiltration, soil water potential, soil moisture characteristics, soil
moisture constants, measurement of soil moisture, moisture stress and plant response; water
requirement of crops: concept of evapotranspiration (ET), measurement and estimation of ET, water
and irrigation requirement of crops, depth of irrigation, frequency of irrigation, irrigation efficiencies;
surface methods of water application: border, check basin and furrow irrigation- adaptability,
specification and design considerations.
Practical
Measurement of soil moisture by different soil moisture measuring instruments; measurement of
irrigation water; measurement of infiltration characteristics; determination of bulk density, field
capacity and wilting point; estimation of evapotranspiration; study of advance, recession and
computation of infiltration opportunity time; infiltration by inflow-outflow method; evaluation of
border irrigation method; evaluation of furrow irrigation method; evaluation of check basin irrigation
method.
(B)Theory Lecture Outline

1 Introduction Irrigation and its importance on crop
production and environment
2 Merits and demerits of irrigation
3 Irrigation potential created and that actually
used from different sources in different states
of India.
4 Various means used to enhance water
resources potential of the country
5 Measurement of soil Determination of soil moisture content by
moisture content gravimetric method and neutron probe
method
6 Determination of soil moisture content by
tensiometer and gypsum block
7 Measurement of discharge/irrigation water
Measurement of by weirs, notches, orifices and mouth pieces
8 irrigation water Measurement of discharge/irrigation water
by Parshall flume and cutthroat flume
9 Conveyance of irrigation water in canals,
different classifications of canals and
Conveyance of irrigation terminologies used in canal sections
10 water Design of economical channels section and
some sample calculations on design of
economical channels
11 Design of unlined channels in non-alluvial
soil
12 Design of unlined channels in soil
13 Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theory for design of
unlined channel in alluvial soil
14 Advantages, disadvantages and comparison
between Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theory
15 Some sample problem discussions on design
of unlined channels in alluvial and non-
alluvial soil
16 Underground water Design of Underground water conveyance
conveyance system system in pipes
17 Study of different irrigation structures used
in irrigation fields
18 Canal lining Study of canal lining and economic
feasibility of lining of channels
19 Soil-Water-Plant Study of Soil-Water-Plant relationship
20 relationship Study of Soil-Water-Plant relationship
21 Study of Soil Water movement in the root
zone crops
22 Computation and measurement of crop water
Water requirement of requirement by various methods
23 crops Study of evapotranspiration of crops and
different methods employed to measure it.
24 Determine the frequency of irrigation for
different crops
25 Irrigation Scheduling Determine the quantity of irrigation for each
crop in the field
26 Adaptability, Characteristics and types of
border irrigation
27 Design of border irrigation methods
check-basin irrigation
29 Design of check-basin irrigation methods
furrow irrigation
31 Design of furrow irrigation methods
32 Land grading and Study of different methods of land grading
levelling ,smoothing and levelling

Class Practical
1 Measurement of soil moisture content by gravimetric method
2 Measurement of soil moisture content by tensiometer
3 Measurement of infiltration rate by double ring infilrometer
4 Computation of evapotranspiration by Pan evaporation method
5 Computation of evapotranspiration by modified Penman method
6 Measurement of irrigation water by velocity-area method
7 Measurement of irrigation water by different weirs
8 Measurement of irrigation water by circular orifice
9 Measurement of irrigation water by parshall and cut throat flume
10 Design of underground pipe line system
11 Study of advance and recession of irrigation water in borders
12 Study of advance and recession of irrigation water in furrows
13 Study of advance and recession of irrigation water in check basin method
14 Evaluation of border irrigation method
15 Evaluation of furrow irrigation method
16 Evaluation of check basin irrigation method
References
1. Michael A.M. 2012. Irrigation: Theory and Practice. Vikas Publishing House New Delhi
2. Majumdar D. K. 2013. Irrigation Water Management Principles. PHI learning Private
Limited New Delhi 2nd Edition
3. Panigrahi, B.. 2013. A Handbook on Irrigation and Drainage. New India Publishing
Agency, New Delhi
4. Allen R. G., L. S. Pereira, D. Raes, M. Smith. 1998. Crop Evapotranspiration guidelines
for computing crop wwater requirement. Irrigation and drainage paper 56, FAO of United
Nations, Rome
5. Murthy VVN. 2013. Land and water Management Engineering. Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi.
6. Israelsen O W. and Hansen V. E and Stringham G. E. 1980. IArrigation Principles and
Practices, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. USA.
Tractor and Automotive Engines

1) Course No. : FMPE-222
2) Course title : Tractor and Automotive Engines
3) Credit hour : 3 (2+1)
4) Class : 2nd year B.Tech (Agril. Engg.)
5) Semester : 2nd Semester
6) General objective : 1.To enable the students to know different forms of energy used in the
farm.
2.To enable the students to understand the working principle of
different kinds of engines and their systems.
7) Special Objectives:
(a) Theory
By the end of the course the students will be able to
(i) Understand the theory of engines, their types and usefulness
(ii) Understand the working principle of different systems of internal combustion engines and
tractor.
(b) Practical
(i) Identify different systems of internal combustion engines.
(ii) To study the working principle, maintenance and adjustment of different engine systems
Theory
Study of sources of farm power – conventional & non-conventional energy sources. Classification of
tractors and IC engines. Review of thermodynamic principles of IC (CI & SI) engines and deviation
from ideal cycle. General energy equation and heat balance sheet. Derivation of thermal efficiency of
Otto cycle, Diesel cycle and Dual cycle. Study of mechanical, thermal and volumetric efficiencies.
Study of engine components their construction, operating principles and functions. Study of engine
strokes and comparison of 2-stroke and 4-stroke engine cycles and CI and SI engines. Study of engine
valve systems, valve mechanism, Valve timing diagram, and valve clearance adjustment Study of Cam
profile, valve lift and valve opening area. Study of importance of air cleaning system. Study of types of
air cleaners and performance characteristics of various air cleaners. Study of fuel supply system. Types
of fuels, properties of fuels, calculation of air-fuel ratio. Study of tests on fuel for SI and CI engines.
Study of detonation and knocking in IC engines. Study of carburetion system, carburetors and their
main functional components. Study of fuel injection system – Injection pump, their types, working
principles. Fuel injector nozzles – their types and working principle. Engine governing – need of
governors, governor types and governor characteristics. Study of lubrication system – need, types,
functional components. Study of lubricants – physical properties, additives and their application.
Engine cooling system – need, cooling methods and main functional components. Study of need and
type of thermostat valves. Additives in the coolant. Study of radiator efficiency. Study of ignition
system of SI engines. Study of electrical system including battery, starting motor, battery charging,
cut-out, etc. Comparison of dynamo and alternator. Familiarization with the basics of engine testing
Practical
Introduction to different systems of CI engines; Engine parts and functions, working principles etc.
Valve system – study, construction and adjustments; Oil & Fuel – determination of physical properties;
Air cleaning system; Fuel supply system of SI engine; Diesel injection system & timing; Cooling
system, and fan performance, thermostat and radiator performance evaluation; Part load efficiencies &
governing; Lubricating system & adjustments; Starting and electrical system; Ignition system; Tractor
engine heat balance and engine performance curves; Visit to engine manufacturer/ assembler/ spare
parts agency.
(A)Theory Lecture Outlines
01 Study of sources of farm power Conventional & non-conventional energy
sources.
02 Merits and demerits of different sources based
on use
03 Classification of tractors and IC Classification of tractors based on different
engines use and Design.
04 Classification of I C Engine based on working
principle, fuel used and different design
criteria.
05-07 Review of thermodynamic Derivation of thermal efficiency of Otto
principles of IC (CI & SI) Cycle, Diesel cycle, Dual cycle.
engines and deviation from ideal
cycle.
06 Problems based on thermodynamics.
07 General energy equation and heat balance

sheet.
08 Study of mechanical, thermal Theory and small problems based on
and volumetric efficiencies. efficiency of engine-I
09 Theory and small problems based on
efficiency of engine-II
10 Study of different components Study of engine components, their
of I C Engine. construction, operating principles and
functions-I
11 Study of engine components, their
construction, operating principles and
functions-II
12 Study of engine strokes Comparison of 2-stroke and 4-stroke engine
cycles
13 Comparison of CI and SI engines
14 Study of Engine Valve systems Study of valve mechanism in 4-stroke
engines.
15 Valve timing diagram, and valve clearance
adjustment
16 Study of Cam profile, valve lift and valve
opening area
17 Study of air cleaning system Importance of air cleaning system.
Study of types of air cleaners
Performance characteristics of various air
cleaners
18 Study of fuel supply system Study of fuels, properties of fuels,
Study of detonation and knocking in IC
engines
19 Calculation of air-fuel ratio. Study of tests on
fuel for SI and CI engines
20 Study of carburetion system, carburetors and
their main functional components
21 Study of fuel injection system Injection pump, their types, working
principles
22 Fuel injector nozzles – their types and
working principle
23 Engine governing Need of governors, governor types
24 Governor characteristics.
25 Study of lubrication system Need, types, functional components of

lubrication system.
26 Study of lubricants – physical properties,

additives and their application.
27 Engine cooling system Need, cooling methods and main functional

components.
Study of need and type of thermostat valves
Additives in the coolant
Study of radiator efficiency
28 Ignition system of SI engines Study of ignition system of SI engines
29 Study of electrical system including battery,
starting motor, battery charging, cut-out, etc.
30 Comparison of dynamo and alternator.

31 I C Engine Testing Familiarization with the basics of engine
testing-I
32 Familiarization with the basics of engine

testing-II

Class Major subject of study Practical
01 Introduction to different systems Detail study of engine parts and functions,

of CI engines. working principles etc.
02 Study of valve system in 4- Valve system – study, construction and
stroke cycle engine adjustments.
03 Oil & Fuel Determination of physical properties.
04 Study of air cleaning system Study of construction and working principle
of air cleaners.
05 Fuel system of SI engine-1 Constructional details.
Study of simple carburetor
06 Fuel system of SI engine-2 Si engine ignition system
07 Diesel injection system -1 Constructional details of diesel fuel system
Timing of injection in diesel engine.
08 Diesel injection system -2 Calculation of volume of injection and
injection period
09 Cooling system-1 Constructional details and working principle.
Types of cooling system
10 Cooling system-2 Fan performance, thermostat and radiator
performance evaluation
11 Governing of I C engine-1 Functions of governor
Types of governor
12 Governing of I C engine-2 Types of governor.
Part load efficiencies & governing
13 Lubricating system Study of different components of lubrication
system and adjustment.
Working principle.
Properties of lubricants.
14 Starting and electrical system How to start an engine?
Function of de-compression lever
Battery used in engine. Types of battery
Maintenance of battery
15 Performance of engine Tractor engine heat balance and engine
performance curves
16 Visit to nearby manufacturing / Visit to engine manufacturer/ assembler/
assembling facility. spare parts agency
References
1. Liljedahl J B, Turnquist P K , Smith, D W and Hoki M. “Tractors and Their Power Units.
2. Rodichev V and G Rodicheva. “Tractors and Automobiles.”
3. Mathur ML and RP Sharma. “A course in Internal Combustion Engines.”
4. Singh Kirpal. “Automobile Engineering – Vol II”.
5. Heitner Joseph. “Automotive Mechanics: Principles and Practices.”
6. Goering C E, Hansen A. C. “Engine and Tractor Power.”
Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Sources
1. Course No : REE-221
2. Course Title : Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Sources
6. General Objectives: To impact knowledge on different types of renewable energy sources for
environment benefits, mitigate Global warming/Climate change and Energy Security systems
and their applications. The Students will also have gained an appreciation of the benefits and
drawbacks of these systems.
(a)Theory: By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
i) To harness the environment friendly RE sources and to enhance their contribution to the
socio-economic development.
ii) To meet and supplement rural energy needs through sustainable RE projects.
iii) To provide decentralized energy supply to agriculture, industry, commercial and
household sector.
iv)On successful completion of the teaching program, the students should be able to
evaluate, and select appropriate energy technologies to meet a given energy
demand.
(b)Practical:
In the practical sessions the students study
Study the use of different renewable energy gadgets like solar cooker, solar dryer, solar hot water
system, biogas system, off grid and on grid solar PV systems, solar desalination unit, solar greenhouse,
biogas plants, biomass gasifiers, improved biomass cook-stoves etc.
Theory
Concept and limitation of renewable energy sources (RES), criteria for assessing the potential of res,
classification of RES: solar, wind, geothermal, biomass, ocean energy sources, comparison of
renewable energy sources with non-renewable sources. Solar energy: energy available from sun, solar
radiation data, solar energy conversion into heat through flat plate and concentrating collectors,
different solar thermal devices, principle of natural and forced convection solar drying system, solar
photo voltaics: basics and applications, p-n junctions. Solar cells, PV systems, stand alone, grid
connected solar power station, calculation of energy through photovoltaic power generation and cost
economics. Wind energy: energy available from wind, general formula, lift and drag. Basics of wind
energy conversion, effect of density, frequency variances, angle of attack, wind speed, types of
windmill rotors, determination of torque coefficient, induction type generators, working principle of
wind power plant. Bio-energy: properties of biomass and conversion technologies, pyrolysis of
biomass to produce solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Biomass gasification, types of gasifier, various
types of biomass cook stoves for rural energy needs. Biogas. basics of anaerobic digestion, types and
constructional details of biogas plants, biogas generation and its properties, factors affecting biogas
generation and usages, design consideration, advantages and disadvantages of biogas spent slurry.
Practical
Study of solar thermal devices like solar cookers, solar water heating system, natural convection solar
dryer, forced convection solar dryer, solar desalination unit, solar greenhouse for agriculture
production, biogas plants, biomass gasifiers, biomass improved cook-stoves, solar photovoltaic system.

1 Energy sources Introduction, classification of energy sources, energy

consumption as a measure of prosperity, world energy
futures, energy sources and their availability, the energy scene
– its history and present state
2 Importance of Renewable The energy future and the role of renewable

energy and its potential energyconventional and non-conventional sources of energy.
Concept and limitation of renewable energy sources (RES),
Criteria for assessing the potential of RES, importance and
scope of nonconventional energy resources. Potential of
Renewable energy in World, India and Odisha. The institution
involve in this sectors in Nationally and Internationally.
3 Classification of RES Classification of RES, solar, wind, geothermal, biomass,
ocean energy sources. the merits and demerits of all these
renewable energy sources
4 Solar Energy1 Energy available from sun, solar radiation extra-terrestrial
solar radiation ,
5 Components of radiation , geometry of the earth ,
6 Solar Energy2 Equation of time, solar angles, solar radiation measuring

equipment,
7 Solar energy application
8 Solar thermal1 Solar energy conversion into heat through, different solar
thermal devices, flat plate and concentrating collectors, and
their different uses like solar water heating systems
9 Solar thermal2 Principle of natural and forced convection solar drying
system, solar cookers, applications for cooling, pumping, etc.
10 Solar Photovoltaics Basics of PV and applications, p-n junctions.
11 Solar cells, solar module and array
12 Solar PV systems Stand-alone solar power station
13 Grid connected solar power station
14 Economics of Solar PV Calculation of energy through photovoltaic power generation

systems
15 Cost economics of energy through photovoltaic power
generation
16 Wind Energy Over view of wind energy; wind characteristics; energy, wind
speed, aerodynamics of wind turbine blades general formula –
lift and drag
17 Wind Energy Conversion Effect of density, frequency variances, angle of attack, wind
speed.
18 Speed measurement, types of windmill rotors
19 Wind power Plant Determination of torque coefficient, induction type

generators,
20 Working principle of wind power plant.
21 Biomass Energy Introduction, biomass as a source of energy i.e. Biomass

conversion technologies (thermo chemical, biochemical),
liquid, solid and gaseous fuel from biomass,
22 Gassifier system Overview of gasification technology, chemistry of
gasification, reaction stoichiometry
23 Different types of Gassifiers Gasification reactors, study of different types of gasifier
system ,
24 Gas utilization for different applications
25 Biomass cook stoves Various types of biomass cook stoves for rural energy needs
26 Biogas system Biogas:basics of anaerobic digestion, types and constructional

details of biogas plants
27 Uses of Biogas Biogas generation and its properties, factors affecting biogas
generation and usages, digester sizing, biogas appliances,
28 Advantages and disadvantages of biogas spent slurry
29 Design of biogas plant Design of small scale biogas plants, selection of biogas model
and size.
30 Site selection of biogas plants.
31 Bio-fuels Generation of biofuels, bio-alcohol and biodiesel

32 Energy conservation Conservation of energy in different agricultural applications.
Class Practical
1. Study of solar cooker,
2. Study of solar water heating system,
3. Study of natural convection solar dryer,
4. Study of forced convection solar dryer,
5. Study of solar desalination unit,
6. Study of solar greenhouse,
7. Study of biogas plants,
8. Study of biomass gasifiers,
9. Study of different improved biomass cook-stoves,
10. solar photovoltaic system
References:
1. Rai, G.D. 2013. Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
2. Rai, G.D., Solar Energy Utilization, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Solar Electric Power Generation – Photovoltaic Energy Systems, Stefan C.W. Krauter
4. Physics of Solar Energy, C. Julian Chen, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.2011
5. Biogas from Waste and Renewable Resources, Dieter Deublein and Angelika Steinhauser,
WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA,Weinheim,2008
6. Engineering Thermodynamics of Thermal Radiation For Solar Power Utilization ,Ryszard
Petela, The McGraw-Hill Companies,2010
7. The Biodiesel Handbook ,Editors Gerhard Knothe ,Jon Van Gerpen, Jürgen Krahl , AOCS
Press
8. Biomass Gasification and Pyrolysis Practical Design and Theory Prabir Basu Academic Press
is an imprint of Elsevie
9. Wind and Solar Power Systems, Mukund R. Patel , CRC Press
10. Hand book of Biomass Downdraft Gassifier Engine Systems ,SERI
11. Solar Engineering of Thermal Process,Duffie and Beckman
12. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, B. H. Khan, The McGraw Hill Publishers.
Farm Machinery and Equipment - II
1. Course No: FMPE-313

2. Course title: Farm Machinery and Equipment - II
3. Credit hour: 3 (2+1)
4. General objective To educate the students on various agricultural machines on plant
protections and Harvesting and threshing post harvesting
(b) Theory
 Know about the farm machineries used in agricultural production
 Know about construction, operation of different machines
 Know about the operating parameters and performance of the machines
 Know about the cost of operations and economics of the machines
 To solve numerical on different chapters
(c) Practical
 Study the different components of the machines, their constructions
 Materials of construction
 Adjustments of different components to enhance performance
Theory
Introduction to plant protection equipment – sprayers and dusters. Classification of sprayers and
sprays. Types of nozzles. Calculations for calibration of sprayers and chemical application rates.
Introduction to interculture equipment. Use of weeders – manual and powered. Study of functional
requirements of weeders and main components. Familiarization of fertilizer application equipment.
Study of harvesting operation – harvesting methods, harvesting terminology. Study of mowers – types,
constructional details, working and adjustments. Study of shear type harvesting devices – cutter bar,
inertial forces, counter balancing, terminology, cutting pattern. Study of reapers, binders and
windrowers – principle of operation and constructional details. Importance of hay conditioning,
methods of hay conditioning, and calculation of moisture content of hay. Introduction to threshing
systems – manual and mechanical systems. Types of threshing drums and their applications. Types of
threshers- tangential and axial, their constructional details and cleaning systems. Study of factors
affecting thresher performance. Study of grain combines, combine terminology, classification of grain
combines, study of material flow in combines. Computation of combine losses, study of combine
troubles and troubleshooting. Study of chaff cutters and capacity calculations. Study of straw combines
– working principle and constructional details. Study of root crop diggers – principle of operation,
blade adjustment and approach angle, and calculation of material handled. Study of potato and
groundnut diggers. Study of Cotton harvesting – Cotton harvesting mechanisms, study of cotton
pickers and strippers, functional components. Study of maize harvesting combines. Introduction to
vegetables and fruit harvesting equipment and tools.
Practical
Familiarization with plant protection and interculture equipment. Study of sprayers, types, functional
components. Study of dusters, types and functional components. Calculations for chemical application
rates. Study of nozzle types and spread pattern using patternator. Familiarization with manual and
powered weeding equipment and identification of functional components. Study of fertilizer
application equipment including manure spreaders and fertilizer broadcasters. Study of various types
of mowers, reaper, reaper binder. Study of functional components of mowers and reapers.
Familiarization with threshing systems, cleaning systems in threshers. Calculations of losses in
threshers. Familiarization with functional units of Grain combines and their types. Calculations for
grain losses in a combine. Study of root crop diggers and familiarization with the functional units and
attachments. Familiarization with the working of cotton and maize harvesters. Familiarization with
vegetable and fruit harvesters.
Lecture Major Chapter Details of Topics
Sprayer and duster: Classification of pesticide application
1
equipment, advantages and disadvantages of pest control
Pest control equipment, their construction and operation, drift,
2 Plant protection factors affecting drift, atomizing devices, factor affecting
equipment- sprayer and droplet sizes, distribution and uniformity
duster Pumps for sprayer, factor affecting discharge, agitation of
3 spray materials, safety precautions during spraying, duster:
types, construction and operations. Calibration of sprayer.
Numericals
Requirement of weeding and weeder in crop production.
4 Intercultural equipment Study of Weed control equipment, types, components and
functions.
Types of fertilizer application equipment, soil amendment,
placement of fertilizers, application of dry commercial
Fertilizer application
fertilizer, metering devices,
5 equipment
Factors affecting discharge rate, factors affecting uniformity
of distribution, application of liquid fertilizer, application of
granular pesticides
Study of harvesting operations- Harvesting methods and
6
terminologies
Types of mowers and their components: Cutter bar mower,

7
Harvesting methods and Rotary mower, flail mower,
equipment
Cutterbar and its components, registration, alignment and lead
of cutter-bar, knife drive system, cutterbar balancing and
8
vibration control, cutterbar, inertial forces, counterbalancing,
terminology, cutting pattern
9 Force analysis of pitman drive cutter-bar. Numericals
Shear cutting principles, cutting geometry, cutting mechanics
10 of shear cutting, Power requirement in shear cutting.
Numericals
11 Reaper: Types, Components of reaper: Engine, power
transmission unit, types of drive to cutterbar mechanism,
12 lifting and gathering unit, cutting and windrowing unit
Cutter- bar parameters affecting performance of reaper,
13 cutting force, power requirement for cutting and total power
requirement.
Reaper binder and windrower: types, operation and
14
performance. Numericals
Importance of hay conditioning, methods and calculation of
15
moisture content
Hay Management- Flail and shear bar type field chopper; their components;
16 Forage harvesters and gathering unit, conveying and feeding unit, chopping and
balers impelling unit, types of cutter head, performance parameters
Types of balers, construction and operation
17
Numericals
Manual and mechanical chaff cutter: components, operation,
18
Chaff cutters length of cut, capacity, location of fly wheel
19 Shape of knife and power requirement. Numerical
Mechanics of threshing, power requirement in threshing
20
Types of threshing drums and their applications,
determination of length of drum
Threshing systems Types of threshers- tangential and axial, performance
21
characteristics of axial and tangential threshers
Machine factors affecting performance, threshing losses,
22
performance index. Numerical
Grain Combine: Components and operation of combine
harvester: Header unit: reel and its adjustment, cutter bar,
adjustment and drive to cutter-bar; feeding unit; threshing
23 unit; principle and types of threshing methods, performance
criteria of threshing methods like axial and cross flow
Grain combine & Straw
separating unit; straw walker, shoes, blower, factors affecting
combine
their performance
Combine harvester losses and performances: Header,
24 threshing, rack, shoe losses, factors affecting threshing
performance, Numerical
25 Straw combine: Types of straw combines; operation,
performances, advantages and economics. Study of combine
troubles and troubleshooting
Groundnut: Types of groundnut diggers/harvester,
components of groundnut digger, basic operations in
26
Root crop harvesting groundnut digging, factors affecting performance of
equipment - potato, groundnut digger.
groundnut Potato harvester/digger: Methods of harvesting, Functions and
27 components of different types of potato harvester, factors
affecting performance of potato harvester.
Facts about cotton, harvesting stage, pre-harvest treatments,
harvesting requirement, types of harvesters: Cotton picker and
28 stripper; Cotton picker: picking mechanism: drum type
spindle mechanism and chain belt type; conveying and
Cotton Harvesting
carrying.
Cotton Stripper: Principles of stripping, types of cotton
29 strippers and their working principles, effect and cost of
mechanical harvesting of cotton. Numerical
Types: Snapper, picker husker, picker Sheller; maize
30 Maize harvesting and combine; Components: gathering unit, Snapping units
shelling equipment Factors affecting performance, husking unit, shelling and
cleaning unit; losses
Problems of mechanical harvesting, Harvesting functions,
Methods and principles of vegetables and fruits harvesters:
31
Uprooting, cutting, combing, stripping, vibration and
Fruit harvesting
threshing.
equipment and tools
Types of harvesters: Carrot, cabbage, strawberry, snap bean,
32 tomato.Harvesting of fruits: methods of harvesting, type of
harvester: tree shakers
(B) Practical class outline

Class Practical
Familiarization with various Farm machines related to harvesting, threshing, root
1
harvesting, combine etc
2 Familiarization with combine harvester.
3 Study of various types of mowers, constructional details, materials and working.
Study of various types of reaper, constructional details, materials and working&

4
performance;
Study of various types of reaper binder, constructional details, materials and
5
working.
Study of various types of potato harvesters, constructional details, materials and

6
working
Study of various types of groundnut harvesters, constructional details, materials
7
and working & performance
Study of various types of forage harvester, constructional details, materials and
8
working
Study of various types of sugarcane harvester, constructional details, materials
9
and working
Study of various types of maize Sheller, constructional details, materials and
10
working & performance
Study of various types of threshers, constructional details, materials and working
11
& performance
Study of various types of cotton pickers and strippers, constructional details,
12
materials and working
Study of various types of harvester tools, constructional details, materials and
13
working;
Study of various types of combine harvester, constructional details, materials and
14
working
Study of various types of straw combines, constructional details, materials and
15
working
Study of various types of fruit harvester equipment, constructional details,
16
materials and working
Reference
1. Kepner RA, Bainer R & Berger EL., 1978. Principles of Farm machinery AVI Publication Co.
2. Engineering principles of Agril. Machines by Dr. Ajit K. Srivastav, Caroll E. Goering and Roger
P. Rohrbach
3. Michael A M and Ojha, T.P. Principles of Agricultural Engineering. Jain Brothers, 873, East
Park Road, Karol Bagh, New Delhi.
4. C P Nakra, Farm machines and Equipment. Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company Pvt. Ltd, 4787/23,
Ansari Road, Dayaganja, New Delhi.
5. Jain S C, Philip Grace. Farm Machinery – An approach. Standard Publishers and Distributors,
1705-B, NaiSarak, Post Box No-1066, New Delhi-110006.
6. Radhey Lal and A.C. Dutta. Agricultural Engineering (Through Worked out examples).
SarojPrkashan, 646 Katra, Allahabad-2.
7. Farm Power and Machinery Engineering by Dr. R. Suresh and Sanjay Kumar
8. Bhattacharya, T K. A workbook of Practical Farm Machinery(Vol-I & II).SarojPrakashan,
Allahabad-211002.
Sprinkler and Micro Irrigation System
1. Course No : IDE-313
2. Course title : Sprinkler and Micro irrigation systems
3. Credit hours : 2(1+1)
4. Class : 3rd year B.Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objectives : To impart knowledge to the students on sprinkler and micro
irrigation systems for efficient application of water and
increasing production
7. Specific Objectives :
(a) Theory
At the end of the theory course, the student will be able to
 To understand the importance of micro-irrigation (drip and sprinkler, role of Government for
promotion,
 To acquaint the students about the components of micro irrigation systems, their design and lay
out for efficient water, fertilizer and pesticides application
 To gain knowledge about the hydraulics of sprinkler and drip irrigation
 Benefit – cost analysis in micro irrigation systems
(b) Practical
At the end of the practical exercise, the students will be able to
 Application of micro-irrigation in different land situations

 Design , planning and layout of the micro-irrigation systems for efficient/optimum
management of water, fertilizer and pesticides
 Cost economics of micro-irrigation systems
Theory
Sprinkler irrigation: adaptability, problems and prospects, types of sprinkler irrigation systems; design
of sprinkler irrigation system: layout selection, hydraulic design of lateral, sub-main and main pipe
line, design steps; selection of pump and power unit for sprinkler irrigation system; performance
evaluation of sprinkler irrigation system: uniformity coefficient and pattern efficiency; Micro Irrigation
Systems: types-drip, spray, & bubbler systems, merits and demerits, different components; Design of
drip irrigation system: general considerations, wetting patterns, irrigation requirement, emitter
selection, hydraulics of drip irrigation system, design steps; necessary steps for proper operation of a
drip irrigation system; maintenance of micro irrigation system: clogging problems, filter cleaning,
flushing and chemical treatment; fertigation: advantages and limitations of fertigation, fertigation
frequency, duration and injection rate, methods of fertigation.
Practical
Study of different components of sprinkler irrigation system; design and installation of sprinkler
irrigation system; discharge and uniformity coefficient; cost economics of sprinkler irrigation system;
study of different components of drip irrigation; design and installation of drip irrigation system;
determination of pressure discharge relationship and emission uniformity for given emitter; study of
different types of filters and determination of filtration efficiency; determination of rate of injection
and calibration for chemigation/fertigation; design of irrigation and fertigation schedule for crops; field
visit to micro irrigation system and evaluation of drip system; cost economics of drip irrigation system

1 Introduction to Adaptability of sprinkler irrigation, its problems and
sprinkler-irrigation prospects
system
2 Types of sprinkler Different types of sprinkler systems and their
irrigation system characteristics
3 Design and layout Hydraulic design of lateral, sub main and main pipe
of sprinkler system line of sprinkler irrigation system, design steps and
its lay out
4 Selection of pump Selection of pump set and power unit for sprinkler
set and power unit irrigation
5 Evaluation of Performance Evaluation of sprinkler irrigation
sprinkler system system
6 Uniformity Uniformity coefficient and pattern efficiency of
coefficient and different types of sprinklers
pattern efficiency
7 Types of drip Different types of drip system and their merits and
irrigation , merits demerits
and demerits
8 Components of Components of different types of drip system and
drip systems their hydraulic characteristics
9 Design of drip General considerations, wetting patterns, irrigation
irrigation system requirements , emitter selection
10 Hydraulics of filter, lateral, submain and main pipe
line including drippers/emitters
11 Details of design step of drip irrigation
12 Operation and Necessary steps for proper operation of a drip
maintenance of irrigation system, maintenance of sprinkler and drip
drip system irrigation systems
13 Clogging problems Filter cleaning, flushing and chemical treatment
and remedial
measures in drip
system
14 Fertigation Advantages and limitations of fertigation, fertigation
frequency
15 Duration of fertigation, injection rate
16 Different methods of fertigation

Class Practical
1 Study of different types of micro irrigation and their components
2 Discharge measurement of different micro irrigation systems
3 Study of water distribution and uniformity coefficient of sprinkler and
drip system
4 Study of water distribution and uniformity coefficient of drip system
5 Study of advance of water front and moisture distribution of drip
irrigation system
6 Field visit to the farms of micro irrigation system and study of water
filtration unit
7 Design of micro irrigation system for a orchard
8 Design of micro irrigation system for row crops
9 Design of micro irrigation system for hilly terraced lands
10 Study of different types of filter and determination of filtration
efficiency
11 Study of a fertigation /chemigation system
12 Evaluation of a drip irrigation system
13 Study of Cost economics of a drip irrigation system
14 Study of Cost economics of a sprinkler irrigation system
15 Design of irrigation and fertigation schedule for vegetable/orchard
crops
References
1. Keller Jack and Bliesener Ron D. 2001. Sprinkler and Trickle Irrigation. Springer Science+
business Media, New York.
2. Mane M. S. and Ayare B. L.. 2007. Principles of Sprinkler Irrigation system, Jain Brothers,
New Delhi
3. Mane M. S. and Ayare B. L. And MagarS. S. 2006. Principles of Drip Irrigation systems, Jain
Brothers, New Delhi
4. Michael A M, Shrimohan and KR Swaminathan. Design and evaluation of irrigation
methods,(IARI Monograph No.1). Water Technology Center, IARI New Delhi.
5. Michael A M. 2012. Irrigation: Theory and Practice. Vikas Publishing Vikas Pub. New Delhi
6. Choudhary M. L. And Kadam U. S. 2006. Micro irrigation for cash crops Westville Publishing
House.
Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control
1. Course no. : ASCE-317

2. Course title: : Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control
3. Credit hours: : 3(2+1)
4. Class : 3rd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective : To make students familiar with different farm structures with
environmental control parameters
(a)Theory
 Understand the importance of planning and lay out of a farmstead
 Know about various standards for various dairy, piggery, poultry and other farm
structures.
 Know about the different farm storage structures, silos, compost pit, implement sheds,
farm houses, threshing floors, farm roads, fencing, water supply, sewage systems, and
septic tanks
 Know about rural electrification, concepts of eco system, bio-diversity, environmental
pollution and control, solid waste, plant waste management
 To prepare estimate for different farm buildings, structures, roads, fencing and
construction, repair and maintenance of farm structures
(b)Practical
 Measure different environmental parameters and indicators, ventilation, air temperature,
cooling load of farm buildings
 Design and layout of farm buildings, poultry houses, goat houses, bio-gas plant, farm
roads, fencing etc.
 Analyze drinking water, waste water and different solid wastes
 Preparation of different estimates for the farm buildings and structures
Theory
Planning and layout of farmstead. Scope, importance and need for environmental control,
physiological reaction of livestock environmental factors, environmental control systems and their
design, control of temperature, humidity and other air constituents by ventilation and other methods,
Livestock production facilities, BIS Standards for dairy, piggery, poultry and other farm structures.
Design, construction and cost estimation of farm structures; animal shelters, compost pit, fodder silo,
fencing and implement sheds, barn for cows, buffalo, poultry, etc. Storage of grains, Causes of
spoilage, Water activity for low and high moisture food and its limits for storage, Moisture and
temperature changes in grain bins; Traditional storage structures and their improvements, Improved
storage structures (CAP, hermetic storage, Pusa bin, RCC ring bins), Design consideration for grain
storage godowns, Bag storage structures, Shallow and Deep bin, Calculation of pressure in bins,
Storage of seeds. Rural living and development, rural roads, their construction cost and repair and
maintenance. Sources of water supply, norms of water supply for human being and animals, drinking
water standards and water treatment suitable to rural community. Site and orientation of building in
regard to sanitation, community sanitation system; sewage system and its design, cost and
maintenance, design of septic tank for small family. Estimation of domestic power requirement, source
of power supply and electrification of rural housing.
Practical
Measurements for environmental parameters and cooling load of a farm building, design and layout of
a dairy farm, design and layout of a poultry house, design and layout of a goat house/sheep house,
design of a farm fencing system, design of a feed/fodder storage structures, design of grain storage
structures, design and layout of commercial bag and bulk storage facilities, study and performance
evaluation of different domestic storage structure, estimation of a farm building.

1 Farmstead Farmstead planning & lay out
planning
2 Environmental Scope, importance and need for environmental control
control
3 Physiological reaction of livestock, environmental control,
systems and design
4 Control of temperature, humidity and air ventilation
5 Animal BIS standards for dairy, piggery and other farm structures
housing and
sanitation
6 Farm Design, construction and cost estimation of farm structures,
structures animal shelters, compost pit, fodder silo
7-10 Farm fencing, implement shed, barn for cows, buffalo, poultry
etc.
11-12 Grain storage Grain storage, moisture and temperature change in grain bins
13-14 structures Traditional storage structures and their improvement
15 Improved storage structures (CAP, hermitage storage, Pusa bin,
RCC ring bin)
16-17 Design consideration for grain storage go-down, bag storage
structure
18 Shallow and deep bins, calculation of pressure in bins
19 Storage of seeds
20 Rural housing Rural housing and development
21 Farm roads Rural roads and types of roads in the farm
22 Construction methods, repair and maintenance of rural roads
23 Water supply Sources of water supply for human beings and animals
24 and sanitation Drinking water standards
25-26 Water treatment for rural community
27 Site selection and orientation of buildings for sanitation
28 Sewage Sewage system and design, cost and maintenance
29 system Septic tank for small family
30 Rural Estimate of domestic power requirement
31 electrification Sources of power supply, electrification
32 Electrification for rural housing
Class Practical
1 Measurement of environmental parameters, Temp, RH, wind velocity,
cooling load
2-3 Design and layout of a dairy farm
4-5 Design and layout of a poultry house
6-7 Design and layout of a goat/sheep house
8-9 Design and layout of a farm fencing system
10-11 Design and layout of a feed/fodder system
12-13 Design and layout of a grain storage structure
14 Design and layout of a bag storage structure
15 Performance of domestic storage structure
16 Design layout of a threshing floor
References
1. Pandey, P.H. Principles and practices of Agricultural Structures and Environmental Control,
Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana
2. Ojha, T.P. and Michael, A.M. Principles of Agricultural Engineering, Vol.1, Jain Brothers,
Karol Bag, New Delhi
3. Nathonson, J.A. Basic Environmental Technology, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
4. Garg, S.K. Water Supply Engineering, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
5. Dutta, B.N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering, Dutta & Co, Luc know
6. Sahay, K.M. and Singh, K.K. Unit Operations of Agricultural Processing, Vikas pub.pvt. Ltd,
Noida
7. Banerjee, G.C. A Text Book of Animal Husbandry, Oxford IBH Pub. Co., New Delhi
Post Harvest Engineering of Cereals, Pulses and Oil Seeds

1. Course no. :PFE-312
2. Course title :Post Harvest Engineering of Cereals, Pulses and Oil Seeds
6. General objective :To impart knowledge and skill to the students on the different unit
operations in processing of cereals, pulses and oilseeds
(a)Theory
 Know the different unit operations in processing of major cereals, pulses and oilseeds of
the country and state
 Understand the principles behind the working principles of different machineries used
for processing of cereals, pulses and oilseeds
 Understand the basics of selection of appropriate machines/ equipment for various
applications
 Know the different uses of byproducts obtained from cereals, pulses and oilseeds
processing
(b)Practical
 Determine the drying characteristics of different food grains with an understanding to

control the drying process for retaining the quality of produce.
 Find out the fineness modulus and uniformity index of ground materials and separation
effectiveness of different separators and graders
 Develop the skill of operating and monitoring the different grain processing machines.
 Prepare process charts for different grain processing operations
Theory
Cleaning and grading: Aspiration, scalping, size separators, screens, sieve analysis, capacity and
effectiveness of screens, various types of separators(specific gravity, magnetic, disc, spiral, pneumatic,
inclined belt draper, velvet roll separator, colour sorters, cyclone separator), shape graders; Drying:
Moisture content and water activity, free moisture, bound moisture and equilibrium moisture content,
isotherm, hysteresis effect, EMC determination, psychrometric chart and its use in drying, drying
principles and theory, thin layer and deep bed drying analysis, falling rate and constant rate drying
periods, maximum and decreasing drying rate period, drying equations, mass and energy balance,
Shedd’s equation, different methods of drying (batch, continuous, mixing, non-mixing, sun,
mechanical, conduction, convection, radiation, superheated steam), tempering during drying, different
types of grain dryers (bin, flat bed, LSU, columnar, RPEC, fluidized, rotary and tray), dryer
performance; Size reduction: Principle, Bond’s law, Kick’s law, Rittinger’s law, procedure (crushing,
impact, cutting and shearing), size reduction machinery (jaw crusher, hammer mill, attrition mill, ball
mill); Mixing: Theory of mixing of solids and pastes, mixing index, types of mixers for solids, liquid
foods and pastes; Milling of rice: Conditioning and parboiling, advantages and disadvantages,
traditional methods, CFTRI and Jadavpur methods of parboiling, pressure parboiling method, types of
rice milling (traditional and modern rice milling), different unit operations and equipment; Milling of
wheat: Unit operations and equipment; Milling of pulses: Traditional milling methods, commercial
methods, pre-conditioning, dry milling and wet milling methods, CFTRI and Pantnagar methods of
pulse milling, pulse milling machines; Milling of corn and its products: Dry and wet milling; Milling
of oilseeds: Mechanical expression, screw press, hydraulic press, solvent extraction methods,
preconditioning of oilseeds, refining of oil, stabilization of rice bran; Extrusion cooking: Principle,
factors affecting extrusion cooking, single and twin screw extruders; By-products utilization; Material
handling equipment: Types of conveyors (belt, roller, chain and screw), elevators (bucket, cranes &
hoists), trucks (refrigerated/ unrefrigerated), pneumatic conveying.
Practical
Study of different types of cleaners and separators; determination of separation efficiency;
measurement of moisture content: dry basis and wet basis; study on drying characteristics of grains and
determination of drying constant; determination of EMC (static and dynamic method); study of various
types of dryers; study of different size reduction machines; determination of fineness modulus and
uniformity index; study of different types of mixers; study of different equipments in rice mills; study
of different equipments in pulse mills; study of different equipments in oil mills; type of process flow
charts with examples relating to processing of cereals pulses and oil seeds; study of different types of
conveying and elevating equipments; visit to grain processing industries.
1 Basic Importance of the course, different unit operations in processing of

introduction cereals, pulses and oilseeds
2 Cleaning Cleaning and grading: Screening, type of screens, grizzly, revolving

and grading screen, shaking screen, rotary screen, vibratory screen, horizontal
screen, perforated metal screen, wire mesh screen, scalping, size
separators
3 Ideal and actual screen, effectiveness of screens, aspiration
4 Various types of separators (specific gravity, magnetic, disc, spiral,

pneumatic, inclined belt draper, velvet roll separator, colour sorters,
cyclone separator) and their capacity, shape graders
5 Drying Drying: Objective of drying, physicothermal properties of food

grains important in drying: Moisture content on dry basis and wet
basis, water activity, specific heat, thermal conductivity, enthalpy,
thermal diffusion, surface heat transfer coefficient
6 Moisture content determination, direct methods, hot air oven method,

vacuum oven method, indirect methods, electrical resistance method,
dielectric method, chemical method
7 Unbound and bound moisture, free moisture, equilibrium moisture

content, isotherm, hysteresis effect, EMC determination: static
method, dynamic methods, desorption method, isotenoscopic
method,
8 EMC models: Kelvin equation, Harkins-Jura equation, Chung-Pfost

equation, Handerson equation, importance of EMC
9 Psychrometric chart and its use in drying, dry-bulb temperature, wet-

bulb temperature, dew point temperature, absolute humidity,
percentage humidity, relative humidity, saturated pressure, humid
heat, humid volume, enthalpy
10 Drying theory, thin layer and deep bed drying, drying rate periods,
constant rate period, falling rate period, maximum and decreasing
drying rate period
11 Drying equations, mass and energy balance, Shedd’s equation,
different methods of drying (batch, continuous, mixing, non-mixing),
dryer performance
12 Sun drying, mechanical drying methods, contact drying, convective

drying, freeze drying, radiation drying, superheated steam drying,
osmotic drying, fluidized bed drying, desiccated air drying,
tempering during drying, types of air flow in mechanical drying
systems
13 Size Size reduction: grain shape, average size of particle in a ground

reduction product, sieve analysis, fineness modulus
14 Principle of size reduction, crushing efficiency, Bond’s law, Kick’s

law, Rittinger’s law, procedure (crushing, impact, cutting and
shearing), hulling/milling efficiency,
15 Size reduction machinery (jaw crusher, hammer mill, attrition mill,

ball mill)
16 Mixing Mixing: Theory of mixing of solids and pastes, mixing index
17 Types of mixers for solids, liquid foods and pastes (tumbling mixer,
ribbon mixer, impeller type mixer, sigma blade mixer)
18 Milling of Milling of rice: Conditioning and parboiling, advantages and

rice disadvantages, traditional methods, CFTRI and Jadavpur methods of
parboiling, pressure parboiling method
19 Principles of operation of huller, under runner disk sheller,

centrifugal sheller
20 Modern rice milling, different unit operations and equipment

(cleaning, shelling, husk separation, paddy separation)
21 Modern rice milling, different unit operations and equipment

(polishing, bran removal, grading, colour sorting, glazing)- contd..
22 Milling of Milling of wheat: Unit operations and equipment

wheat
23 Milling of Milling of pulses: Traditional milling methods, commercial methods,

pulses pre-conditioning, dry milling and wet milling methods
24 CFTRI and Pantnagar methods of pulse milling, pulse milling

machines
25 Milling of Milling of corn and its products: Dry and wet milling
corn
26 Milling of Milling of oilseeds: Mechanical expression, screw press, hydraulic

oilseeds press, solvent extraction methods,
27 Preconditioning of oilseeds, refining of oil, stabilization of rice bran
28 Extrusion Extrusion cooking, Principle, factors affecting extrusion cooking,

cooking single and twin screw extruders
29 By- By-products utilization of grain processing industries

products
utilization
30 Material Material handling equipment: Types of conveyors (belt, roller),

handling
31 equipment Chain and screw conveyor, Elevators (bucket, cranes & hoists)
32 Trucks (refrigerated/ unrefrigerated), pneumatic conveying.

Class Practical
1
Study of different types of cleaners and separators
2
Determination of separation efficiency
3
Measurement of moisture content: dry basis and wet basis
4
Study of psychrometric chart and psychrometric processes
5
Study on drying characteristics of grains and determination of drying
constant
6
Determination of EMC (Static and dynamic method)
7
Study of various types of dryers (deep bed dryers, flat bed dryers, bin
dryers, continuous flow dryer (mixing and non-mixing type),
recirculatory dryer, LSU dryer, RPEC dryer,
8
Study of various types of dryers (Fluidized bed dryer, rotary dryer,
spouted bed dryer, tunnel dryer and tray dryer,
9
Study of different size reduction machines, determination of fineness
modulus and uniformity index
10
Study of different types of mixers
11
Study of different equipments in rice mills
12
Study of different equipments in pulse mills
13
Study of different equipments in oil mills
14
Development of process flow charts with examples relating to
processing of cereals pulses and oil seeds
15
Study of different types of conveying and elevating equipments
16
Visit to grain processing industries
References
1. Chakraverty, A. 1999. Post Harvest Technology of cereals, pulses and oilseeds. Oxford & IBH
publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Dash, S.K., Bebartta, J.P. and Kar, 2012. A. Rice Processing and Allied Operations. Kalyani
Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Sahay, K.M. and Singh, K.K. 1994. Unit operations of Agricultural Processing. Vikas
Publishing house Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
4. Geankoplis C. J. 2002. Transport processes and unit operations, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi
5. McCabe, W.L., Smith J.C. and Harriott, P. Unit operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw
Hill.
6. Dash, S.K., Bakhara, C.K. and Panda, M.K. Concepts in Post Harvest Engineering. CAET,
OUAT, Bhubaneswar
Soil and Water Conservation Engineering

1. Course No. : SWCE – 312
2. Course Title : Soil and Water Conservation Engineering
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students on principles of soil and water
conservation engineering in management of watershed.
(a) Theory
 Understand water and wind erosion and their mechanisms.

 Know various agronomical and mechanical measures for controlling soil erosion and
moisture conservation.
 Develop analytical thinking and problem solving skills in soil and water conservation
engineering problems.
(b) Practical
 Measure and estimate soil loss and sedimentation using different techniques.
 Design bunds, terraces, grassed waterways, wind breaks and shelter belts etc. and
recommend them for better soil and moisture conservation in a watershed.
Theory
Soil erosion - Introduction, causes and types - geological and accelerated erosion, agents, factors
affecting and effects of erosion. Water erosion - Mechanics and forms - splash, sheet, rill, gully, ravine
and stream bank erosion. Gullies - Classification, stages of development. Soil loss estimation –
Universal soil loss equation (USLE) and modified USLE. Rainfall erosivity - estimation by KE>25 and
EI30 methods. Soil erodibility - topography, crop management and conservation practice factors.
Measurement of soil erosion - Runoff plots, soil samples. Water erosion control measures -
agronomical measures - contour farming, strip cropping, conservation tillage and mulching.
Engineering measures– Bunds and terraces. Bunds - contour and graded bunds - design and
surplussing arrangements. Terraces - level and graded broad base terraces, bench terraces - planning,
design and layout procedure, contour stonewall and trenching. Gully and ravine reclamation -
principles of gully control - vegetative measures, temporary structures and diversion drains. Grassed
waterways and design. Wind erosion- Factors affecting, mechanics, soil loss estimation and control
measures - vegetative, mechanical measures, wind breaks and shelter belts and stabilization of sand
dunes. Land capability classification. Rate of sedimentation, silt monitoring and storage loss in tanks.
Practical
Exercises on computation of rainfall erosivity index. Computation of soil erodibility index in soil loss
estimation. Determination of length of slope (LS) and cropping practice (CP) factors for soil loss
estimation by USLE. Exercises on soil loss estimation/measuring techniques. Study of rainfall
simulator for erosion assessment. Estimation of sediment rate using Coshocton wheel sampler and
multi-slot devisor. Determination of sediment concentration through oven dry method. Design and
layout of contour bunds. Design and layout of graded bunds. Design and layout of broad base terraces.
Design and layout of bench terraces. Design of vegetative waterways. Exercises on rate of
sedimentation and storage loss in tanks.. Design of shelterbelts and wind breaks for wind erosion
control. Visit to soil erosion sites and watershed project areas for studying erosion control and water
conservation measures.
Soil and water conservation engineering introduction, soil
erosion – causes and types - geological and accelerated
1 Soil erosion
erosion, agents of soil erosion, factors affecting and effects
of soil erosion
Water erosion - mechanics of erosion, factors affecting
2
water erosion
Forms of water erosion- splash erosion, sheet erosion, rill
Water erosion
3 erosion, gully erosion, ravine erosion, stream bank erosion,
coastal erosion
4 Gullies and their classification, stages of gully development
Soil loss estimation – universal soil loss equation (USLE)
5
and determination of their various parameters
USLE and determination of their various parameters,
6 application and limitations of USLE
7 Soil loss estimation Modified soil loss equation (MUSLE) and RUSLE
Rainfall erosivity – estimation of erosivity from rainfall

8
data by KE>25 and EI30 methods
Soil erodibility - topography, crop management and
9
conservation practice factors
10 Soil loss Measurement of soil erosion by runoff plots
11 measurement Measurement of soil erosion by soil samples
Water erosion control measures– agronomical measures -
contour farming, strip cropping, field strip cropping, buffer
12
strip cropping, wind strip cropping, mixed cropping, crop
rotations
13 Tillage practices and conservation tillage for erosion control
Water erosion
Mulching for soil erosion control, types of mulch,
14 control measures
advantages of mulching
Engineering measures– Bunds and terraces, Bunds -
15
contour bunds, design of contour bunds
Graded bunds, design of graded bunds and surplussing
16
arrangements
17 Terraces - level and graded broad base terraces and their
design
Bench terraces, types of bench terraces and their uses,
18
design of bench terraces
19 Planning and layout procedure of bench terracing
Contour stonewall and trenching, types of contour trenching
20
and their suitability for use
Gully and ravine reclamation - principles of gully control -
21 vegetative measures, temporary structures of gully control-
Gully erosion brush wood dams, loose rock fill dams
control Temporary structures of gully control- netting dam, gabion
22 structure, spacing of temporary structures, diversion drains,
permanent gully control structures
Grassed waterway- objectives of grassed waterways, design
23 Grassed waterway
of grassed waterways
Wind erosion - factors affecting wind erosion, mechanics of
24
wind erosion
25 Wind erosion and Soil loss estimation in wind erosion
control measures Wind erosion control measures - vegetative, mechanical
26 measures, wind breaks and shelterbelts, sand dunes
stabilization
Land use capability classification- objectives of
27 classification, capability, limitation, land capability unit,
land capability sub-classes
Land use capability
classification Land use capability classification by United States
28 Department of Soil Conservation Service, limitations of
different LUCC
Sedimentation, sources of sedimentation, factors

responsible for sedimentation, effects of sedimentation,
29 types of sediment load, sediment transportation, sediment
delivery ratio, trap efficiency
Estimation of sedimentation, bed load estimation,

30 Sedimentation in suspended load sampling
tanks and reservoirs
Measurement of sedimentation- can type, bottle type, bed
31 load sampling, box type, pan type, pit type
Sedimentation in reservoirs- factors affecting

32 sedimentation, rate of reservoir sedimentation, silt
monitoring and storage loss in tanks and reservoirs,
reservoir sedimentation control

Class Practical
1 Exercises on computation of rainfall erosivity index
2 Computation of soil erodibility index in soil loss estimation
Determination of length of slope (LS) and cropping practice (CP) factors for soil
3
loss estimation by USLE
4 Exercises on soil loss estimation/measuring techniques
5 Study of rainfall simulator for erosion assessment
Estimation of sediment rate using Coshocton wheel sampler and multi-slot
6
divisor
7 Determination of sediment concentration through oven dry method
8 Design and layout of contour bunds
9 Design and layout of graded bunds
10 Design and layout of broad base terraces
11 Design and layout of bench terraces
12 Design of vegetative waterways
13 Exercises on rate of sedimentation and storage loss in tanks
14 Design of shelterbelts and wind breaks for wind erosion control
Visit to soil erosion sites for studying erosion control and water conservation
15
measures
Visit to watershed project areas for studying erosion control and water
16
conservation measures
References
1. Singh Gurmel, C. Venkataraman, G. Sastry and B.P. Joshi. 1996. Manual of Soil and Water
Conservation Practices. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Mahnot, S.C. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation and Watershed Management. International
Books and Periodicals Supply Service, New Delhi.
3. Mal, B.C. 2014. Introduction to Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. 2014. Kalyani
Publishers.
4. Michael, A.M. and T.P. Ojha. 2003. Principles of Agricultural Engineering. Volume II. 4th
Edition, Jain Brothers, New Delhi.
5. Murthy, V.V.N. 2002. Land and Water Management Engineering. 4th Edition, Kalyani
6. Norman Hudson. 1985. Soil Conservation. Cornell University Press, Ithaka, New York, USA.
7. Frevert, R.K., G.O. Schwab, T.W. Edminster and K.K. Barnes. 2009. Soil and Water
Conservation Engineering, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
8. Suresh, R. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Standard Publisher Distributors,
New Delhi.
9. Das, G.2000. Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
Watershed Planning and Management

1. Course no. :SWCE-313
2. Course title :Watershed Planning and Management
5. Semester :1st Semester
6. General objective :To impart knowledge and skill to the students on the watershed planning
and management
(a)Theory
 Know the problems of watershed and characteristics and how to delineate a watershed.
 Different concept and factors affecting on watershed.
 Rainwater conservation technologies
 Monitoring and evaluation of a watershed along with PRA study and cost analysis.
(b)Practical
 How to delineate a watershed.

 Surveying and preparation of watershed map.
 Practices on software for analysis of different parameters of watershed.
 Techno economic analysis of watershed.
Theory
Watershed - introduction and characteristics. Watershed development - problems and prospects,
investigation, topographical survey, soil characteristics, vegetative cover, present land use practices
and socio-economic factors. Watershed management - concept, objectives, factors affecting, watershed
planning based on land capability classes, hydrologic data for watershed planning, watershed
codification, delineation and prioritization of watersheds – sediment yield index. Water budgeting in a
watershed. Management measures - rainwater conservation technologies in-situ and ex-situ storage,
water harvesting and recycling. Dry farming techniques - inter-terrace and inter-bund land
management. Integrated watershed management - concept, components, arable lands - agriculture and
horticulture, non-arable lands - forestry, fishery and animal husbandry. Effect of cropping systems,
land management and cultural practices on watershed hydrology. Watershed programme - execution,
follow-up practices, maintenance, monitoring and evaluation. Participatory watershed management
role of watershed associations, user groups and self-help groups. Planning and formulation of project
proposal for watershed management programme including cost-benefit analysis.
Practical
Exercises on delineation of watersheds using toposheets. Surveying and preparation of watershed map.
Quantitative analysis of watershed characteristics and parameters. Watershed investigations for
planning and development. Analysis of hydrologic data for planning watershed management. Water
budgeting of watersheds. Prioritization of watersheds based on sediment yield index. Study of
functional requirement of watershed development structures. Study of watershed management
technologies. Practice on softwares for analysis of hydrologic parameters of watershed. Study of role
of various functionaries in watershed development programmes. Techno-economic viability analysis of
watershed projects. Visit to watershed development project areas.
(A)Theory Lecture Outlines
1 Introduction Watershed - introduction and characteristics, Watershed
development - problems and prospects, Delineation and
prioritization of watersheds
2 Investigation Investigation, topographical survey, soil characteristics
3 Vegetative cover, present land use practices and socio-
economic factors.
4 Watershed concept Watershed management – concept, objectives
and objectives
5 Factors affecting, Factors affecting, watershed planning based on land
watershed planning capability classes
6 Hydrologic data for Hydrologic data for watershed planning, watershed
watershed planning codification
7 Sediment yield index. Sediment yield index. Water budgeting in a watershed.
Water budgeting in a
watershed.
8 Management Management measures - rainwater conservation technologies
measures - in-situ and ex-situ storage,
9 Water harvesting and Water harvesting and recycling.
recycling.
10 Dry farming Dry farming techniques - inter-terrace and inter-bund land
techniques management.
11 Integrated watershed Integrated watershed management - concept, components,
management arable lands - agriculture and horticulture, non-arable lands -
forestry, fishery and animal husbandry.
12 Effect of cropping Effect of cropping systems, land management and cultural
systems, land practices on watershed hydrology.
management and
cultural practices on
watershed
hydrology.
13 Watershed Watershed programme - execution, follow-up practices
programme -
execution, follow-up
practices
14 Maintenance, Maintenance, monitoring and evaluation.
monitoring and
evaluation
15 Participatory Participatory watershed management - role of watershed
watershed associations, user groups and self-help groups.
management
16 Planning and Planning and formulation of project proposal for watershed
formulation of project management programme including cost-benefit analysis.
proposal

Class Practical
1 Exercises on delineation of watersheds using toposheets.
2 Surveying and preparation of watershed map.
3 Quantitative analysis of watershed characteristics and parameters.
4 Watershed investigations for planning and development.
5 Analysis of hydrologic data for planning watershed management.
8 Water budgeting of watersheds.
9 Prioritization of watersheds based on sediment yield index.
10 Study of functional requirement of watershed development structures
11 Study of watershed management technologies.
12 Practice on software for analysis of hydrologic parameters of watershed.
13 Study of role of various functionaries in watershed development
programmes.
14 Techno-economic viability analysis of watershed projects.
15 Techno-economic viability analysis of watershed projects.
16 Visit to watershed development project areas.
References
1. Ghanshyam Das. 2008. Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering: Including Watershed
Management. 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Katyal, J.C., R.P. Singh, Shriniwas Sharma, S.K. Das, M.V. Padmanabhan and P.K. Mishra.
1995. Field Manual on Watershed Management. CRIDA, Hyderabad.
3. Mahnot, S.C. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation and Watershed Management. International
Books and Periodicals Supply Service. New Delhi.
4. Sharda, V.N., A.K. Sikka and G.P. Juyal. 2006. Participatory Integrated Watershed
Management: A Field Manual. Central Soil and Water Conservation Research and Training
Institute, Dehradun.
5. Singh, G.D. and T.C. Poonia. 2003. Fundamentals of Watershed Management Technology.
Yash Publishing House, Bikaner.
Drainage Engineering
1. Course No : IDE- 314
2. Course title : Drainage Engineering
4. Class : 3rd year, B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
agricultural field drainage
(a) Theory
(i) Understand the drainage problems and their effect on crop production
(ii) Know about the salt affected soils and their reclamation methods
(iii)Distinguish between surface, sub-surface and non-conventional drainage methods
(iv) Investigation methods of drainage problems
(v) Design drain dimensions and the spacing between drains
(vi) Analyze the economic aspects of drainage projects
(b) Practical
(i) Determine the physical and chemical properties of soil and water including hydraulics
conductivity, drainable porosity, drainage coefficient and electrical conductivity
(ii) Compute the amendment requirement for reclamation of salt affected soils
(iii)Evolve methods to design the surface and sub-surface drainage systems
(iv) Identify the drainage materials and study their strength prior to installation

Lesson Chapter Details
1 Introduction, forms of excess water, causes & impacts,
Waterlogging Objectives of drainage, extent of drainage problems in
2
the state
Definition, classification of drainage systems, types of
Surface drainage surface drainage methods and their application,
3
system drainage coefficient and its importance in drainage
design
Design of surface Various methods to determine drainage coefficient,
4
drainage system design of surface drainage system
Purpose and benefits of sub-surface drainage,
5 Sub-surface drainage
classification of sub-surface drainage systems
Reconnaissance survey, detailed survey of drainage
6 Drainage investigation basin, Investigations on hydraulic conductivity,
drainable porosity, groundwater hydrology
Design of sub-surface Dupuit-Forchhemeir assumptions and their
drainage system for applicability, derivation of Hooghoudt’s equation
7
(Ellipse equation) for spacing between drains, solution
(i) Steady state of drain spacing using equivalent depth concept
condition Derivation of Ernst equation for spacing between
8
(ii) Unsteady state drains in heterogeneous soil profile
9 condition Unsteady state drainage equations
Hydraulic design of Design of tile drainage system, ancillary components
10
tile drainage system of sub-surface drainage system
Installation of tile Layout, construction and installation of drain pipes,
11
drainage system drainage outlet
Non-conventional Classification of non-conventional drainage systems,
12
drainage systems Vertical drainage, bio-drainage, pump drainage, mole
drainage and their adaptability
Classification of salt Salinity measurement, classification of salt affected
13
affected soils soils
Reclamation methods of salt affected soils, Salt
Reclamation of salt
14 balance equation, leaching requirement for saline soils,
affected soils
gypsum requirement for alkali soils
Irrigation water Chemical properties of irrigation water, assessment of
15
quality the quality of irrigation water
Water management in Sea water intrusion, skimming well concept and
16
salt affected areas conjunctive use of fresh and saline water

Class Practical
1 Measurement of in situ hydraulic conductivity by Hooghoudt’s method
2 Measurement of in situ hydraulic conductivity by inverse auger hole method
3 Measurement of in situ hydraulic conductivity of two layered soil by Ernst
method
4 Estimation of drainage coefficient
5 Installation of piezometers and observation wells
6 Preparation of isobaths and isobar maps
7 Determination of drainable porosity of soil
8 Plotting of intensity vs duration graphs at various recurrence intervals
9 Design of surface drainage system
10 Design of sub-surface drainage system
11 Installation procedure of tile drains
12 Cost analysis of drainage system
13 Determination of electrical conductivity of soil and water
14 Determination of pH of soil and water
15 Estimation of gypsum requirement for reclaiming alkali soils
References
1. Bhattacharya AK and Michael AM. 2013. Land Drainage, Principles , Methods and
Applications. Vikas Publication House, Noida (UP)
2. Ritzema H.P.1994 Drainage Principles and Applications, ILRI Publication 16, Second Edition
(Completely Revised)
3. Michael AM. and Ojha TP. 2014. Principles of Agricultural Engineering Vol-II 5th Edition.
Jain Brothers Publication, New Delhi
Renewable Power Sources
2. Course Title : Renewable Power Sources
5. Semester : 1st semester
6. General Objectives: To impact knowledge on different types of renewable energy sources for
power generation
(a) Theory: By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
i) To study the different energy consumption pattern and replace of renewable energy
ii) Design of community type and institutional type of biogas plants and its use for IC
engine operation for power generation,
iii) Solar thermal and photovoltaic Power generation
iv) Detail design of wind mill and its power operation
v) Ocean power generation through OTEC, wave and tide
vi) Power generation from urban waste and biomass gasification
vii) Design of mini and small hydro project
viii) Detail study of fuel cell and their application
ix) Use of animal energy for different agricultural operation
On successful completion of the teaching program, the students should be able to evaluate, and select
appropriate renewable energy technologies to meet a given energy demand.
(b)Practical:
In the practical sessions the students study the performance of different solar, biogas,
producer gas and animal power gadgets
Theory
Energy consumption pattern & energy resources in India. Renewable energy options, potential and
utilization. Biogas technology and mechanisms, generation of power from biogas, Design & use of
different commercial sized biogas plant. Solar thermal and photovoltaic Systems for power generation.
Power generation from urban, municipal and industrial waste. Wind farms. Aero-generators. Wind
power generation system. Ocean thermal electric power generation, wave and tidal power, Power
generation from biomass (gasification & Dendro thermal), Mini and micro hydel plants. Fuel cells and
its associated parameters. Animal power based technology.
Practical
Performance evaluation of solar water heater; Performance evaluation of solar cooker; Characteristics
of solar photovoltaic panel; evaluation of solar air heater/dryer; Performance evaluation of biomass
gasifier engine system (throat less & downdraft), Performance evaluation of a fixed dome type biogas
plant; Performance evaluation of floating drum type biogas plant; Estimation of calorific value of
biogas & producer gas; Testing of diesel engine operation using dual fuels and gas alone. Performance
evaluation of animal power based machines and equipment.
1 Energy Energy consumption and standard of living, classification of
resources energy resources, consumption trend of primary energy resources,
importance and potential of renewable energy sources
2 Limitations of renewable energy sources, Various sources of
renewable energy, energy scenario in India and world,
environmental impacts of non-renewable energy sources
3&4 Thermodynamic Basic thermodynamic cycles such as Brayton, Stirling, Rankine,
cycles for combined gas-vapour power cycles and cogeneration cycle for
power power generation
generation
5 Biogas Bio gas: Aerobic and Anaerobic bio conversion processes,
applications Microbial reactions,
6 Scrubbing and purification, properties of biogas, storage and
enrichment.
7 Design and sizing of biogas plant,
8 Application of bio gas in IC engine. Blending of biogas with petro
fuels for power generation Solving numericals for design and
sizing of community based biogas plant and for power generation
9 Waste to energy Urban solid wastes (municipal waste and municipal refuse), their
composition, waste to energy through incineration process,
components and working of a waste incineration energy plant.
10 Biomass Basics and chemistry of producer gas generation from biomass.
gasifier Classification, advantages/disadvantages of various gasifiers
11 Design of downdraft gasifier for engine applications
12 Engine applications of producer gas, blending of producer gas with
petro fuels for power generation.
13 Solving numericals for engine application of producer gas
10 Solar thermal Solar concentrating collector, types, concentration ratio,
power efficiency, orientation and tracking modes, materials for
generation construction
11 Construction and working of parabolic collector, paraboloid dish
12 collector, central receiver collector and evacuated solar collector
for energy storage and power generation
13 Prospects of solar thermal power plants. Solar thermal power
plant, its components and working principle.
14 Solar Solar photovoltaic modules, structure from solar cell, wattage,
photovoltaic module power output, effects of solar radiation and temperature on
power power output
generation
15 Components of solar PV system, batteries, charge controller,
inverter and maximum power point tracking, their sizing and cost
economics
16 Calculation of power generation through solar photovoltaic system
on standalone and grid connected mode and their cost economics
17 Wind power Components of wind energy utilization system, types of wind
generation energy systems, wind to electrical energy conversion alternatives
18 Applications of wind energy, aero-generator (DC, synchronous
and induction generator), wind mill for water pumping
19 Wind power plant and its components for various modes of power
generation (stand alone, back-up mode like wind diesel and grid
connected mode)
20 Ocean energy Ocean thermal energy conversion system, its prospects, feasibility
in India, advantages and disadvantages, working principle and
applications
21 Ocean thermal energy conversion power plant, its components,
working principle and cost economics
22 Ocean wave energy conversion system, its prospects, feasibility in
India, advantages and disadvantages, working principle and
applications
23 Ocean wave energy conversion power plant, its components,
24 Ocean tidal energy conversion system, its prospects, feasibility in
India, advantages and disadvantages, working principle and
applications
25 Ocean tidal energy conversion power plant, its components,
26 Micro hydel Mini and micro hydel power plant, its prospects, advantages and
power plant limitations small hydro power potential, classification of small
hydropower stations, classification of water turbines, range of
applications of various types of turbines for a small hydro project
27 Components of small hydropower plant and examples of small
hydro-electric project installation with unique features
28 Fuel cell Fuel cell, its prospects, advantages, working principle, applications
and cycle for power generation
29 Animal power Draught animal power, its status, renewability, benefits,
contribution as farm power in Indian agriculture
30 Utilization of draught animal power for pulling agricultural
implements, operating post-harvest stationary machines through
rotary mode of use and for hauling cart.
Class Practical
1 To study the performance of domestic solar water heater
2 To study the performance of solar cooker
3 To study the performance of natural convection solar dryer
4 To study the performance of forced convection solar dryer
5 To study the performance of solar sill
6 To study the efficiency of solar photovoltaic module
7 To study the performance of a fixed dome type biogas plant
8 To study the performance of a floating drum type biogas plant
9 Determination of calorific value of biogas
10 Determination of calorific value of producer gas
11 To study the performance of paddy thresher by using bullock power in rotary mode. .
12 To study the performance of groundnut decorticator by using bullock power in rotary
mode
13 To study the performance of chaff cutter by using bullock power in rotary mode
References:
1. Garg H.P. 1990. Advances in Solar Energy Technology; D. Publishing Company, Tokyo.
2. Alan L: Farredbruch & R.H. Buse. 1983. Fundamentals of Solar Academic Press, London.
3. Bansal N.K., Kleemann M. & Meliss Michael. 1990. Renewable Energy Sources & Conversion
Technology; Tata Mecgrow Publishing Company, New Delhi.
4. Rathore N. S., Kurchania A. K. & N.L. Panwar. 2007. Non Conventional Energy Sources,
Himanshu Publications.
5. Mathur, A.N. & N.S. Rathore. 1992. Biogas Production Management & Utilization. Himanshu
Publications, Udaipur.
6. Khandelwal, K.C. & S.S. Mahdi. 1990. Biogas Technology.
7. Rai, G.D. 2013. Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
8. Mathur A.N. & N.S. Rathore. Renewable Energy Sources Bohra Ganesh Publications, Udaipur.
Computer Programming and Data Structures

1. Course No. : CS-322
2. Course Title : Computer Programming and Data Structures
4. Class :3rd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objective: To give knowledge to the student about computer programming and data
structure.
(a)Theory
 Understand the high level language.

 Understand the algorithm of a problem and coding of that algorithm.
 Know all the details of data types, operators, library functions, decision making, branching,
looping, arrays, user defined functions, recursion, string functions, structures and union,
pointers, stacks, queues, linked lists.
(b)Practical
 Creating a source programming and executing it.

 Writing programming using different data types, operators, branching and looping.
 Writing programming using functions, recursion, string functions.
 Writing programming using pointers, structure and union
 Writing programming using data structures like stacks, queues and linked lists
Theory
Introduction to high level languages, primary data types and user defined data types, variables,
typecasting, operators, building and evaluating expressions, standard library functions, managing input
and output, decision making, branching, looping, arrays, user defined functions, passing arguments and
returning values, recursion, scope and visibility of a variable, string functions, structures and union,
pointers, stacks, push/pop operations, queues, insertion and deletion operations, linked lists.
Practical
Familiarizing with Turbo C IDE; Building an executable version of C program; Debugging a C
program; Developing and executing simple programs; Creating programs using decision making
statements such as if, go to & switch; Developing program using loop statements while, do & for;
Using nested control structures; Familiarizing with one and two dimensional arrays; Using string
functions; Developing structures and union; Creating user defined functions; Using local, global &
external variables; Using pointers; Implementing Stacks; Implementing push/pop functions; Creating
queues; Developing linked lists in C language; Insertion/Deletion in data structures.
Introduction to high level languages, definition of c
language, importance of C, structure programming, a
simple C programming, execution of a ‘C’ program,
1 Introduction
creating a program ,compiling the program, linking and
loading the program, executing the program, program
and instruction, sample program.
Letters, digits, special characters, white spaces, key
words, identifiers, constants, backslash character
Character set and constants, rules for variable naming, primary data types,
2
Variables size of data type, data type and their keywords,
declaration of variables, secondary data types, user
defined data types.
Arithmetic operators, relational operators, logical
operators, assignment operators, increment and
3
Operators decrement operators, conditional operators, bitwise
operators, special operators, precedence of arithmetic
operators.
Casting a value, library functions, math functions,
Type conversion and managing input and output operations, reading a
4 Managing input & character, printing a character (writing a character),
(B)
output operations formatted input, scanf format code, formatted output,
printf format code.
Prac
Decision making with if statement, simple if statement, tical
5
Decision making and if…..else statement, nesting of if…..else statement, the Clas
Branching else….if ladder, the switch statement, the goto statement. s
The while statement- the do…..while statement, the for Outl
Decision Making and ine
6 statement, additional features of for loop, nesting of for
Looping
loop, jumps in loops, continue.
One dimensional arrays, two dimensional arrays,
Arrays and Library handling of character strings, initializing string variables,
7
Functions reading a line of test, library functions, string handling
function.
The form of c functions, parts of the function, calling a
8 User-defined Function
function.
Actual and formal arguments, recursion of function,
9 Category of Functions
scope & lifetime of variables in functions.
10 Structures and Unions Structures and unions.
Declaring and initializing pointers, accessing a variable
11 Pointers
through its pointer.
Dynamic memory Allocating a block of memory, advantages of link list,
12 allocation & Linked types of linked list, creating a linked list.
List
13 Linked List Inserting an item in linked list
Deleting the first item, deleting the last item, deleting
14 Linked List
between two nodes in the middle of the list.
Storing a queue in a dynamic data structure, adding a
15 Queues node (add), deleting a node (delete), queue
implementation using linked list.
Push and pop operation, stack implementation using
16 Stacks
linked list.
Class Practical
1. Familiarizing with Turbo C IDE; Building an executable version of C program
2. Debugging a C program
3. Developing and executing simple programs
6. Creating programs using decision making statements such as if, go to & switch;
9. Developing program using loop statements while, do & for
13. Using nested control structures
14. Familiarizing with one and two dimensional arrays
17. Using string functions
18. Creating user defined functions
21. Developing structures and union
22. Developing structures and union
23. Using local, global & external variables
24. Using pointers
25. Developing linked lists in C language
26. Inserting an item in Linked List
27. Inserting an item in Linked List
28. Deleting an item in Linked List
29. Deleting an item in Linked List
30. Implementing Stacks
31. Implementing push/pop functions
32. Creating queues, Insertion/Deletion in queues.
References
1. E Balagurusamy .2010. Programming in ANSI C. Tata McGraw - Hill Education
2. Yashavant P. Kanetkar. 2010. Let Us C. BPB Publications
3. Amiya Kumar Rath, 2010. Data Structures Using C .Scitech Pub.
4. LipschutzS . 2009. Data Structures (Schaum S Outline Series). Tata McGraw - Hill Education
5. YashavantKanetkar . 2010. Data Structures Through C. YashavantKanetkar
6. Srivastava S K. 2009. Data Structures Through C In Depth. BPB Publications
7. Yashavant P. Kanetkar. 2010. Let Us C Solutions. BPB Publications
Tractor Systems and Controls
1. Course No. : FMPE-324
2. Course Title : Tractor Systems and Controls
4. Class : 3rd Year B. Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective : To impart knowledge on various systems and their controls in Agricultural
Tractors
7. Specific objectives
(a) Theory
By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
 Importance of different systems in a Tractor

 Transmission systems including final drive
 Brake System
 Steering System
 Hydraulic system in tractor
 Power outlets
 Tractor Chassis mechanics
 Ergonomial and safety considerations in Tractor
 Standards of Tractor Testing
(b) Practical
By the end of practical exercises, the students will know
 Transmission systems and components

 Functioning of clutch in tractors, parts and design problem on clutch system;
 Different types of gear box,
 Calculation of speed ratios,
 Differential, final drive and planetary gears;
 Brake systems and design problems;
 Steering geometry and adjustments;
 Hydraulic systems in a tractor,
 Determination of location of CG of a tractor,
 Various controls in different makes of tractors in relation to anthropometric measurements
Theory
Need of transmission system in a tractor; transmission system – types, major functional systems. Study
of clutch – need, types, functional requirements, construction and principle of operation.
Familiarization with single plate, multi-plate, centrifugal and dual clutch systems. Study of gear box,
principle of operation, gear box types, functional requirements, and calculation for speed ratio. Study
of differential system – need, functional components, construction, calculation for speed reduction.
Study of final drive. Study of brake system – types, principle of operation, construction, calculation for
braking torque. Study of steering system – requirements, steering geometry characteristics, functional
components, calculation for turning radius. Familiarization with Ackerman steering. Steering systems
in track type tractors. Study of hydraulic system in a tractor – principle of operation, types, main
functional components, functional requirements. Familiarization with the hydraulic system adjustments
and ADDC. Study of tractor power outlets – PTO. PTO standards, types and functional requirements.
Introduction to traction. Traction terminology. Theoretical calculation of shear force and rolling
resistance of traction device. Study of wheels and tyres – solid tyres and pneumatic tyres, tyre
construction and tyre specifications. Study of traction aids. Study of tractor mechanics – forces acting
on the tractor. Determination of CG of a tractor. Determination and importance of moment of inertia of
a tractor. Study of tractor static equilibrium, tractor stability especially at turns. Determination of
maximum drawbar pull. Familiarization with tractor as a spring-mass system. Introduction to
ergonomic considerations and operational safety. Introduction to tractor testing. Deciphering the
engine test codes.
Practical
Introduction to transmission systems and components; study of clutch functioning, parts and design
problem on clutch system; study of different types of gear box, calculation of speed ratios, design
problems on gear box; study on differential, final drive and planetary gears; study of brake systems and
some design problems; steering geometry and adjustments; study of hydraulic systems in a tractor,
hydraulic trainer and some design problems; appraisal of various controls in different makes of tractors
in relation to anthropometric measurements. Determination of location of CG of a tractor, Moment of
Inertia of a tractor. Traction performance of a traction wheel.
1 Power transmission Need for transmission systems of a tractor
system
2 Components of power transmission system and their
function
3 Clutch Types, plate clutch, single and multiple plate clutch
4 Centrifugal and dual clutch
5 Speed Reduction System Principle of operation of gear box and their components
6 Types gear box, sliding mesh type,
7 Constant mesh type, synchromesh type
8 Differential and final drive system
9 Calculation of gear reduction
10 Brake system Familiarization of brake system of tractor
11 Calculation of braking torque, brake fade
12 Steering System Pure rolling/ true rolling condition for steering system
13 Components of steering mechanism, lock angles and
steering geometry
14 Ackerman steering mechanism
15 Steering systems in track type tractors
16 Hydraulic System Familiarization of hydraulic system
17 ADDC
18 Power Outlet PTO drive, its types and standards
19 Introduction to traction, terminologies of traction
20 Shear force and rolling resistance calculation
21 Study of wheels, tyres construction and specifications
22 Stability of Tractor Tractor chassis mechanics, forces acting on tractor
23 Weight transfer
24 Longitudinal stability and drawbar pull
25 Lateral stability
26 Effect of speed on lateral stability during turning of
tractor
27 Static Equilibrium of Location of cg of tractor, various methods of
Tractor determination of cg of tractor
28 Ergonomics Ergonomical considerations for tractor
29 Noise and vibration in tractor
30 Safety Operational safety requirements, ropes
31 Testing of tractors Purpose of testing
32 BIS test codes of engine

Class Practical
1 Study of different systems of tractor
2 Study on transmission system and components
3 Study of clutch system of a tractor
4 Determination of clutch size of tractor
5 Study of different types of gear box
6 Study of sliding mesh type gear box and constant mesh type gear box
7 Study on differential, final drive and planetary gears
8 Determination of speed of rear wheel in 2wd tractor
9 Study of brake systems and some design problems
10 Steering geometry and adjustments
11 Design problems on steering
12 Study of hydraulic systems in a tractor
13 Study of hydraulic steering
14 Measurement of noise in tractor
15 Determination of slip of a tractor under field condition
16 Setting the wheel tread of tractor for different row spacing
References
1. Tractor and their Power Units, by Barger E l , Liljedahl J B & McKibben E C, Wiley Eastern
2. Automobile Engg. by Kripal Singh, Standard Publisher and Distributers, Delhi-6
3. Farm Tractor, Maintenance and Repair, by SC Jain and C r rai Standard Publisher and Distributers,
Delhi-6
4. Automobile Mechanics (SI Units), by N K Giri, Khanna Publishers, Delhi -6
5. Engineering Principles of Agricultural Machines, by A. K. Srivastav, C.E. Goering and r. p.
Rohrbach
6. The Mechanics of Tractor- Implement performance. Theory and Worked Example, by Macmillan
RH University of Melbourne
7. BIS Test codes for tractor.
Post Harvest Engineering of Horticultural Crops

1. Course no. :PFE-323
2. Course title :Post Harvest Engineering of Horticultural Crops
4. Class :3rd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective :To impart knowledge and skill to the students on different unit
operations in processing of horticultural crops
(a)Theory
 Know the different means of storage and value addition of fruits and vegetables along
with the cold chain
 Know the different unit operations in processing of major horticultural crops of the
country and state
 Understand the working principles of different machineries used for processing of
fruits, vegetables and spices
 Understand the basics of selection of appropriate machines/ equipment for various
applications of processing of horticultural crops
(b)Practical
 Use the different types of sorting, grading, peeling, slicing, blanching and other
equipment for processing of fruits and vegetables
 Identify the suitable equipment, materials and methods for storage, processing,
packaging and value addition of fruits and vegetables
 Develop at least 4 types of value added products from fruits and vegetables
 Understand the technical and management aspects of operation of fruits and vegetable
processing industries.
Theory
Importance of processing of fruits and vegetables, spices, condiments; Characteristics and properties of
horticultural crops important for processing; Preservation Technology: General methods of
preservation of fruits and vegetables, Brief description and advantages and disadvantages of different
physical/ chemical and other methods of preservation, Flowcharts for preparation of different finished
products, Food supply chain; Sorting and grading equipments; Peeling: Different peeling methods and
devices (manual peeling, mechanical peeling, chemical peeling, and thermal peeling); Slicing of
horticultural crops: equipment for slicing, shredding, crushing, chopping, juice extraction, etc.;
Blanching: Importance and objectives; blanching methods, effects on food (nutrition, colour, pigment,
texture); Chilling and freezing: Application of refrigeration in different perishable food products,
Thermophilic, mesophilic & Psychrophilic micro-organisms, Chilling requirements of different fruits
and vegetables, Freezing of food, freezing time calculations, slow and fast freezing, Equipment for
chilling and freezing (mechanical & cryogenic), Effect on food during chilling and freezing, Cold
storage heat load calculations and cold storage design, refrigerated vehicle and cold chain system;
Dryers for fruits and vegetables, Osmo-dehydration; Handling and transportation of fruits and
vegetables, Pack house technology, Minimal processing; Common methods of storage, Low
temperature storage, evaporative cooled storage, Controlled atmospheric storage, Modified
atmospheric packaging; Post harvest management and equipment for spices; Packaging of horticultural
commodities, Packaging requirements (in terms of light transmittance, heat, moisture and gas proof,
micro organisms, mechanical strength), Different types of packaging materials commonly used for raw
and processed fruits and vegetables products, bulk and retail packages and packaging machines,
Quality control in Fruit and vegetable processing industry.
Practical
Study of fruit graders, Study of peeler and slicer, Study of juicer and pulper, Study of blanching
equipment, Testing adequacy of blanching, Study of cold storage and its design, Study of CAP and
MAP storage, Minimal processing of vegetables, Preparation of value added products, Visit to fruit
and vegetable processing industry, Visit to spice processing plant

1 General General introduction : Food supply chain, Importance of
introduction processing of fruits and vegetables, spices, condiments;
Flowcharts for preparation of different finished products
properties of Characteristics and properties of horticultural crops
horticultural important for processing: Physical properties, mechanical
crops properties, aerodynamic properties, thermal properties,
electrical properties, optical properties,
2 Preservation Preservation Technology: General methods of preservation
Technology of fruits and vegetables, brief description and advantages
and disadvantages of different physical/ chemical and other
methods of preservation
3 Sorting and Sorting and grading equipments: sorting and grading on the
grading basis of size, shape, colour, weight, specific gravity and
other parameters
4 Peeling Peeling: Different peeling methods and devices (manual
peeling, mechanical peeling, chemical peeling, and thermal
peeling)
5 Slicing/size Slicing of horticultural crops: Disintegration methods with
reduction little change of form such as husking, shelling, pitting,
coring, snipping and destemming; Disintegration methods
with considerable change of form such as cutting,
shredding, crushing, chopping, juice extraction,
etc;.equipment for slicing, shredding, crushing, chopping,
juice extraction, etc.
6 Blanching Blanching: Importance and objectives; blanching methods,
Steam blanching including fluidised bed blanching, Hot
water blanching; effects on food (nutrition, colour, pigment,
texture);
7 Chilling and Chilling and freezing: Application of refrigeration for
freezing perishable food products, thermophilic, mesophilic &
psychrophilic micro-organisms, chilling requirements of
different fruits and vegetables, freezing of food, freezing
time calculations, slow and fast freezing
8 Equipment for chilling and freezing (mechanical &
cryogenic), effect on food during chilling and freezing,
refrigerated vehicle and cold chain system; evaporative
cooled storage
9 Drying Dryers for fruits and vegetables, osmo-dehydration;
10 Handling and Handling and transportation of fruits and vegetables,
transportation different modes of transportation
Different types of conveyors and elevators,
Brief discussion on belt conveyor, roller conveyor, chain
conveyor, screw conveyor and bucket elevator, cranes &
hoists, trucks (refrigerated/ unrefrigerated), pneumatic
transportation, water flumes
11 Post-harvest Post-harvest management and equipment for spices such as
management ginger, turmeric and chilli
of spices
12 Packaging Pack house technology, Minimal processing; Packaging of
horticultural commodities, Packaging requirements (in
terms of light transmittance, heat, moisture and gas proof,
microorganisms, mechanical strength),
13 Different types of packaging materials commonly used for
raw and processed fruits and vegetables products, bulk and
retail packages and packaging machines,
14 Controlled atmospheric storage, Modified atmospheric
packaging;
15 Quality Quality control in Fruit and vegetable processing industry.
control Importance, Present scenario, Requirement,
HACCP system
16 Overall discussion
Class Topic
1 Study of fruit graders
2 Study of peeler and slicer
3 Study of juicer and pulper
4 Study of blanching equipment, testing adequacy of blanching,
5 Study of cold storage and its design, cold storage heat load calculations
6 Study of CAP and MAP storage, extension of shelf life by MAP/CAS
7 Study of different types of packaging materials
8 Minimal processing and packaging of vegetables
9 Preparation of value added products from fruits
10 Preparation of value added products from fruits
11 Preparation of value added products from vegetables

12 Preparation of value added products from vegetables
13 Visit to fruit and vegetable processing industry
14 Visit to spice processing plant
References
1. Pandey, R.H. 1997. Post harvest Technology of fruits and vegetables (Principles and practices).
Saroj Prakashan, Allahabad
2. Sudheer, K P. and Indira, V. 2007. Post Harvest Engineering of horticultural crops. New india
Publishing House.
3. Lal Giridhari, Siddappa and Tondon. 2001. Preservation of fruits and vegetables. ICAR, New
Delhi
4. Srivastava and Sanjeev Kumar. 2008. Fruit and vegetable preservation: principles and
practices. Kalyani Publishers
5. Fellows, P. 2008. Food Processing Technology. Woodhead
Water Harvesting and Soil Conservation Structures

1. Course No. : SWCE – 324
2. Course Title : Water Harvesting and Soil Conservation Structures
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge to the students on water harvesting and soil
conservation structures with their design and cost estimation.
(a) Theory
 Know different soil erosion control structures and their requirements for better soil and
moisture conservation in different situations.
 Understand the theory behind flow through soil conservation structures and use specific
energy and momentum concepts to analyze flow problems.
 Prepare plan and design water harvesting and permanent soil and water conservation
engineering structures with cost estimation.
(b) Practical
 Design permanent soil and water conservation structures like drop spillway, chute
spillway, drop inlet spillways, earthen embankments and water harvesting structures and
estimate their cost.
 Recommend different structures for better soil and moisture conservation in problem
areas.
Theory
Water harvesting -principles, importance and issues. Water harvesting techniques - classification based
on source, storage and use. Runoff harvesting – short-term and long-term techniques. Short-term
harvesting techniques - terracing and bunding, rock and ground catchments. Long-term harvesting
techniques - purpose and design criteria. Structures - farm ponds - dug-out and embankment reservoir
types, tanks and subsurface dykes. Farm pond - components, site selection, design criteria, capacity,
embankment, mechanical and emergency spillways, cost estimation and construction. Percolation
pond - site selection, design and construction details. Design considerations of nala bunds. Soil erosion
control structures - introduction, classification and functional requirements. Permanent structures for
soil conservation and gully control - check dams, drop, chute and drop inlet spillways - design
requirements, planning for design, design procedures - hydrologic, hydraulic and structural design and
stability analysis. Hydraulic jump and its application. Drop spillway - applicability, types - straight
drop, box-type inlet spillways - description, functional use, advantages and disadvantages, straight
apron and stilling basin outlet, structural components and functions. Chute spillway - description,
components, energy dissipaters, design criteria of Saint Antony Falls (SAF) stilling basin and its
limitations. Drop inlet spillway - description, functional use and design criteria.
1 Water harvesting -principles, importance and issues
2 Water harvesting techniques - classification based on
source, storage and use
3 Runoff harvesting – short-term and long-term techniques
4 Water harvesting Short-term harvesting techniques - bunding
5 Short-term harvesting techniques - terracing, rock and
ground catchments
6 Long-term harvesting techniques - purpose and design
criteria
7 Structures - farm ponds - dug-out and embankment
reservoir types
8 Farm pond - components, investigation for farm pond site
Farm pond selection, design criteria, capacity of farm pond
9 Embankment design of farm pond, mechanical and
emergency spillways
10 Cost estimation and construction procedure of farm pond
11 Percolation pond Percolation pond - site selection, design and construction
details
12 Nala bunds Nala bunds and design considerations of nala bunds
13 Tanks Tanks for rain water harvesting, design considerations
14 Subsurface dykes, types of sub-surface dykes, design
Sub-surface dykes
consideration
15 Flow in open channels- types of flow, state of flow,
regimes of flow
16 Specific energy and specific force in open channel flow
17 Open channel flow Hydraulic jump and its types and applications of hydraulic
and hydraulic jump
18 jump Energy dissipation due to hydraulic jump, basic
characteristics of hydraulic jump, jump efficiency, relative
loss of energy, height and length of jump
19 Hydraulic jump as energy dissipators
20 Soil erosion control structures - introduction, classification
and functional requirements
21 Soil erosion Permanent structures for soil conservation and gully
control structures control - check dams, drop, chute and drop inlet spillways
- design requirements, planning for design
22 Design procedures - hydrologic, hydraulic and structural
design of permanent structures for soil conservation,
design components
23 Seepage line Creep line theory, Bligh’s creep theory for seepage flow,
theory Lane’s weighted creep theory, uplift pressure estimation
24 Stability analysis of permanent structures for soil
Stability of
conservation, check of safety against sliding, overturning,
structures
crushing and tension
25 Drop spillway - applicability, types - straight drop
spillway
26 Box-type inlet spillways - description, functional use,
Drop spillway
advantages and disadvantages
27 Straight apron and stilling basin outlet, structural
components and functions and design
28 Chute spillway - description, components of chute
spillway, functional use, adaptability, advantages and
limitations
Chute spillway
29 Different type of energy dissipaters
30 Design criteria of Saint Antony Falls (SAF) stilling basin
and its limitations
31 Drop inlet spillway - description, functional use,
Drop inlet spillway
adaptability, advantages and limitations, design criteria
32 Design of pipe spillway, construction of drop inlet
spillway

Class Practical
1 Study of different types of farm ponds
2 Computation of storage capacity of embankment type of farm ponds
3 Design of dugout farm ponds
4 Design of percolation pond and nala bunds
5 Runoff measurement using H-flume
6 Exercise on hydraulic jump
7 Exercise on energy dissipation in water flow
8 Hydrologic, hydraulic and structural design of drop spillway
9 Stability analysis of drop spillway
10 Design of SAF stilling basins in chute spillway
11 Hydrologic, hydraulic and structural design of drop inlet spillway
12 Design of small earthen embankment structures
13 Practice on softwares for design of soil and water conservation structures
14 Practice on softwares for design of soil and water conservation structures
Field visit to watershed project areas treated with soil and water conservation
15
measures / structures
Field visit to watershed project areas treated with soil and water conservation
16
measures / structures
References
1. Singh Gurmel, C. Venkataraman, G. Sastry and B.P. Joshi. 1996. Manual of Soil and Water
Conservation Practices. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. Schwab, G.O., D.D. Fangmeier, W.J. Elliot, R.K. Frevert. 1993. Soil and Water Conservation
Engineering.4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc. New York.
5. Suresh, R. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Standard Publisher Distributors,
New Delhi.
6. Samra, J.S., V.N. Sharda and A.K. Sikka. 2002. Water Harvesting and Recycling: Indian
Experiences. CSWCR&TI, Dehradun, Allied Printers, Dehradun.
7. Theib Y. Oweis, Dieter Prinz and Ahmed Y. Hachum. 2012. Rainwater Harvesting for
Agriculture in the Dry Areas. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, London.
8. Studer Rima Mekdaschi and Hanspeter Liniger. 2013. Water Harvesting - Guidelines to Good
Practice. Centre for Development and Environment, University of Bern, Switzerland.
9. Chow, V.T.1985. Open-Channel Hydraulics. McGraw- Hill Book Company, Inc.
10. Sharda, V.N., Juyal, G.P., Prakash, C. and Joshi, B.P.2007. Training Manual: Soil Conservation
& Watershed Management (Vol.-II) – CSWCRTI Publication, Dehradun.
11. USDA.1964. Engineering Hand Book on Drop Spillways (Section-11). USDA, Soil
Conservation Service.
Groundwater Wells and Pumps
1. Course No. : IDE- 325
2. Course Title : Groundwater Wells and Pumps
5. Semester : 2nd semester
6. General Objectives: To impart knowledge
(i) On the occurrence, distribution and movement of groundwater and its
efficient utilization/management.
(ii) Design and selection of pumps for lifting water.
(a) Theory
At the end of the theory classes, the students will be able
 To understand the knowledge on occurrence, distribution and hydraulics of ground water in
a region/area and characteristics/properties of the water bearing formations.
 Selection of points using different investigation methods for construction of wells.
 To acquaint with the equipments and different methods used for construction of wells
suitable for different formations and the design of deep/ shallow wells.
 To have knowledge on different recharge methods for augmentation of ground water.
 To know the quality of ground water and its suitability for irrigation, drinking and industry
purpose.
 To acquaint with different types of water lifting devices such as pumps, hydraulic ram, their
adaptability and selection of required size.
(b) Practical
At the end of the practical (laboratory and field) works the students will be able to:
 Selection of site for construction of wells
 Efficient design of wells in the field condition
 Design and selection of pumps
Theory
Occurrence and movement of ground water; aquifer and its types; classification of wells, fully
penetrating tube wells and open wells, familiarization of various types of bore wells; design of open
wells; Darcy’s law, determination of hydraulic conductivity laboratory and field method, groundwater
hydraulics- Dupit’s assumptions and Dupit’s method, Thiem’s method, determination of aquifer
parameters by different method such as Theis, Jacob and Chow’s, Theis recovery method; well
interference, groundwater exploration techniques; methods of drilling of wells: percussion, rotary,
reverse rotary; DTH, design of tubewell and gravel pack, development of tube well; basin wise ground
water development, safe yield, factors governing safe yield, computation of safe yield by Hill’s
method, comsumptive use of ground water, quality of ground water; artificial groundwater recharge
techniques; pumping systems: water lifting devices; classification of pumps, components of
centrifugal pumps, priming, pump selection, installation and trouble shooting, performance curves,
effect of speed on capacity, head and power, effect of change of impeller dimensions on performance
characteristics; hydraulic ram, deep well turbine pump and submersible pump.
Practical
Verification of Darcy's Law; determination of hydraulic conductivity laboratory and field method,
study of different drilling equipments; sieve analysis for gravel and well screens design; estimation of
specific yield and specific retention; testing of well screen; estimation of aquifer parameters by Theis
method, Coopers-Jacob method, Chow method; Theis Recovery method; well design; well losses and
well efficiency; estimating ground water balance; study of artificial ground water recharge structures;
study of centrifugal pumps, multistage centrifugal pumps, installation and testing of centrifugal pump.

1 Introduction to Occurrence and distribution of ground water
groundwater wells Properties affecting groundwater, vertical distribution
2
and pumps of groundwater
Aquifers - Types, geologic formations and aquifer
3 Aquifers
properties.
Ground water movement – Darcy law, coefficient of
4 permeability/ hydraulic conductivity, general flow
equation
Ground water
ground water flow direction- flow nets, flow in relation
5 movement
to groundwater contours, flow across a water table
flow across a boundary of different hydraulic
6
conductivity
Groundwater & well hydraulics – Steady unidirectional
7
flow in confined.
8 Flow in unconfined aquifer
Steady radial flow to a well in confined, unconfined
9
aquifer
Groundwater &
10 Steady radial flow in unconfined with uniform recharge
well hydraulics
Unsteady radial flow in confined aquifer, Theis,
11
Cooper-Jacob method
12 Chow method of solution, Theis recovery method etc.
13 Unsteady radial flow in an unconfined aquifer
Unsteady radial flow in leaky aquifer.
14 Well flow near aquifer boundaries (near a stream)
15 Well flow near aquifer boundaries (other boundaries)
Multiple well Multiple well system, partially penetrating wells, well
16
system losses, specific capacity etc.
17 Water wells – Types
Water wells
18 Method of drilling deep wells, well completion
19 Well design, protection of wells
20 Well design Selection of wells
21 Development of wells, well testing
Surface investigation of ground water – Geologic,
Surface
remote sensing, geophysical exploration, electrical
22 investigation of
resistivity, seismic refraction, magnetic, water witching
ground water
methods
Sub surface Sub surface investigations of ground water – Drlling
23 investigations of tests, water level measurement, geophysical, resistivity,
ground water potential, radiation, temperature, caliper logging.
Artificial recharge Artificial recharge of ground water – concept and
24
of ground water different methods of recharging
Sea water intrusion – Occurrence of saline water,
25 intrusion, relation between fresh and salt water
Sea water intrusion
intrusion
26 Control, recognition of sea water in ground water
Quality of ground water – Sources, measurement of
27 Quality of ground water quality, chemical, physical and biological
water analysis
28 Ground water sampling, water quality criteria
Water lifting Manual and animal drawn water lifting devices,
29
devices positive displacement pumps
Different types of pumping machinery, Reciprocating
Types of pumping pumps and Classification of variable displacement
30
machinery pumps and component parts of centrifugal pumps,
Power requirement in pumping
Performance characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps
and pump selection, Effect of speed and impeller
31
diameter on head capacity, discharge, power
requirement and efficiency of centrifugal pumps.
Centrifugal pumps
32 Design of centrifugal pumps
Priming and self-priming devices, Installation of
33 centrifugal pumps, Trouble shooting of centrifugal
pumps, Roto-dynamic pumps and their classification
34 Deep well turbine Deep well turbine pumps: Principles of operation,
pumps Characteristics and selection, installation of vertical
turbine pump
Submersible pumps: Introduction, working principle,
Submersible construction details, storage and preservation of
35
pumps submersible pump, common causes of breakdown of
submersible pump, common troubles and remedies.

Class Practical
1 Determination of hydraulic conductivity in the laboratory
Measurement of static ground water table in the field
Determination of hydraulic conductivity by auger hole method
2 Mechanical analysis of aquifer materials
3 Construction of ground water contours and determination of flow direction
from water table elevations
4 Determination of aquifer properties
5 Recuperation test of an open well
6 Estimation of aquifer parameters by Theis method, Cooper-Jacob method,
Chow method
7 Estimating ground water balance
8 Determination of safe yield
9 Design of tube well
10 Visit to a drilling site
11 Study of water quality
12 Study of artificial ground water recharge structures
13 Study of different types of pumps
14 Study of priming of pump
15 Design for capacity for pump
16 Visit to pump testing laboratory
References
1. D.K. Todd, Ground water hydrology,. John Wiley & Sons, New York
2. S. P. Garg, Groundwater and tube wells,. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.Ltd., New
Delhi.
3. H.M.Raghunath, Ground water, new age publications, New Delhi
4. A. M. Michael, S. D. Khepar and S. K. Sondhi. Water well & Pump Engineering, Tata Mc-
Graw Hill
5. R. Lal. Irrigation Hydraulics, Saroj Prakashan, Allahabad-02
6. H.S. Nagabhusan Ground water hydrology, CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi.
7. J.C. Paul and B. Panigrahi. Practical Manual on Ground Water Hydrology, CAET, OUAT,
Bhubaneswar
Tractor and Farm Machinery Operation and Maintenance
1. Course No. : FMPE- 325
2. Course Title : Tractor and Farm Machinery Operation and Maintenance
6. General objective : 1. To enable the students to know the operation of tractor and farm
machinery.
2. To enable the students to understand the maintenance of tractor and
farm machinery.
7. Special objective:
Practical
(i) Operate tractor and farm machinery in the field and,
(ii) Know the maintenance schedule of tractor and farm machinery.
Practical
Familiarization with different makes and models of agricultural tractors. Identification of functional
systems including fuels system, cooling system, transmission system, steering and hydraulic systems.
Study of maintenance points to be checked before starting a tractor. Familiarization with controls on a
tractor. Safety rules and precautions to be observed while driving a tractor. Driving practice of tractor.
Practice of operating a tillage tool (mould-board plough/ disc plough) and their adjustment in the field.
Study of field patterns while operating a tillage implement. Hitching & De-hitching of mounted and
trail type implement to the tractor. Driving practice with a trail type trolley – forward and in reverse
direction. Introduction to tractor maintenance – precautionary and break-down maintenance. Tractor
starting with low battery charge. Introduction to trouble shooting in tractors. Familiarization with tools
for general and special maintenance. Introduction to scheduled maintenance after 10, 100, 300, 600,
900 and 1200 hours of operation. Safety hints. Top end overhauling. Fuel saving tips. Preparing the
tractor for storage. Care and maintenance procedure of agricultural machinery during operation and
off-season. Repair and maintenance of implements – adjustment of functional parameters in tillage
implements. Replacement of broken components in tillage implements. Replacement of furrow
openers and change of blades of rotavators. Maintenance of cutter bar in a reaper. Adjustments in a
thresher for different crops. Replacement of V-belts on implements. Setting of agricultural machinery
workshop.
(A)Practical Class Outline
Class Chapter Details
1 Introduction Introduction to tractor maintenance procedure.
2 Familiarization with tractor controls & learning procedure of
tractor starting and stopping.
3 Makes of tractor Familiarization with different makes and models of 4-wheeled
tractors.
4 Functional systems Identification of different tractor systems including fuel system,
of tractor cooling system, transmission system, steering and hydraulic
systems.
5 Maintenance tools Familiarization with tools for general and special maintenance.
6 Maintenance Familiarization with service schedule, periodical service, 10 hours
schedules service schedule
7 Maintenance after 50 hours of tractor operation
11 Break-down Precautionary and break-down maintenance
maintenance
12 Trouble shooting Trouble shooting in tractors
13 Tractor safety Driving safety rules. Road signs, traffic rules, road safety .
14 Tractor in operation Driving practice of tractor with forward & reverse gear, parking
of tractor
15 Tractor driving practice with two wheeled tractor trailer forward
&reverse.
16 Study and practicing the hitching and detaching of implements.
17 Study operation and field adjustments of MB plough & disk
plough.
18 Field operation of trailing & mounted disk harrow.
19 Field operation and adjustments of seed drill/planter/sprayer
20 Tractor for off- Preparing the tractor for storage.
season storage
21 Steering Steering geometry, wheel track adjustment
maintenance
22 Fuel injection Fuel injection pumps–time setting, pressure adjustment (nozzle
maintenance opening)
23 EleElectrical Maintenance of electrical system of tractor. Electrical system
maintenance (including starting motor, alternator and battery)
24 M B plough Mould board plough- Adjustment, operation and maintenance
maintenance
25 Disc plough Disc plough – Adjustment, operation and maintenance
maintenance
26 Disc harrow Adjustment and maintenance of disk harrows
maintenance
27 Planting equipment Adjustment and maintenance of seeding and planting equipment
maintenance
28 Harvesting Adjustment, operation and maintenance of harvesting equipment -
equipment I
maintenance Adjustment, operation and maintenance of harvesting equipment-
II
29 Threshing Adjustment, operation and maintenance of threshing equipment
equipment
maintenance
30 Off-season Care and maintenance procedure of agricultural machinery during
maintenance operation and off-season
31 Setting workshop Visit to farm machinery manufacturer/ assembler/ spare parts
agency
32 Fuel saving tips Fuel saving tips
References
1. Jain SC and CR Rai. Farm Tractor Maintenance and Repair.
2. Ghosh RK and S Swain. Practical Agricultural Engineering.
3. Operators manuals of tractors.
4. Service manuals provided by manufacturers.
5. Relevant BIS codes.
Dairy and Food Engineering

1. Course no. : PFE-324
2. Course title : Dairy and Food Engineering
4. Class ; 3rd year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective : To impart knowledge and skill to the students on the
different unit operations in processing of dairy and food products
(a)Theory
 Understand the different unit operations in processing and value addition of different
dairy and food products.
 Understand the different types of equipment and their working principles used for
processing and dairy and food products.
 Understand the basic principles of selection, operation and maintenance of different
equipment for processing of milk and other food products for storage and value
addition.
 Guide a prospective entrepreneur for basic layout and selection of equipment for a food
processing plant.
(b)Practical
 Determine the quality and other characteristics of milk and milk products.
 Have a basic understanding of the working principles of different equipment used for
food processing operations with special emphasis on milk.
 Have a basic understanding of design and layout of a food processing plant.
 Estimate the steam and other utilities as well as refrigeration requirement in a dairy
plant.
Theory
Deterioration in food products and their controls; Physical, chemical and biological
methods of food preservation; Dairy development in India; Engineering, thermal and
chemical properties of milk and milk products; Process flow charts for preparation of
product manufacture; Unit operation of various dairy and food processing systems;
Principles and equipment related to receiving of milk, pasteurization, sterilization,
homogenization, centrifugation and cream separation; Preparation methods and
equipment for manufacture of cheese, paneer, butter and ice cream; Filling and
packaging of milk and milk products; Dairy plant design and layout; Plant utilities;
Principles of operation and equipment for thermal processing, canning, aseptic
processing; Evaporation of food products: principle, types of evaporators, steam
economy, multiple effect evaporation, vapour recompression; Drying of liquid and
perishable foods: principles of drying, spray drying, drum drying, freeze drying;
Filtration: principle, types of filters and their working principles; Membrane separation,
RO, Nano-filtration, Ultra filtration and Macro-filtration, equipment and applications;
Non-thermal and other alternate thermal processing in Food processing;
Nanotechnology: fundamental concepts, nanomaterials, tools and techniques;
applications in food packaging and products; implications, environmental impact of
nanomaterials and their potential effects on global economics, regulation of
nanotechnology.
Practical
Study of pasteurizers, Study of sterilizers, Study of homogenizers, Study of separators, Study of butter
churns, Study of evaporators, Study of milk dryers, Study of freezers, Study of filters, Design of food
processing plants and preparation of layout, Visit to multi-product dairy plant, Estimation of steam
requirements, Estimation of refrigeration requirements in dairy & food plant, Visit to Food industry.
1 Introduction, General introduction, dairy development in India,

dairy
development in
India
2 Deterioration in Deterioration in food products, major spoilage agents, physical,

food products chemical and biological methods of food preservation
3 Engineering and Different constituents of milk, factors affecting composition of
thermal milk, acidity, pH, density and specific gravity, lactometer, total
properties of solids and SNF, freezing point, boiling point
milk
4 Changes of milk due to boiling, expansion of milk, viscosity,
surface tension, flavor, colour, fouling of milk, effect of metals on
milk, selection of metals for dairy industry.
5 Unit operations Unit operations in various dairy and food processing systems;
in dairy industry Process flow charts for product manufacture: pasteurised and
sterilised milk, butter, yoghurt, cheese, flavoured milk, ice cream,
etc.
6 Receiving Working principles of equipment for receiving: Milk reception in

cans, receiving of bulk milk, milk transport tanks, important
considerations during unloading of milk transport tanks, milk
storage tanks, storage tank accessories, milk silos
7 Pasteurisation Pasteurisation: difference between pasteurisation, sterilisation and

blanching, Long hold batch type pasteurisation, its advantages and
disadvantages
8 HTST method- flow chart, advantages and disadvantages,

important accessories and controls in HTST pasteurisation systems
9 Sterilization Sterilization: difference between conventional sterilisation and

aseptic processing, In-bottle sterilisation, Hydrostatic retort,
Continuous rotary retort, UHT processing flow chart and system
controls, Fouling in UHT systems and its control.
10 Homogenization Homogenization: advantages of homogenization, different forms of

fat globules, homogenization principle and method, homogeniser
and its parts, factors influencing homogenization.
11 Centrifugation Centrifugation: major processes for separation of food, principle of

centrifugation, classification of centrifuges, brief description of
tubular bowl centrifuge and disk bowl centrifuge.
12 Butter Butter manufacture: principal constituents of butter, unit operations

manufacture in butter making and importance of ripening, ageing, churning, etc.
in the butter making process,
13 Butter churns, continuous floatation churns, butter yield

calculations.
14 Cheese, paneer Preparation methods and equipment for cheese, paneer and ice
and ice cream cream,
15 Filling & Filling & packaging: factors causing deterioration during milk
packaging of storage, different types of packaging materials for milk and
milk and milk products, brief descriptions about the filling and metering of
products liquids and pastes, filling by gravity flow, FFS system,
16 Piston type filling system, filling of pasty products, metering and

filling of dry materials, aseptic filling of pouches, and aseptic
filling of blow moulded plastic bottles.
Dairy plant design and layout, plant utilities

17 Dairy plant
design and
layout
18 Evaporation Evaporation: objectives of evaporation, basic components of

evaporators, different types of evaporators,
19 Steam economy, multiple effect evaporation, vapour

recompression;
20 Mass and energy balance in evaporation.
21 Thermal Thermal processing: Thermal death time, D and z value, Process

processing time calculations
22 Thermal processing equipment including the complete canning

process,
23 Drying Drying of liquid and perishable foods: principles of drying, tray

dryer, kiln dryer, fluidised bed dryer, freeze drying
24 Principle and components of spray drying, drum drying, freeze

drying
Filtration: principle, types of filters and their working principles

25 Filtration
26 Classification of filters, plate and frame filter press, shell and leaf
filter, rotary drum filter, filtering centrifuges, bag filter
27 Membrane Membrane separation, RO, Nano-filtration, Ultra filtration and
separation Macro-filtration
28 Membrane separation equipment and applications
29 Non-thermal Non-thermal and other alternate thermal processing in food

processing processing; high pressure processing
30 Nanotechnology Nanotechnology: fundamental concepts, nanomaterials, tools and

techniques
31 Applications in food packaging and products; implications,

environmental impact of nano-materials and their potential effects
on global economics, regulation of nanotechnology.
32 Summing up
Class Practical
1. Determination of physical and thermal properties of milk and milk products
2. Determination of physical and thermal properties of milk and milk products
3. Study of pasteurizer
4. Study of sterilizer and canning process
5. Study of homogenizer
6. Study of cream separator
7. Study of butter churn
8. Study of evaporators
9. Study of milk dryers
10. Study of freezers,
11. Study of filtration equipment

12. Design of food processing plants and preparation of layout
13. Visit to multi-product dairy plant,
14. Estimation of steam and other utilities requirement in food industry
15. Estimation of refrigeration requirements in dairy & food plant
16. Visit to Food industry.
References
1. Ahmed, T. 1997. Dairy Plant Engineering and Management. 4th Ed. Kitab Mahal.
2. McCabe, W.L. and Smith, J. C. 1999. Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw Hill.
3. Rao, D.G. Fundamentals of Food Engineering. PHI learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
4. Singh, R.P. & Heldman, D.R. 1993. Introduction to Food Engineering. Academic Press.
5. Toledo, R. T. 1997. Fundamentals of Food Process Engineering. CBS Publisher.
6.Dash, S K, Rayaguru K, Khan, M K. 2012. Concepts in Dairy and Food Engineering. OUAT,
Bhubaneswar, 114 p.
7.Sahoo, N R, Dash S K, Pal, U S. 2012. Concepts in Food and Dairy Technology. OUAT,
Bhubaneswar, 114 p.
Bio-Energy Systems: Design and Applications

2. Course Title : Bio-Energy Systems: Design and Applications
6. General Objectives: To impact knowledge on different source of biomass and its application for
energy system
Theory: By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
a) The different biomass sources, their properties and their applications for energy
b) Production of biomass
c) Thermochemical and biochemical process of biomass for bioenergy and fuel production
On successful completion of the teaching program, the students should be understand the details
about the different biomass and their application in energy systems.
Theory
Biomass sources and characteristics, fermentation processes and its general requirements, an overview
of aerobic and anaerobic fermentation processes and their industrial application. Heat transfer
processes in anaerobic digestion systems, biomass production: wastelands, classification and their use
through energy plantation, selection of species, methods of field preparation and transplanting.
Harvesting of biomass and coppicing characteristics. Biomass preparation techniques for harnessing
(size reduction, densification and drying). Thermo-chemical degradation. History of small gas
producer engine system. Chemistry of gasification. Producer gas – type, operating principle. Gasifier
fuels, properties, preparation, conditioning of producer gas. Application, shaft power generation,
thermal application and economics. . Trans-esterification for biodiesel production and application in CI
engines, production process, properties and application of ethanol, a range of bio-hydrogen production
routes. Environmental aspect of bio-energy, assessment of greenhouse gas mitigation potential. Cost
economics of bio-energy systems
Practical
Study of anaerobic fermentation system for industrial application, study of gasification for industrial
process heat. Study of biodiesel production unit. Study of ethanol production unit, study of biomass
densification technique (briquetting, pelletization, and cubing), integral bio energy system for
industrial application, study of bio energy efficiency in industry and commercial buildings, study and
demonstration of energy efficiency in building, study of Brayton, Striling and Rankine cycles, Study of
modern greenhouse technologies.
1 Biomass sources Origin of biomass: the photosynthesis process, biomass sources, its
and composition and characteristics, renewability of biomass, routes
characteristics for obtaining biofuels from biomass and sustainability of biofuels
2 Fermentation of Fermentation processes and its general requirements, An overview
biomass of aerobic and anaerobic fermentation processes and their
industrial applications. Anaerobic digestion of organic matter,
environmental and operational factors affecting biomass digestion
3 Microbiology of anaerobic fermentation, biogas generation, its
properties and purification methods
4 Biogas yield from organic wastes, waste weeds and industrial
wastes, potential of biogas plant effluent as enriched manure
5 Feasibility of biogas yield from other sources such as excreta of
poultry and livestock, night soil and landfill sites
6 Economic analysis of using biogas as cooking fuel compared to
LPG gas
7 Energy Energy plantation: a sustainable source of energy, Scope for
plantation energy plantations, Wastelands for Energy Plantations, Fast
growing plant species for energy plantations, advantages and
disadvantages of energy farming
8 Cost-benefit analysis of energy plantation for 1 ha of land- a case
study
9 Biomass Physical method of bioconversion, briquetting, palletization,
briquetting advantages of biomass briquetting, appropriate biomass residues
for briquetting
10 Fundamental aspects of briquetting (pressure compaction, binding
mechanism of densification, mechanism of compaction),
briquetting process
11 Briquetting technologies, screw press, piston press, hydraulic press
roller press etc., constructional details of manually and power
operated briquetting machine.
12 Economic analysis of preparing briquettes from biomass
13 Producer gas History and overview of producer gas generation and utilization,
agricultural residues potential in India and their utilization for
producer gas, principles of biomass gasification, thermo-chemical
process and chemistry of gasification, operating factors for
producer gas generation
14 Classification, advantages/disadvantages of various gasifiers,
Suitability of various types of biomass for gasifying in different
types of gasifiers. Fuel characteristics of producer gas. Air –fuel
ratio of producer gas for use in internal combustion engine.
15 Design of downdraft gasifier for engine applications, components
for producer gas based engine system, conditioning (cleaning and
cooling) of producer gas, performance of dual fuel (producer gas
and diesel) mode of operation of IC engine.
16 Techno-economic analysis of producer gas based engine system
and power generation.
17 Biodiesel Need for alternate fuel, concept and overview of biodiesel,
production and utilization in India, suitable feed stocks for
biodiesel production, composition and thermo-chemical properties
of biodiesel and its comparison with petro-diesel.
18 Chemistry of trans-esterification process, factors affecting trans-
esterification, biodiesel production process
19 Biodiesel based engine set-up and performance of biodiesel and its
different blends with diesel in CI engine
20 Emission characteristics of biodiesel using in CI engine and its
environmental effects compared to diesel
21 Economic analysis of biodiesel production starting from jatropha
plant cultivation, oil extraction, use of small scale bio-diesel plant
and by-product utilization.
22 Ethanol Need and overview of ethanol production and utilization in India
and abroad, suitable feed stocks for ethanol production,
composition and thermo-chemical properties of ethanol and its
comparison with petro-fuel.
23 Chemistry of fermentation process, factors affecting fermentation,
ethanol production process
24 Ethanol based engine set-up and performance of ethanol and its
different blends with gasoline in IC engine
25 Emission characteristics of ethanol using in IC engine and its
environmental effects compared to gasoline
26 Economic analysis of ethanol production starting from sugar cane
plant cultivation, juice extraction, use of small scale ethanol plant
and by-product utilization.
27 Hydrogen Hydrogen as an alternate fuel, its overview and future prospects,
energy properties of hydrogen, advantages of hydrogen as a fuel,
applications of hydrogen energy, problems associated with
hydrogen use
28 Production of hydrogen (solar energy, biomass, fossil fuels,
electrolysis, thermo-chemical methods etc.)
29 Hydrogen storage, hydrogen transportation, safety precaution,
hydrogen as an alternate fuel for motor vehicles
30 Environmental Environmental aspect of bio-energy and assessment of greenhouse
effects of biogas mitigation potential.
energy use
Class Practical
1 To Study of anaerobic fermentation system for industrial application
2 Study of gasification for industrial process heat.
3 Study of biodiesel production unit
4 Testing of Biodiesel
5 Study of ethanol production unit,
6 To study the manually operated biomass briquetting machine
7 To study the power operated biomass briquetting machine
8
Study of bio energy efficiency in industry and commercial buildings,
9 Study and demonstration of energy efficiency in building,
10 Study of Brayton cycle
11 Study of Striling cycle
12
Study of modern greenhouse technologies.
13 Study of modern greenhouse technologies
References
1. British BioGen. 1997, Anaerobic digestion of farm and food processing practices- Good
practice guidelines, London, available on www.britishbiogen.co.UK.
2. Butler, S. 2005. Renewable Energy Academy: Training wood energy professionals.
3. Centre for biomass energy. 1998. Straw for energy production; Technology- Environment-
Ecology. Available: www.ens.dk.
Remote Sensing and GIS Applications
1. Course No :ASCE-421(E)
2. Course title :Remote Sensing and GIS Applications
4. Class :4th year B.Tech (Agril Engg.)
6. General objective :To make students familiar with different protected structures, green
house technology and methods of precision farming
(a)Theory
 Familiar with remote sensing and GIS hardware
 Know about remote sensing methods and applications in NRM
 Know about Electro-magnetic spectrum
 Know about energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth’s surface
 Spectral reflectance curve and aerial photography
 Digital image processing
 Concepts of GIS and data management
(b)Practical
 Know about different satellite imagery, aerial photographs and FCC
 Use of RS and GIS software
 Digital image processing, scanning and digitization of maps
 Preparation of maps for local planning
 Land and water resources planning
Theory
Basic component of remote sensing (RS), advantages and limitations of RS, possible use of RS
techniques in assessment and monitoring of land and water resources; electromagnetic spectrum,
energy interactions in the atmosphere and with the Earth’s surface; major atmospheric windows;
principal applications of different wavelength regions; typical spectral reflectance curve for vegetation,
soil and water; spectral signatures; different types of sensors and platforms; contrast ratio and possible
causes of low contrast; aerial photography; types of aerial photographs, scale of aerial photographs,
planning aerial photography- end lap and side lap; stereoscopic vision, requirements of stereoscopic
photographs; air-photo interpretation- interpretation elements; photogrammetry- measurements on a
single vertical aerial photograph, measurements on a stereo-pair- vertical measurements by the parallax
method; ground control for aerial photography; satellite remote sensing, multispectral scanner-
whiskbroom and push-broom scanner; different types of resolutions; analysis of digital data- image
restoration; image enhancement; information extraction, image classification, unsupervised
classification, supervised classification, important consideration in the identification of training areas,
vegetation indices; microwave remote sensing. GI Sand basic components, different sources of spatial
data, basic spatial entities, major components of spatial data, Basic classes of map projections and their
properties, Methods of data input into GIS, Data editing, spatial data models and structures, Attribute
data management, integrating data (map overlay) in GIS, Application of remote sensing and GIS for
the management of land and water resources.
Practical
Familiarization with remote sensing and GIS hardware; use of software for image interpretation;
interpretation of aerial photographs and satellite imagery; basic GIS operations such as image display;
study of various features of GIS software package; scanning, digitization of maps and data editing;
data base query and map algebra. GIS supported case studies in water resources management.

1 Remote sensing Definition, principles, advantages, limitations, history and
development,
2 Components of RS, applications
3 Applications in assessment of monitoring land and water

resources
4 Electromagnetic EMR, principles, wave theory, sources of electro-magnetic
Spectrum energy, various components of Electro-magnetic spectrum
5 Different range, visible range, major regions of Electro-
Magnetic Spectrum
6 Plank’s theory, Wein’s displacement law, Black body
radiation, Quantum theory of EMR
7 Remote Sensing Energy interaction in the atmosphere with the earth’s surface,
and Electro- Major atmospheric windows
8 magnetic Scattering, Rayleigh, Mie, Absorption, Reflectance
spectrum
9 Sensors and Classification of sensors, characteristics, selection, active and
platforms passive sensors
10 Ground based platforms, aerial platforms, satellite platforms
11 Resolution Spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal resolution
Contrast ratio and possible causes of low contrast
12 Aerial Types of aerial photos, scale

13 photography Elements of air photo interpretation, planning aerial
photography, multi concept, interpretation key, field
verification
14 Stereo viewing, 3-D air photo interpretation, requirements of
stereoscope photograph
15 Photogrammetry Measurement in a single vertical aerial photographs,
measurement in a stereo pair, parallax method
16 Types of conventional aerial photographs, acquisition of
photographs, air photo geometry, scale, perspective and
projection, distortion and displacement
17 Scanning Framing system, scanning system, Along track scanning
system Side scanning, Multi Spectral scanner
18 Whisk broom scanner and push broom scanner
19 Satellite remote Types of satellites, Sun-synchronous and geo stationary, orbits,
sensing swaths, shape, size, velocity, period, inclination, altitude,
atmospheric conditions, orbital elements
20 Satellites of different countries
21 Digital data Digital data collection, RS data analysis, Digital satellite
analysis imagery, data exchange, image classification, unsupervised and
supervised classification
22 Digital image processing, feature extraction
23 Radiometric correction, geometric correction, non-systematic
distortion, atmospheric correction, image restoration,
enhancement, information extraction
24 Vegetation Study on various indices for vegetation and applications
indices
25 Micro-wave Principles, micro-wave radiation, Real Aperture Radar,
remote sensing Synthetic Aperture Radar, Type of antenna, classification of
Radar image.
26 GIS and Basic concept, sources of spatial data, data input, data editing
components
27 Data models, structure, DBMS, data types, map overlay
28 Data input, verification, storage and output
29 Current issues Latest developments, open source GIS, Q-GIS
and trends
30 GIS & RS Land & Water resources
applications
31 Land cover, land use, mapping, crop yield, monitoring
32 Flood management, soil moisture, drought assessment
Class Practical
1 Stereo test
2 Identification of features on aerial photographs
3 Interpretation of satellite imagery
4 Browsing satellite data
5 Map digitization
6 Image display, rectification, registration
7 Image enhancement
8 Unsupervised classification
9 Supervised classification
10 Field work-GPS demo
11 Study of RS software
12 Familiarization with GIS software
13 Geo-referencing and projections
14 Spatial data entry
15 Spatial analysis using vector and raster data sets
16 Map generation
References
1. Reddy Anji, M. 2006. Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems.
BS Publications, Hyderabad.
2. Elangovan, K. 2006. GIS Fundamentals Applications and Implementations. New India
Publication Agency, New Delhi.
3. George Joseph. 2005. Fundamentals of Remote Sensing. 2nd Edition. Universities Press (India)
Private Limited, Hyderabad.
4. Jensen, J.R. 2013. Remote Sensing of the Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective.
Pearson Education Limited, UK.
5. Lillesand, T., R.W. Kiefer and J. Chipman. 2015. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation.
7th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Singapore Pvt. Ltd., Singapore.
6. Sabins, F.F. 2007. Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpretation. Third Edition, Waveland
Press Inc., Illinois, USA.
Precision Farming Techniques for Protected Cultivation
2. Course title :Precission Farming Techniques for Protected Cultivation
6. General objective :To make students familiar with different protected structures, green
house technology and methods of precission farming
(a)Theory
 Understand the importance of protected cultivation in precision farming
 Know about various components, shape, types of green houses
 Know about design and construction of green houses in different agro-climatic zones
 Know about greenhouse cooling and heating systems, environmental parameter and
control, ventilation systems
 To assess different root media, micro-irrigation, fertigation, planting techniques in
green house cultivation
 Hydroponics, post-harvest management, pest management and economic aspects of a
green house
(b)Practical
 Know about different materials used for construction of a greenhouse/poly house
 Measure different climatic parameters and indicators, ventilation, air temperature,
cooling load inside a functional poly house
 Know about giving lay out, location and planning of a poly house with construction
procedure
 Provide sufficient environmental control parameters for better crop growth
 Micro-irrigation system layout with misting, fogging and control
 Crop management inside a green house
Theory
Protected cultivation: introduction, history, origin, development, national and international scenario,
components of green house, perspective, types of green houses, polyhouses /shed nets, cladding
materials, plant environment interactions – principles of limiting factors, solar radiation and
transpiration, greenhouse effect, light, temperature, relative humidity, carbon dioxide enrichment,
design and construction of greenhouses – site selection, orientation, design, construction, design for
ventilation requirement using exhaust fan system, selection of equipment, greenhouse cooling system –
necessity, methods – ventilation with roof and side ventilators, evaporative cooling, different shading
material fogging, combined fogging and fan-pad cooling system, design of cooling system,
maintenance of cooling and ventilation systems, pad care etc. Greenhouse heating – necessity,
components, methods, design of heating system. Root media – types – soil and soil less media,
composition, estimation, preparation and disinfection, bed preparation. Planting techniques in green
house cultivation. Irrigation in greenhouse and net house – water quality, types of irrigation system,
components, design, installation and material requirement. Fogging system for greenhouses and net
houses – introduction, benefits, design, installation and material requirement. Maintenance of irrigation
and fogging systems. Fertilization – nutrient deficiency symptoms and functions of essential nutrient
elements, principles of selection of proper application of fertilizers, fertilizer scheduling, rate of
application of fertilizers, methods, automated fertilizer application. Greenhouse climate measurement,
control and management. Insect and disease management in greenhouse and net houses selection of
crops for greenhouse cultivation, major crops in greenhouse – irrigation requirement, fertilizer
management, cultivation, harvesting and post-harvest techniques; economic analysis.
Practical
Estimation of material requirement for construction of greenhouse ; determination of fertilization
schedule and rate of application for various crops; estimation of material requirement for preparation
of root media; root media preparation, bed preparation and disinfections; study of different planting
techniques ; design and installation of irrigation system; design and installation of fogging system ;
greenhouse heating; study of different greenhouse environment control instruments; study of operation
maintenance and fault detection in irrigation system; study of operation maintenance and fault
detection in fogging system; economic analysis of greenhouses and net houses; visit to greenhouses.

1 Protected History and types of protected structures, importance,
cultivation function and different features of a green house
2 Origin and development of green house industry,
advantages of green house cultivation
3 Design and Green house types based on shape, utility, construction
4 construction Covering materials and properties
of
5 Location, planning, various components of green houses
greenhouses
6 Site selection, orientation, design, construction, design for
ventilation requirement using exhaust fan system,
selection of equipments
7 Plant Solar radiation and transpiration, greenhouse effect
8 environment Light, temperature, relative humidity, carbon dioxide
interactions enrichment
9 Green house Necessity, methods – ventilation with roof and side
cooling ventilators, evaporative cooling, different shading material
10 Fogging, combined fogging and fan-pad cooling system,
design of cooling system, maintenance of cooling and
ventilation systems, pad care etc.
11 Green house Localized heating, solar heating, steam and hot water
12 heating Warm air sources, energy heaters and generators
13 Heat conservation, thermal screen, wall insulation etc.
14 Root media Alternative root media, uses, advantages and
disadvantages, soil as universal media
15 Organic and inorganic root media, different properties
Soil pasteurization, soil less media, composition,
estimation, preparation and disinfection
16 Planting Plant tissue culture, nursery development, pot culture,
techniques in hydroponics
17 green house Water culture, sand culture and gravel culture
18 Irrigation Micro irrigation, drip system layout, types of emitters,
systems foggers and misters, design of the system
19 Micro-sprinklers, system layout and components, water
quality, types, components, design, installation and
material requirement
20 Fogging Introduction, benefits, design, installation and material
system requirement
21 Fertilization Nutrient deficiency symptoms and functions of essential
nutrient elements,
22 Principles of selection of proper application of fertilizers,
fertilizer scheduling, rate of application of fertilizers,
methods, automated fertilizer application.
23 Greenhouse Environmental control: humidity, temp., wind velocity,
climate solar heat transfer, solar function
24 control and Steady state analysis, co2 generation, monitoring, lighting
measurement system
25 Instruments in green houses, measurements and control
26 Pest and Pest management, disease control, spraying and dusting
27 disease Green house crop diseases and control
management
28 Crop Selection of crops for greenhouse cultivation, major crops
management in greenhouse
29 Cultivation of flowers and vegetables
30 Green house Different agricultural operations with equipments
31 operations Irrigation requirement, fertilizer management, cultivation,
harvesting and post harvest techniques
32 Economic Cost estimate of low cost pipe framed green house
analysis
Class. Practical
1 Visit to a functional greenhouse/poly house/shade house
2 Planning and layout of green house, construction materials
3 Measurement of temperature using thermometer, thermocouple
4 Measurement of humidity, air velocity, solar radiation inside a green house
5 Use of psychometric charts
6 Calculation of environmental indices inside a green house
7 Preparation of root media
8 Study of drip system with fertigation
9 Study of micro-sprinklers in a green house
10 Study of fault detection in the irrigation system
11 Visit to the hardening chamber
12 Study different greenhouse materials
13 Study of LDPE sheet/shade net properties
14 Structural analysis of a green house
15 Economic analysis of a green house
16 Use of green house in precision farming
References
1. Singh Brahma and Balraj Singh. 2014. Advances in protected cultivation, New India
Publishing Company.
2. Sharma P. 2007. Precision Farming. Daya Publishing House New Delhi.
3. Green house Technology, the future concept of Horticulture by Arupratan Ghosh, Kalyani
Publishers, Ludhiana.
4. Green house Technology for Controlled Environment by G.N.Tiwari, Narosa Pub. House Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
Plastic Applications in Agriculture
2. Course title :Plastic Applications in Agriculture
6. General objective :To make students familiar with different applications of plastics in
agriculture and allied sectors
(a)Theory
 Understand the importance of plastics in soil and water conservation, precision
agriculture, and post-harvest management
 Know about various applications in moisture conservation, canal and pond lining, use of
plastic pipes in irrigation and drainage
 Know about soil solarisation, mulching, covering materials in green houses
 Know about shade houses, poly houses, surface covered cultivation
 Know about plastic fencing, nets for insects, birds etc.
 Food grain structures, packaging materials, aquaculture, use in silo etc.
(b)Practical
 Know about different plastic films materials used for canal, pond lining and the
methods of laying
 Know about laying of PVC pipes in drip and sprinkler systems
 Know about giving lay out, location and planning of green, poly and shade net houses
 Know about different plastic packaging materials
 Know about use of plastics in nursery, plant protection, inland fisheries and animal
shelters
 Different test of plastic materials used in agriculture
 Visit to the nearby fields of drip and sprinkler irrigation/green house/farmer’s field to
observe use of plastics in the field.
Theory
Introduction of plasticulture - types and quality of plastics used in soil and water conservation,
production agriculture and post harvest management. Quality control measures. Present status and
future prospective of plasticulture in India. Water management - use of plastics in in-situ moisture
conservation and rain water harvesting. Plastic film lining in canal, pond and reservoir. Plastic pipes
for irrigation water management, bore-well casing and subsurface drainage. Drip and sprinkler
irrigation systems. Use of polymers in control of percolation losses in fields. Soil conditioning - soil
solarisation, effects of different colour plastic mulching in surface covered cultivation. Nursery
management - Use of plastics in nursery raising, nursery bags, trays etc. Controlled environmental
cultivation - plastics as cladding material, green / poly / shade net houses, wind breaks, poly tunnels
and crop covers. Plastic nets for crop protection - anti insect nets, bird protection nets. Plastic fencing.
Plastics in drying, preservation, handling and storage of agricultural produce, innovative plastic
packaging solutions for processed food products. Plastic cap covers for storage of food grains in open.
Use of plastics as alternate material for manufacturing farm equipment and machinery. Plastics for
aquacultural engineering and animal husbandry - animal shelters, vermi-beds and inland fisheries.
Silage film technique for fodder preservation. Agencies involved in the promotion of plasticulture in
agriculture at national and state level. Human resource development in plasticutlure applications.
Practical
Design, estimation and laying of plastic films in lining of canal, reservoir and water harvesting ponds.
Study of plastic components of drip and sprinkler irrigation systems, laying and flushing of laterals.
Study of components of subsurface drainage system. Study of different colour plastic mulch laying.
Design, estimation and installation of green, poly and shade net houses, low tunnels etc. Study on cap
covers for food grain storage, innovative packaging solutions - leno bags, crates, bins, boxes, vacuum
packing, unit packaging, CAS and MAP and estimation. Study on use of plastics in nursery, plant
protection, inland fisheries, animal shelters, preparation of vermi-bed and silage film for fodder
preservation. Study of plastic parts in making farm machinery. Visits to nearby manufacturing
units/dealers of PVC pipes, drip and sprinkler irrigation systems, greenhouse/ polyhouse/ shadehouse/
nethouse etc. Visits to farmers’ fields with these installations.

1 Plasticulture Introduction, applications of plastics in various
agricultural sectors
2 Types and quality of plastics used in the field
3 Chemistry of Plastics, chemical composition, different chemical
plastics properties
4 Types of plastics for different applications
5 Applications Use in soil and water conservation
6 of plastics Use in precision farming, methods
7 Use in post harvest management
8 Present status Different status and future prospective of plasticulture
of
plasticulture
in India
9 Water Use of plastics for moisture conservation, rain water
management harvesting
10 Plastic film in canal lining, fixing and methods
11 Plastic film in pond and reservoir lining for preventing
seepage losses
12 Plastic pipes for irrigation, drainage and bore well casing
13 Use of plastics in drip and sprinkler systems.
14 Soil Soil solarization, effect of different coloured mulching
coditioning
15 Nursery Different methods of nursery raising, use of nursery bags,
management trays, different plastic equipments
16 Protected Use of plastics in cladding materials, different types and
cultivation properties, use in poly/green/shade house
17 Wind breaks, poly tunnels and crop covers
18 Crop Plastic nets, insect nets, bird protection nets
protection
19 Plastic Different fencing materials, tree fencing and applications
fencing in orchards
20 Post harvest Use of plastics for drying and preservation of agricultural
technology produce
21 Handling and storage operations
22 Food grain storage in cap, hermetic, open platforms etc.
23 Packaging Innovative packaging for processed food products, fruits
solutions and vegetables
24 measurement Perishable products like milk, egg etc
25 Farm Use of plastics in manufacturing of different equipments
machinery & as alternative material
26 Equipments Discussions on various farm equipments
27 Aquaculture Use of plastics in the aquaculture activities, fish nets,
trays, packing tray etc.
28 Animal Selection of plastic materials for livestock housing,
husbandry rearing and management
29 Composting Preparation of vermin beds, organic manures in plastic
bags
30 Preservation Different silage film techniques
of fodder
31 Agencies Different organizations involved for development of
involved plasticulture in state and national level
32 Human Plasticulture applications
Resources
development
Class Practical
1 Laying of plastic films in canals
2 Laying of plastic films in ponds and reservoirs
3 Laying of LDPE films for mulching
4 Study of components and lay out of drip system
5 Study of components and lay out of sprinkler system
6 Study of different coloured shade nets
7 Design, estimation and installation of poly houses
8 Study of different packaging, leno bags, crates, bins, boxes, etc.
9 Study of plastics used in nursery
10 Study of plant protection materials, bird nets, insect nets
11 Study of different fishery nets, crates used for inland fishery
12 Study of different farm machinery equipments
13 Study of –do-
14 Visit to green houses/shade houses
15 -do-
16 Visit to farmer’s field to watch use of plastics
References
1. Brahma Singh, Balraj Singh, Naved Sabir and Murtaza Hasan. 2014 Advances in Protected
Cultivation. New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi.
1. Brown, R.P. 2004. Polymers in Agriculture and Horticulture. RAPRA Review Reports :
Vol. 15, No. 2, RAPRA Technology Limited, U.K.
2. Central Pollution Control Board. 2012. Material on Plastic Waste Management. Parivesh
Bhawan, East Arjun Nagar, Delhi-110032.
3. Charles A. Harper. 2006. Handbook of Plastics Technologies. The Complete Guide to
Properties and Performance. McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
4. Dubois. 1978. Plastics in Agriculture. Applied Science Publishers Limited, Essex, England.
5. Manas Chanda, Salil K. Roy. 2008. Plastics Fundamentals, Properties, and Testing. CRC
Press.
6. Ojha,T.P. and Michael, A.M., 2012, Principles of Agricultural Engineering - I. Jain Brothers,
Karol Bagh, New Delhi.
7. Pandey, P.H. 2014. Principles and Practices of Agricultural Structures and Environmental
Control. Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana, India.
8. Shankar, A.N. 2014. Integrated Horticulture Development in Eastern Himalayas, Plasticulture
in Agri-Horticulture Systems, 241-247.
9. Srivastava, R.K., R.C. Maheswari, T.P. Ojha, and A. Alam. 1988. Plastics in Agriculture. Jain
Brothers, Karol Bagh, New Delhi.
Food Quality and Control

1. Course no :PFE 421 (E)
2. Course Title :Food Quality and Control
3. Credit hour :3 (2+1)
6. General objective : To impart knowledge and skill to students on food quality, food safety,
hazards associated, prevention and different food laws.
7. Specific Objective :By the end of the course students should be able to know
1. Concept and aim of food quality
2. Different hazards and their prevention
3. Different methods for measuring food quality
4. National and International food laws and regulations
Theory
Basics of food science and food analysis; concept, objectives and need of food quality; quality control,
quality control tools; statistical quality control; sampling: purpose, sampling techniques, sampling
procedures for liquid, powdered and granular materials; instrumental method for testing food quality;
measurement of colour, flavour, consistency, viscosity, texture and their relationship with food quality
and composition; sensory evaluation methods, panel selection methods, interpretation of sensory
results; food hazards and food safety; food safety management systems GAP, GHP, GMP, TQM,
TQC; Hazards and HACCP (Hazard analysis and critical control point), Sanitation in food industry
(SSOP); food laws and regulations in india (FSSAI); international food standards (ISO-22000, CAC);
traceability; bio safety and bioterrorism
Practical
Case study of statistical process control in food processing industry; study of sampling techniques from
food processing establishments; study of registration process and licensing procedure under FSSAI;
examination of cereals & pulses from one of go-downs and market shops in relation to FSSAI
specifications; detection of adulteration and examination of ghee for various standards of FSSAI;
detection of adulteration and examination of spices for FSSAI standards; detection of adulteration and
examination of milk and milk products for FSSAI standards; detection of adulteration in fruit products
such as jam, jelly, marmalades as per FSSAI specification; visit to quality control laboratory; visit to
food processing laboratory and study of records and reports maintained by food processing laboratory.
Le Chapter Details
c
1. Basics of Food Science Food components, basic food categories, nutritional and functional
benefits
2. Basic elements of carbohydrates, fats, protein, vitamin and minerals
3. Food Analysis Food analysis and its importance
Subjective & objective analysis

4. Proximate composition method
5. Concept, objectives and Definition of food safety, quality control, quality assurance, quality
need of food quality management, objective of quality control,
Quality attributes (intrinsic & extrinsic)
6. Food Quality Control Product quality standards, total quality management (TQM) and total
and Management quality control (TQC)
7. Quality control tools Pareto analysis, check sheets, histograms, scatter diagrams,
flowcharts, control charts, fishbone diagram
8. Statistical Quality Traditional statistical tools, acceptance sampling and statistical
Control process control, measures of central tendencies, curve distribution
9. Statistical Quality Concept of control charts, confidence limits, variability and
Control significance
10. Sampling Sampling purpose and sampling procedures sampling, devices used,
advantages & limitations
11. Sampling for physical and chemical analysis
Sampling for microbial analysis

12. Instrumental method Instruments and food quality
for testing quality
UV-vis spectrophotometry
Gas chromatography
Liquid chromatography
Thin layer chromatography

Texture analyser
13. Food quality Measurement of food colour and flavor, consistency, viscosity
measurement (kinematic and absolute)
14. Measurement of texture and their relationship with food quality,
texture profile analysis for different texture parameters
15. Sensory evaluation of The importance of sensory evaluation,
foods Taste panel selection criteria, organising a sensory evaluation system
Classification of different test methods
16. Discrimination test (triangle, duo-trio & paired test)
Descriptive evaluation (5, 7 & 9 point hedonic- advantages and

limitations)
Affective evaluation
17. Interpretation of Statistical and graphical analysis of data, inference of the sensory
sensory results evaluation
18. Food hazards and food Food hazard
safety
Hazard characterization
Different types of hazards (physical, chemical & biological)
Source of contamination
19. Hurdle technology & prevention of food hazards
Food safety and methods
20. Food Safety Good agricultural practice

Management System
Good manufacturing practice
21. Good hygenic practice, implementation and guidance tools for FSMS
22. HACCP(Hazard Importance and application

analysis and critical
23. control point) Seven principles of HACCP, steps of implementation in food
industry
Case studies
24. Sanitation in food Importance of sanitation in food industry
industry (SSOP)
Source of contamination
Sanitizing methods
Cleaners & sanitizers
Cleaning procedure
25. Sanitation standard operating procedures, personal hygiene, process

equipment and environment sanitation pest control, waste disposal
26. Food Laws and Different food laws and regulation in India
Regulations in
Objective & functions of FSSAI
India(FSSAI)
Organisational structure and mechanism of regulation of FSSAI
27. Licensing & registration, FSSAI specifications and standards for

various commodities and processed products, safe limits for additives
28. International Food BIS standards and specifications,
standards
Codex alimentarius standards, CAC and its objectives and structure
Consumer protection act

29. International Standards ISO-9000 and ISO-22000series for food quality standards
Organisation (ISO)
30. Traceability; Bio safety Concept, application of traceability and biosafety, bioterrorism
31. Bioterrorism Concept and control methods of Bioterrorism
32. Summing up
Class Practical
1. Case study of statistical process control in food processing industry;
2. Study of sampling techniques from food processing establishments;
3. Sensory evaluation of food products by 9-point hedonic scale and interpretation
4. Sensory evaluation of food products by composite scoring and interpretation
5. Study of registration process and licensing procedure under FSSAI;
6. Examination of cereals & pulses from one of go-downs and market shops in relation to
FSSAI specifications;
7. Examination of beverages from market shops in relation to FSSAI specifications;

8. Detection of adulteration and examination of ghee for various standards of FSSAI;
9. Detection of adulteration and examination of spices for FSSAI standards;
10. Detection of adulteration and examination of milk and milk products for FSSAI standards;
11. Detection of adulteration in fruit products such as jam, jelly, marmalades as per FSSAI
specification;
12. Visit to quality control laboratory of any food processing industry
13. Visit to food processing laboratory and study of records and reports maintained by food
processing laboratory.
14. Preparation of HACCP plan for food processing operations
15. Group discussion
References
1. Ranganna S. Hand book of Analysis and Quality Control for Fruit and Vegetable Products.
2. Norman N. Potter and Joseph H. Hotchikss. Food Science. Chapman and Hall Pub.
3. Acharya, K T Everyday Indian Processed foods. National Book Trust.
4. Mudambi Sumati R., Shalini M. Rao and M V Rajgopal. Food Science. New Age International
Publishers.
5. Negi H.P.S., Savita Sharma, K. S. Sekhon. Hand book of Cereal technology. Kalyani Pub.
6. Srivastava R.P. & Kumar Sanjeev. Fruit and Vegetable Preservation: Principles and Practices.
International Book Distributing Company
7. Sharma Avanthi. A text book of Food Science and Technology.

8. Dev Raj, Rakesh Sharma and Joshi V.K, Quality for Value Addition in Food Processing.
9. The Food Safety and Standards Act along with Rules & Regulations. Commercial Law
Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd.
10. Kalia M. 2002. Food Analysis and Quality Control. First Edition. Kalyani Publishers. New
Delhi.
11. Harry T. Lawless · Hildegarde Heymann. 2010. Sensory Evaluation of Food: Principles and
practices Second Edition. Springer New York
12. Reference websites: www.fssai.gov.in; http://www.iso.org ;
http://www.codexalimentarius.net;www.fda.gov
Food Plant Design and Management
1. Course No. : PFE- 422 (E)
2. Course Title : Food Plant Design and Management
4. Class : 4th year B.Tech (Agril Engg.)
6. General objective : To impart knowledge to the students on management aspects of food
processing plant, regulations, licensing and govt. policies of food
processing
(a)Theory
• Understand the managerial aspects of food processing plant
• Understand Govt. policy on small and medium scale food processing
enterprise
• Understand the procedure of obtaining license and registration for
operating food processing business
(b)Practical
By the end of practical exercises, the students will be able to
 Solve practical problems on food processing industry management
 Have a basic understanding of preparation of project report and preparation of feasibility
report
Theory
Food plant location, selection criteria for plant location, Selection of processes, plant capacity,
Requirements of plant building and its components, flow diagrams, selection of equipment, process
and controls, Objectives and principles of food plant layout. Salient features of processing plants for
cereals, pulses, oilseeds, horticultural and vegetable crops, poultry, fish and meat products, milk and
milk products. Introduction to Financial management, Introduction to Marketing management, Food
Product Marketing, Supply chain management for retail food products, Entrepreneurship development
in food industry, SWOT analysis, generation, incubation and commercialization of ideas and
innovations, New product development process, Food Business Analysis and Strategic Planning,
Project design. Government schemes and incentive for promotion of entrepreneurship, Govt. policy on
small and medium scale food processing enterprise, export and import policies relevant to food
processing sector, procedure of obtaining license and registration under FSSAI, Cost analysis and
preparation of feasibility report.
Practical
Preparation of project report, Preparation of feasibility report, Salient features and layout of
preprocessing house, Salient features and layout of Milk and Milk product plants, Evaluation of given
layout, Salient features, design and layout of modern rice mill, Salient features, design and layout of
Bakery and related product plant, Study of different types of records relating to production of a food
plant, Study of different types of records relating to finance of a food plant, Study of different types of
records relating to marketing of a food business, Brain storming and SWOT analysis to start a food
processing business.

1 Food plant location, selection criteria Food plant location, factors affecting plant
for plant location, selection processes location, selection criteria for plant
and plant capacity location
2 Selection of processes, plant capacity,

theories of plant location
3 Requirements of plant building and its Requirements of plant building and its
components, flow diagram, selection components
of equipments, processes and controls
4 Classification of food industries, Flow
diagrams, selection of equipments
5 Processes and controls Production process, Process and controls,
process planning and process selection
6 Routing and scheduling
7 Inventory control and materials

management, ABC analysis, Economic
order quantity
8 Quality control and inspection, TQM,

concepts of old and new quality
9 Control charts, interpretation of control

charts, process capability analysis using
control chart
10 Objectives and principles of food plant Objectives and principles of food plant
layout layout, symptoms of poor plat layout
11 Factors affecting plant layout, types of

plant layout, product or line layout, process
or functional layout, combined layout
12 Salient features of processing plants Salient features of processing plants for

for cereals, pulses, oilseeds, cereals, pulses, oilseeds
horticultural and vegetable crops,
13 poultry, fish and meat products, milk Salient features of processing plants for
and milk products horticultural and vegetable crops
14 Salient features of processing plants for

poultry, fish and meat products
15 Salient features of processing plants for

milk and milk products
16 Introduction to Financial management Introduction to Financial management,

records relating to finance of a food plant
17 Capital budgeting, capital budgeting

techniques, Net present value, Internal rate
of return
18 Introduction to Marketing Introduction to Marketing management,

management, Food Product Marketing, marketing mix, product positioning
Supply chain management for retail
19 food products Food Product Marketing, market
segmenting
20 Supply chain management for retail food

products
21 Entrepreneurship development in food Needs and process of entrepreneurship

industry development in food industry
22 SWOT analysis, generation, incubation SWOT analysis and Indian food business
and commercialization of ideas and scenario, generation, incubation and
innovations commercialization of ideas and
innovations
23 New product development process New product development process, product

life cycle
24 New product development strategies at

different stages of product life cycle
25 Food Business Analysis and Strategic Food Business Analysis and Strategic
Planning Planning
26 Project design Project design and project formulation
27 Government schemes and incentive for Government schemes and incentive for
promotion of entrepreneurship promotion of entrepreneurship
28 Govt. policy on small and medium Govt. policy on small and medium scale
scale food processing enterprise food processing enterprise
29 Export and import policies relevant to Export and import policies relevant to food
food processing sector processing sector
30 Procedure of obtaining license and Procedure of obtaining license and

registration under FSSAI registration under FSSAI
31 Cost analysis and preparation of Cost analysis and preparation of feasibility

feasibility report report
32 Preparation of feasibility report
(B)Practical Class Outlne
Class Practical
1. Preparation of project report, Preparation of feasibility report,
2. Salient features and layout of preprocessing house,
3. Techniques of location analysis
4. Salient features and layout of Milk and Milk product plants,
5. Evaluation of given layout,
6. Salient features, design and layout of modern rice mill,
7. Salient features, design and layout of Bakery and related product plant,
8. Study on symptoms of poor plant layout
9. Group discussion
10. Study of different types of records relating to production of a food plant,
11. Study of different types of records relating to finance of a food plant,
12. Study of different types of records relating to marketing of a food business,
13. Brain storming and SWOT analysis to start a food processing business.
14. Practical problems on capital budgeting
15. Practical problems on inventory management
16. Practical problems on break even analysis
References
1. Hall, H.S. and Rosen, Y.S. (1976). Milk Plant Layout. FAO Publication, Rome.
2. López Antonio. Gómez. (2005). Food Plant Design.
3. Robberts Theunis C. (2016). Food plant engineering systems by, CRC Press, Washington.
4. Maroulis Z B and Saravacos G D. (2008). Food plant economics. Taylor and Francis, LLC
5. Mahajan M. (1995). Operations Research. Dhanpat Rai and Company Private Limited, Delhi
6. Maroulis Z B. (2003). Food Process Design. Marcel Dekker, Inc ,Cimarron Road, Monticello,
New York 12701, USA.
Food Packaging Technology

1. Course No. : PFE- 423 (E)
2. Course Title : Food Packaging Technology
6. General objective : To impart knowledge to the students on food packaging principles,
technology and equipment
(a)Theory
 Understand the importance of packaging of food
 Understand the interaction of food, packaging and environment
 Understand the different methods of package development and packaging
 Select the best type and form of packaging of specific food for specific end users
(b)Practical
 Determine the characteristics and quality of a packaging material
 Have a basic understanding of the different types of packaging machines and their
operations
Theory
Factors affecting shelf life of food material during storage, interactions of spoilage agents with
environmental factors as water, oxygen, light, pH, etc. And general principles of control of the spoilage
agents; difference between food infection, food intoxication and allergy. Packaging of foods,
requirement, importance and scope, environmental considerations, packaging systems, types: flexible
and rigid; retail and bulk; levels of packaging, different types of packaging materials, their key
properties and applications, metal cans, manufacture of two piece and three piece cans, plastic
packaging, different types of polymers and laminationused in food packaging and their barrier
properties. Manufacture of plastic packaging materials, profile extrusion, blown film/ sheet extrusion,
blow molding, extrusion blow molding, injection blow molding, stretch blow molding, injection
molding. Glass containers, types of glass used in food packaging, manufacture of glass and glass
containers, closures for glass containers. Paper and paper board packaging, paper and paper board
manufacture process, modification of barrier properties and characteristics of paper/ boards. Relative
advantages and disadvantages of different packaging materials; effect of these materials on packed
commodities. Nutritional labelling on packages, CAS and MAP, shrink and cling packaging, vacuum
and gas packaging; active packaging, smart packaging, packaging requirement for raw and processed
foods, and their selection of packaging materials, factors affecting the choice of packaging materials,
disposal and recycle of packaging waste, package testing: testing methods for flexible materials, rigid
materials and semi rigid materials; tests for paper (thickness, bursting strength, breaking length,
stiffness, tear resistance, folding endurance, ply bond test, surface oil absorption test, etc.), plastic film
and laminates (thickness, tensile strength, gloss, haze, burning test to identify polymer, etc.),
aluminium foil (thickness, pin holes, etc.), glass containers (visual defects, colour, dimensions, impact
strength, etc.), metal containers (pressure test, product compatibility, etc.)
Practical
Identification of different types of packaging materials, determination of tensile/ compressive strength
of given material/package, to perform different destructive and non-destructive tests for glass
containers, vacuum packaging of agricultural produces, determination of tearing strength of paper
board, measurement of thickness of packaging materials, to perform grease-resistance test in plastic
pouches, determination of bursting strength of packaging material, determination of water-vapour
transmission rate, shrink wrapping of various horticultural produce, testing of chemical resistance of
packaging materials, determination of drop test of food package and visit to relevant industries.

1 Factors affecting shelf life of food Factors affecting shelf life of food material
material during storage, Interactions of during storage, product characteristics,
spoilage agents with environmental environmental factors, temperature, relative
factors as water, oxygen, light, pH, etc. humidity, gas atmosphere, light, enzymatic
and general principles of control of the reactions.
spoilage agents;
2 Chemical reactions, lipid oxidation, non-
enzymatic browning, color changes, flavor
changes, nutritional changes, physical changes,
microbiological changes.
3 Difference between food infection, Difference between food infection, food

food intoxication and allergy intoxication and allergy.
4 Packaging of foods, requirement, Packaging of foods, requirement, importance

importance and scope, environmental and scope, environmental considerations.
considerations,
5 Packaging systems, types: flexible and Packaging systems, types: flexible and rigid;
rigid; retail and bulk; levels of retail and bulk; levels of packaging.
packaging,
6 Different types of packaging materials, Different types of packaging materials, their
their key properties and applications key properties and applications.
7 Metal cans, manufacture of two piece Metals used in packaging, aluminum foil, tin,
and three piece cans, tin plate, tin coating, electrolytic chromium
coated steel, lacquering.
8 Metal cans, manufacture of two piece and three
piece cans.
9 Manufacture of plastic packaging Plastic packaging, different types of polymers
materials, profile extrusion, blown film/ and laminationused in food packaging and their
sheet extrusion, blow molding, barrier properties.
10 extrusion blow molding, injection blow Manufacture of plastic packaging materials,
molding, stretch blow molding, profile extrusion, blown film/ sheet extrusion,
injection molding. blow molding, extrusion blow molding,
injection blow molding, stretch blow molding,
injection molding.
11 Glass containers, types of glass used in Glass containers, types of glass used in food
food packaging, manufacture of glass packaging, manufacture of glass and glass
and glass containers, closures for glass containers, closures for glass containers.
containers.
12 Paper and paper board packaging, Paper and paper board packaging, paper and
paper and paper board manufacture paper board manufacture process, modification
process, modification of barrier of barrier properties and characteristics of
properties and characteristics of paper/ paper/ boards.
boards.
13 Other packaging materials Other packaging materials: edible films,
laminates, retortable pouches and trays, cloth
materials, wooden containers, composite
containers, regenerated cellulose, cellulose
acetate.
14 Retort pouches: introduction, manufacturing of
pouches, filling and sealing, quality
assurance, shelf life.
15 Relative disadvantages of different Relative advantages of different packaging
packaging materials materials; effect of these materials on packed
commodities. Retortable pouches, advantages
of retortable pouches, advantages of glass,
metals, advantages of metal containers, plastic,
advantages of plastics, paper, advantages of
paper packaging.
16 Relative disadvantages of different packaging
materials; effect of these materials on packed
commodities. Disadvantages of glass, metals,
disadvantages of metal, plastic, disadvantages
of plastic, retortable pouches, disadvantage of
retortable pouches.
17 Nutritional labeling on packages Nutritional labeling on packages, purpose of
labels, decoration, warning, identification,
types of labels, plain paper labels, pre gummed
paper labels, thermoplastic labels, pressure
sensitive labels, swing labels.
18 CAS & MAP Controlled atmospheric storage and modified
atmospheric packaging.
19 Shrink and cling packaging Shrink and cling packaging, shrink packaging,
plastics used for shrink wrapping,
polypropylene, poly vinyl chloride,
polyethylene.
20 Vacuum and gas packaging Vacuum and gas packaging, gas flushing,
compensated vacuum, the evacuation stage, gas
flushing stage.
21 Active packaging, Smart packaging, Active packaging, smart packaging.
22 Packaging requirement for raw and Packaging requirement for raw and processed
processed foods, and their selection of foods, and their selection of packaging
packaging materials materials.
23 Factors affecting the choice of Effect of packaging materials on food
packaging materials commodities: packaging materials for cereals
and snack foods, packaging materials for
carbonated beverages, metal cans, glass bottles,
pet bottles.
24 Packaging materials for milk powders, metal
cans, multilayer pouches, packaging materials
for vegetables oils, metal, glass bottles, plastic
bottles, multilayer pouches.
25 Economics of plastic packaging: introduction,
economic factors of plastic packages,
development cost, one- time costs, package
material costs, packaging machinery costs other
than one-time, packaging process costs,
distribution costs, main factors for cost analysis
of plastic package, rigid container, injection
molding (im), blow molding, thermoforming.
26 Factors affecting the choice of Factors affecting the choice of packaging
packaging materials materials.
27 Disposal and recycle of packaging Disposal and recycle of packaging waste.
waste
28 Package testing: Testing methods for Package testing: testing methods for flexible
flexible materials, rigid materials and materials, rigid materials and semi rigid
semi rigid materials; materials.
29 Tests for paper (thickness, bursting Tests for paper (thickness, bursting strength,
strength, breaking length, stiffness, tear breaking length, stiffness, tear resistance,
resistance, folding endurance, ply bond folding endurance, ply bond test, surface oil
test, surface oil absorption test, etc. absorption test, etc.
30 Tests for plastic film and laminates Tests for plastic film and laminates (thickness,
(thickness, tensile strength, gloss, haze, tensile strength, gloss, haze, burning test to
burning test to identify polymer, etc.), identify polymer, etc.).
31 Tests for glass containers (visual Tests for glass containers (visual defects,
defects, colour, dimensions, impact colour, dimensions, impact strength, etc.), foil
strength, etc.), foil (thickness, pin (thickness, pin holes, etc.
holes, etc
32 Tests for metal containers (pressure Tests for metal containers (pressure test,
test, product compatibility, etc.) product compatibility, etc.).
(B)Practical Class Outlne
Class Practical
1. Identification of different types of packaging materials,
2. Determination of tensile and compressive strength of given material/package,
3. To perform different destructive and non-destructive tests for glass containers,
4. Vacuum packaging of agricultural produces,
5. Group discussion on packaging requirement of food products,
6. Determination of tearing strength of paper board,
7. To perform grease-resistance test in plastic pouches,
8. Determination of bursting strength of packaging material,
9. Determination of water-vapour transmission rate,
10. Study on packaging of fresh produce,
11. Shrink wrapping of various horticultural produce,
12. Study on packaging of snacks products
13. Testing of chemical resistance of packaging materials,
14. Study on packaging of beverages,
15. Determination of drop test of food package,
16. Visit to relevant industries.
References
1. Coles R, McDowell D, Kirwan, M J. (2003). Food Packaging Technology. Blackwell
Publishing Co.
2. Gordon L. Robertson. (2005). Food Packaging: Principles and Practice. Second Edition. Taylor
and Francis
3. Gosby N.T. (2001). Food packaging materials. Applied Science Publication
4. John, P J .(2008). A Handbook on Food Packaging Narendra Publishing House,
5. Mahadevia M, Gowramma RV. (2007). Food packaging materials. Tata McGrew Hill
6. Robertson G L. (2001). Food Packaging and Shelf life: A Practical Guide. Narendra Publishing
House
Development of Processed Products

1. Course no. :PFE-424(E)
2. Course title: :Development of Processed Products
3. Credit hours: :3(2+1)
4. Class :4th year B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objective: :To impart knowledge and familiarize the students on different
process technologies for value addition and equipment used in food processing operations.
(a)Theory
By the end of the course the students will be able to know about the
i. Unit operations and equipment used for different food processing operations.
ii. Processing technologies for value addition of cereals, pulses, oilseeds, vegetables, fruits, milk,
fish, meat and poultry products.
(b)Practical
i. Know the operations and equipment used in food processing industries
ii. Have a basic understanding of process technologies for processing ofcereals, pulses, oilseeds,
vegetables, fruits, milk, fish, meat and poultry
Theory
Process flow chart with mass and energy balance, unit operations and equipments for processing,
process of new product development, technology for value added products from cereal, pulses and oil
seeds, milled, puffed, flaked, roasted and malted products, value addition of millets, bakery products,
snack food. Extruded products, technology for value added products from fruits, vegetables and spices,
value addition of forest produce as mahua and tamarind, canned foods, frozen foods, dried and fried
foods, fruit juices, sauce, sugar based confectionery, candy, fermented food product, spice extracts,
technology for animal produce processing, meat, poultry, fish, egg products, health food, nutra-
ceuticals and functional food, organic food.
Practical
Process design and process flow chart preparation, preparation of different value added products, Visit
to roller wheat flour milling, rice milling, spice grinding mill, milk plant, dal and oil mill,
fruit/vegetable processing plants & study of operations and machinery, Process flow diagram and study
of various models of the machines used in a sugar mill.
Lectu Chapter Details

re
1. Application of unit Application of unit operations like separation, mixing, heat and
operations mass transfer, material handling, size reduction in food industries
2. Process flow chart Process flow chart with mass and energy balance in different
used for different processing operations
3. food processing Process flow chart with mass and energy balance in different
methods/unit processing operations
operations
4. Equipments used Process equipment for thermal processing and evaporation,
for different food blanching, dehydration and drying,
5. processing Process equipment for mechanical separation, filtration, sieving,
6. methods/unit Process equipment for mechanical handling, size reduction,
operations mixing, kneading and blending
7. New product Need and trends for new product development, steps in new
development product development process
8. Value addition to rice-puffing, flaking etc.
Value addition to
9. Value addition to wheat, maize
cereals
10. Value addition to millets
11. Processing of Processing of pulses: nutrition from pulses, value added products
pulses and value from pulses,
12. addition Puffed and malted products
13. Technology of Composition and classification, food and feed from oil cake
oilseeds and fat (groundnut and soyabean), fat based food product, textured
products: vegetable protein (tvp)
14. Spices processing, Powder, oleoresin, essential oil, cryogrinding, spices mix
condiments formulation and spice extracts,
15. Fruits products Post-harvest practices fruits composition, nutritional contribution,
ripening of fruits,
16. Fruit juices and beverages, jam and jelly preparation
17. Vegetables Vegetable classifications, post-harvest practices, dehydrated and
products puffed products, tomato sauce, ketchup
18. Canned food Steps of canning, process flow chart for canned products
19. Bakery products Bread and biscuit making
20. Extruded food
Extruded process, extruded products
product
21. Snack foods Roasted and fried food products, potato chips manufacturing
22. Fermented food Industrial fermented food products, benefits of fermentation,
product microbial changes in foods
23. Preparation methods of indigenous fermented cereals, milk and
fruit based beverages
24. Frozen products Distinction between refrigeration and freezing, frozen storage,
iqf, flow chart for selected products
25. Sugar based Invert sugar, candid and glazed fruits, toffee and chocolate
confectionery preparation
26. Technology of milk Milk production practices, quality control tests, evaporated milk,
and milk products: sweetened condensed milk, dried whole milk
27. Ice-cream, cheese
28. Technology for Slaughtering, ageing and curing of meat, ways of preserving
animal produce meat, meat based products
29. processing Spoilage factors, preservation methods, nutritive value of poultry
meat, processing plant operations and poultry based products
30. Composition and nutritive value of fish, preservation methods,
fish based products
31. Composition and nutritive value of egg, egg based products
32. Health food Nutraceuticals and functional food, energy drinks, organic food

Class Practical
1. Process flow chart preparation for different unit operations
2. Preparation of different value added products from cereals
3. Preparation of different value added products from millets
4. Preparation of different value added beverages from fruits and vegetables
5. Preparation of dehydrated fruits and vegetables
6. Preparation of different baked products
7. Preparation of different extruded products
8. Visit to roller wheat flour milling & study of operations and machineries
9. Visit to rice milling & study of operations and machineries
10. Visit to milk plant and study of operations and machineries
11. Visit to spice grinding mill and study of operations and machineries
12. Visit to dal mill and study of operations and machineries
13. Visit to oil mill and study of operations and machineries
14. Visit to fruit/vegetable processing plants and study of operations and machineries
15. Process flow diagram and study of various models of the machines used in a sugar
mill
References
1. Geankoplis C. J. Transport processes and unit operations, Prentice-Hall.
2. Rao, D. G. Fundamentals of Food Engineering PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
3. Norman N. Potter and Joseph H. Hotchkiss. Food Science. Chapman and Hall Pub.
4. Acharya, K T. Everyday Indian Processed foods. National Book Trust.
5. MudambiSumati R., Shalini M. Rao and M V Rajgopal. Food Science. New Age International
Publishers.
6. Negi H.P.S., Savita Sharma, K. S. Sekhon. Hand book of Cereal Technology. Kalyani Pub.
7. Srivastava R.P. & Kumar Sanjeev. Fruit and Vegetable Preservation: Principles and Practices.
International Book Distributing Company
Process Equipment Design
1. Course no. : PFE -425(E)
2. Course title : Process Equipment Design
6. General objective :To impart knowledge and skill to the students on design of different
process equipments
(a)Theory
 Know the basics of design parameters and procedure
 Understand the theory and principles for design of different process equipments
(b)Practical
 Develop the skill of designing different process equipments
 Solve design problems
Theory
Introduction on process equipment design, application of design engineering for processing
equipments, design parameters and general design procedure; material specification, types of material
for process equipments; design codes, pressure vessel design; design of cleaners; design of tubular heat
exchanger, shell and tube heat exchanger and plate heat exchanger; design of belt conveyer, screw
conveyer and bucket elevator; design of grain dryers; design of milling equipments; optimization of
design with respect to process efficiency, energy and cost; computer aided design
Practical
Design of pressure vessel, design of cleaners, design of milling equipments, design of tubular heat
exchanger, shell and tube type heat exchanger, plate heat exchanger, design of grain dryer, design of
belt conveyor, bucket elevator, screw conveyor.

1 Introduction Equipment classification, drives for equipments
on process
equipment
design
2 Design Design parameters, general design procedure, fabrication
parameters techniques
and general
design
procedure
3 Application Mechanical properties of materials, stresses due to static and
of design dynamic loads
4 engineering Design stress and elastic instability, combined stresses and
for theories of failure
5 processing Introduction to design of machine elements, shaft, bearing, belt
equipments and pulley, chain and gear drive
6 Material Information required to specify any material for process
specification,equipment, ferrous metals carbon steel, low alloy steel, high
Types of alloy steel,
7 material for Non-ferrous metals, aluminum, copper and nickel alloys
8 process Material specification for elevated temperature, low temperature
equipments and corrosive service, ,
9 Non-metals, carbon, glass , rubber, plastic corrosion and its
prevention, coating and lining
10 Design Code Design code, standards, testing
11 Pressure Basics of pressure vessel design, , design pressure, design
vessel design temperature, corrosion allowance, weld joint efficiency factor,
factor of safety
12 Hoop stress, longitudinal stress, thickness calculation for
cylindrical and spherical vessel under given design pressure
13 Pipe design, pressure vessel fabrication and testing
14 Design of Type of cleaners. Design of cleaner, effectiveness of cleaning
cleaners
15 Design of Types of heat exchanger, basics of heat transfer, heating surface
heat area calculation for given heating load, effectiveness of heat
exchanger exchanger
16 Design of tubular heat exchanger
17 Design of shell and tube heat exchanger
18 Design of plate heat exchanger
19 Design of Characteristics of transported material, types of conveying and
handling elevating equipments, selection criteria
20 equipment Design of belt conveyer, (capacity and power requirement
calculation)
21 Design of screw conveyer (capacity and power requirement

calculation)
22 Design of bucket elevator (capacity and power requirement
calculation)
23 Types of grain dryers, factors for design of grain dryer, heat and
Design of
mass balance in a dryer, air flow requirement
grain Dryers
24 Design of RPEC dryer
25 Design of LSU dryer
26 Design of Introduction to size reduction, size reduction laws such as
milling Rittinger, kick and bond’s law for power requirement
27 equipments Different milling equipments, effectiveness of different milling,
, critical speed of ball mill
28 Optimisation Introduction to optimization, analytical method

29 of design Lagrange multiplier method for design optimisation
30 with respect Economic evaluation, fixed capital, working capital, interest
to process calculation, depreciation, pay back period, rate of return,
efficiency, breakeven analysis
31 energy and Process hazards and safety measures in equipment design
cost
32 Introduction to computer aided design and computer aided

Computer
manufacturing, design process
Aided
Design
Class Practicals
1. Design of pressure vessel
2. Study of cleaners
3. Design of cleaners
4. Study of milling equipments
5. Design of milling equipments
6. Design of tubular heat exchanger,
7. Design of shell and tube type heat exchanger,
8. Design of plate heat exchanger,
9. Design of RPEC grain dryer
10. Design of LSU grain dryer
11. Study of food dryers
12. Study of conveyors and elevators
13. Design of belt conveyor,
14. Design of bucket elevator,
15. Design of screw conveyor
16. Computer Aided Design
References
1. Mahajani, V. V. and Umarji, S. B., Process equipment design, Macmillan.
2. Bhattacharyya, B. C., Introduction to Chemical Equipment Design, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, New-Delhi.
3. Rao, D. G. Fundamentals of Food Engineering PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Dawande, S.D. 1999. Process Design of Equipments, Central Techno Publication, Nagpur
5. Chakraverty, A. 1999. Post Harvest Technology of cereals, pulses and oilseeds. Oxford & IBH
publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Geankoplis C. J. 2002. Transport Processes and Separation Process Principles, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
7. McCabe, W.L., Smith J.C. and Harriott, P. Unit operations of Chemical Engineering. McGraw
Hill.
Mechanics of Tillage and Traction

1. Course No. : FMPE-421(E)
2. Course Title : Mechanics of Tillage and Traction
3. Credit Hours :3(2+1)
4. Class : 4th year B.Tech ( Agril. Engg)
5. Semester : 2nd semister
6. General objective : To study the engineering properties of soil and their effect on
design and performance of tillage tools and traction devices.
(a) Theory:

 Know various engineering properties of soil
 Understand the effect of these properties on the performance of tillage tools
 Know the geometry of different traction devices such as tyres and tracks
 Understand traction models, parameters affecting traction and methods to improve traction.
 Know the application of dimensional analysis on soil dynamics and traction
 Understand the effect of soil compaction on crop growth
 Know the use of GIS in soil dynamics.
(b) Practical:
 Measure soil static and dynamic parameters related to tillage.

 Measure slip and sinkage of traction device, weight transfer of tractor
 Measure fuel consumption of tractor under different load conditions.
 Know how to ballast the tractor to enhance traction
 Measure compaction of soil using cone penetrometer
Theory
Introduction to mechanics of tillage tools, engineering properties of soil, principles and concepts,
stress strain relationship, design of tillage tools principles of soil cutting, design equation, force
analysis, application of dimensional analysis in soil dynamics and traction prediction equation.
Introduction to traction and mechanics, off road traction and mobility, traction model, traction
improvement, tyres-functions, size, lug geometry and their effects, tyre selection and testing, soil
compaction and plant growth, variability and application of GIS in soil dynamics.
Practical
Measurement of static and dynamic soil parameters related to tillage, soil parameters related to
puddling and floatation, draft for passive rotary and oscillating tools, slip and sinkage under dry and
wet soil conditions and load and fuel consumption for different farm operations; Weight transfer and
tractor loading including placement and traction aids; Studies on tyres, tracks and treads under
different conditions, and soil compaction and number of operations.

1 Introduction - meaning and application of the course,
Static properties of Soil- definition, formation of soil and Importance of soil
2 soil Physical properties of soil, soil structure, soil texture,
classification of soil
3 Soil moisture – concepts, terms related to soil m.c., field
capacity, wilting point, available water,
4-7 Dynamic properties Meaning of dynamic properties of soil, types of dynamic
of soil properties of soil-Strength, shear, tension, compression,
plastic flow, friction, adhesion, abrasion and their
measurement.
8-9 Stresses in soil Stresses in soil, principal stresses in soil, stress-strain
relationship in soil,
10-13 Mechanics of tillage Mechanics of tillage tools-draft, normal load,
tools acceleration force, specific resistance
14 Principles of design of tillage tools, design equation
15-16 Introduction to dimensional analysis, variables related to
Dimensional soil – tyre system
17-19 analysis Dimensional analysis of different variables related to soil
tyre system, mobility number
20-21 Introduction to traction devices, tyre - types, function
Traction devices and size, lug geometry of tyre and their effect
22 Tyre selection and tyre testing
23-24 Mechanics of traction device, Traction, tractive force,
drawbar pull, towing force, tractive efficiency, net
traction co-efficient
25-26 Traction mechanics Operational status of wheels-towed wheel, self-propelled
wheel, driving wheel, braked wheel. traction
improvement,
27-28 Determination of rolling resistance of pneumatic wheel
29-30 Soil compaction Soil compaction by agricultural vehicles and machines
and its effect on crop growth
31-32 Application of GIS Soil variability. application of GIS for assessment of soil
in soil dynamics variability
Class practical
1 Determination of moisture content of given soil at friable state and at plastic state.
2 Determination of swell index of soil
3 Measurement of soil strength by cone penetrometer
4 Measurement of soil compaction by use of tractor
5 Measurement of shear force of soil
6 Study of different types of tractor tyres and determination of tyre specification
7 Method of wheel ballasting of tractor to increase traction
8 Measurement of rolling radius of tyre
9 Measurement of different performance parameters of tillage tools
10 Calculation of slip of tractor tyre in the field at different loading condition.
11-12 Study of soil bin and techniques of measurement of various parameters.
REFERENCE BOOKS/Web portals
1. Gill and Vandenberg.1968. Soil Dyanamics in Tillage and Traction. Agricultural Research
Service, USDA, Govt. Printing Press, Washington, D.C.
2. Macmillan, R.H.2002. The Mechanics of Tractor-Implement Performance. International
Development Technologies Centre, University of Melbourne.
3. Terzaghi, K and P. Ralph B. 1967. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practices. John Willey &
Sons.
4. ASAE Distinguished Lecture series on Tillage and Traction
5. ftp://ftp.fao.org/fi/cdrom/fao_training/fao_training/general/x6706e/x6706e08.htm
6. FAO Soil portal http://www.fao.org/soils-portal/soil-survey/soil-properties/physical-
properties/en/
Farm Machinery Design and Production

2. Course Title : Farm Machinery Design and Production
5. Semester : 2nd semister
6. General objective : 1. To enable the students to know the working principle of
different farm machines.
2. To enable the students to know the material of construction of
different machine components.
3. To enable the students to understand the technology of production
of machines in workshop and underlying principles.
(a) Theory
(i) Design farm machinery
(ii) Understand the production principles.
(b) Practical
(i) Design different fam machinery
(ii) fabricate and produce different machines
Theory
Introduction to design parameters of agricultural machines & design procedure. Characteristics of
farm machinery design. Research and development aspects of farm machinery. Design of standard
power transmission components used in agricultural machines: mechanical & hydraulic units.
Introduction to safety in power transmission. Application of design principles to the systems of
selected farm machines such as design of disc plough, cultivator, seed drill, reaper, thresher and digger.
Critical appraisal in production of agricultural machinery; advances in material used for agricultural
machinery. Cutting tools including CNC tools and finishing tools, heat treatment of steels including
pack carburizing, shot pining process, etc. Limits, fits & tolerances, jigs & fixtures. Industrial lay-out
planning, quality production management. Reliability. Economics of process selection. Familiarization
with project report.
Practical
Familiarization with different design aspects of farm machinery and selected components. Solving
design problems on farm machines & equipment. Visit to agricultural machinery manufacturing
industry, tractor manufacturing industry. Jigs and fixtures – study in relation to agricultural machinery.
Fits, tolerances and limits; layout planning of a small scale industry; problems on economics of process
selection; preparation of a project report; case study for manufacturing of simple agricultural
machinery.
1 Introduction Introduction to design parameters of
agricultural machines
2 Introduction to design procedure
3 Characteristics of farm Characteristics of farm machinery design-I
machinery design
4 Characteristics of farm machinery design-I
5 Research and Development Research and development aspects of farm
machinery.
6 Design of Power transmission Design of standard power transmission
System components used in agricultural machines:
7 Design of mechanical & hydraulic units.
8 Safety in Power Transmission Introduction to safety in power transmission
9 Application of Design Principles Application of design principles to the
systems of selected farm machines such as
design of disc plough,
10 Application of design principles to the
systems of selected farm machines such as
design of mould board plough
systems of cultivator.
systems of seed drill,
systems of reaper,
systems of thresher
systems of and digger.
16 Working with numerical involving farm
machinery Design
17 Working with numerical involving farm
machinery Design
18 Material in farm Machinery Critical appraisal in production of Agricultural
Design Machinery;
19 Advances in material used for agricultural
machinery.
20 Tool selection
Cutting tools including CNC tools. and
21 finishing tools
22 Heat treatment Heat Treatment Principle.
23 Carbon iron phase diagram
24 Heat Treatment of steels including pack
carburizing, shot pining process, etc.
25 Limits and Fits and Tolerance Limits, Fits & Tolerances,
26 Jigs & Fixtures. Jigs & Fixtures.
27 Lay out planning Industrial lay-out planning.
28 Production Management-I Quality production management.
29 Reliability in Farm Machinery Reliability.
Design
30 Economics of Farm Machinery Economics of process selection.
Production
31 Project Formulation Familiarization with Project Fomulation
32 Project Report Writing Familiarization with Project Report
01 Familiarization with different
Familiarization with different design
design aspects of farm
aspects of farm machinery
machinery
02
aspects of m b plough
03
aspects of disc plough
04
aspects of cultivator.
05
aspects of threshers
06
aspects of sowing equipment
07
aspects of reaper/harvesters.
08 Solving design problems on farm machines
& equipment.
09 Field visit Visit to Agricultural machinery
manufacturing industry,
10 Visit to Tractor manufacturing industry.
11 Jigs and Fixtures Jigs and Fixtures – study in relation to
agricultural machinery.
12 Fits, tolerances and limits; Fits, tolerances and limits;
13 Layout planning Layout planning of a small scale industry;
14 Economics of process selection Problems on Economics of process
selection;
15 Preparation of a project report Preparation of a project report;
16 Case study Case study for manufacturing of simple
agricultural machinery
References
1. Sharma P C and D K Aggarwal. Machine Design. S K Kataria & Sons, New Delhi.
2. Sharma, D N and Mukesh, S. Farm Machinery Design. Jain Brothers, New Delhi.
3. Richey, C.B. Agricultural Engineering Handbook.
4. Adinath M and AB Gupta. Manufacturing Technology.
5. Narula V. Manufacturing processes. S K Kataria & Sons, New Delhi
6. Singh S. Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook. Khanna Publications, New Delhi.
Human Engineering and Safety
1. Course No. : FMPE- 423(E)
2. Course title : Human Engineering and Safety
4. General objective : To impart knowledge and skill to the students on Human
Engineering and its application.
5. Specific Objectives :
(a)Theory :
 Importance of Human Factors / Human Engineering
 Its benefit for Farm Machine Design.
 Understanding the objective & its application.
 Understanding Physiological parameters involved in Human Engineering.
 Implementation of ODMR and other safety aspects in farm operation.
(b)Practical :
 Determine the VO2 max in the laboratory by using Bi-cycle ergo meter & Tread mill.
 Measurement of Energy Expenditure Rate (EER) of different farm operations.
 Use of different Subject Rating Scales.
 Measurement of different Anthropometric parameters for deigning of farm tools /
equipment.
 Study of drudgery of farm workers.
Theory
Human factors in system development – concept of systems; basic processes in system development,
performance reliability, human performance. Information input process, visual displays, major types
and use of displays, auditory displays. Speech communications. Biomechanics of motion, types of
movements, range of movements, strength and endurance, speed and accuracy, human control of
systems. Human motor activities, controls, tools and related devices. Anthropometry: arrangement and
utilization of work space, atmospheric conditions, thermo-regulation in human, thermal comfort,
environmental factors, air pollution, dangerous machine (regulation) act, rehabilitation and
compensation to accident victims, safety gadgets for spraying, threshing, chaff cutting and tractor &
trailer operation etc.
Practical
Calibration of the subject in the laboratory using bi-cycle ergo-meter. Study and calibration of the
subject in the laboratory using mechanical treadmill; use of respiration gas meter from human energy
point of view. Use of heart rate monitor. Study of general fatigue of the subject. Using blink ratio
method, anthropometric measurements of a selected subject. Optimum work space layout and locations
of controls for different tractors. Familiarization with the noise and vibration equipment.
Familiarization with safety gadgets for various farm machines. Studies on drudgery of farm women in
manual drawn equipment.
1 Basic Importance of the human factors. How it is beneficial for the
Introduction farm machinery design.
2 Human factors Human factors defined, focus of human factors, manual,
in system mechanical,
3 development Objectives of human factors its approach, history, system
(human-machine system),
4 Automated system. Information storage, information
processing. Action function.
5 Human Concept on information, displaying information,
Performance
6 Information Types of information, presented by display,

7 input process Classification, visual display (four major types).
8 Auditory display, speech communication.
9 Biomechanical Definition, lever system in the body, active forces (muscles),
of motion passive forces
10 Biomechanical in the workplace, (neck, shoulder, back) niosh
citing guides.
11 Types of body Joints, classification of joints, structural, functional
movements classification of movement, glidings, angular movement
12 Range of movements, strength & endurance, speed & accuracy
13 Human Control Muscles physiology, work physiology, heart rate,
14 of System Measures of physiological strain, o2 uptake, maximum aerobic
power,
15 Energy consumption, grades of works. Subjective rating scale,
16 Human motor activities, control , tools, and related devices.
17 Anthropometry Ergonomics & anthropometry. Use of anthropometry data,
percentile value. Arrangement and utilization of work space.
18 Atmospheric Atmospheric conditions, thermo-regulation in human, thermal
conditions comfort
19 Heat exchange process, avenue of heat exchanges
20 Heat exchange equations, environment factors influencing heat
exchange.
21 Effect of clothing on heat exchange. Effective temperature wet
bulb globe temperature.
22 Heat stress
23/24 Physiological effects or heat stress. Cardio-vascular response
sweating, heat illness, individual difference & heat stress.
Acclimatization to heat stress, heat stress index, heat index

25 Environmental Noise, sound level meter scales, physiological effects of noise.
26 Factors Permissible noise exposures according to osha. Noise control
27/28 Safety Dangerous machine regulation rule
Odisha dangerous machine regulation rule 2008.
Compensation to accident victims.
29 Safety aspects of tractor and trailers with driver.
30 Safety aspects chaff cutters.

Safety in spraying operational and its use of safety gadgets
31 Safety aspects of threshing, spraying operation.
32 Minimizing agricultural accidents, injury and compensation.
Class Practical
1-2 Calibration of the subject in the laboratory using bi-cycle ergo-meter.
3-4 Study and calibration of the subject in the laboratory using mechanical treadmill;
5 Use of respiration gas meter from human energy point of view.
6 Use of heart rate monitor in different farm operations.
7-8 Use of different subject rating scales.
9-11 Anthropometric measurements of a selected subjects.
12 Optimum work space layout and locations of controls for different tractors.
13 Familiarization with the noise and vibration equipment.
14-15 Familiarization with safety gadgets for various power driven equipment.
16 Studies of drudgery of farm women in manual drawn equipment.
References
1. Chapanis A. 1996. Human Factors in System Engineering. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
2. Dul J. and Weerdmeester B. 1993. Ergonomics for Beginner. A Quick Reference Guide. Taylor
and Francis, London.
3. Mathews J. and Knight A.A. 1971. Ergonomics in Agricultural Equipment Design. National
Institute of Agricultural Engineering.
4. Astrand P. and Rodhal K. 1977. Textbook of Work Physiology. Mc Hill Corporation, New
York.
5. Mark S. Sanders and Ernest James McCormick. 1993. Human Factors in Engineering and
Design. Mc Hill Corporation, New York.
6. Keegan J J, Radke AO. 1964. Designing Vehicle seats for greater comfort. SAE Journal; 72:
50-5.
7. Yadav R. Tewari V.K., 1998. Tractor operator workspace design – a review. Journal of Terra
mechanics 35 : 41-53.
Tractor Design and Testing
1. Course No. : FMPE- 424(E)
2. Course Title : Tractor Design and Testing
4. Class : 4th Year B. Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General objectives : To impart knowledge on design and testing principles of Agricultural
Tractors
7. Specific objectives
(a) Theory
By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
 Procedure for design and development of agricultural tractor,

 Parameters for balanced design of tractor for stability & weight distribution,
 Traction theory, hydraulic lift and hitch system design.
 Design of mechanical power transmission in agricultural tractors: single disc, multi disc and
cone clutches.
 Rolling friction and anti-friction bearings.
 Design of Ackerman Steering and tractor hydraulic steering.
 Study of special design features of tractor engines and their selection viz. cylinder, piston,
piston pin, crankshaft, etc.
 Design of seat and controls of an agricultural tractor. Tractor Testing.
(b) Practical
 Design of clutch
 Design of Gear box
 Selection of Tractor Tyres
 Design of Governor
 Design of hydraulic pump
 BIS test procedure for engine power test and other tests
 Air cleaner and noise test of tractor etc.
Theory
Procedure for design and development of agricultural tractor, study of parameters for balanced design
of tractor for stability & weight distribution, traction theory, hydraulic lift and hitch system design.
Design of mechanical power transmission in agricultural tractors: single disc, multi disc and cone
clutches. Rolling friction and anti-friction bearings. Design of Ackerman steering and tractor
hydraulic steering. Study of special design features of tractor engines and their selection viz. Cylinder,
piston, piston pin, crankshaft, etc. Design of seat and controls of an agricultural tractor. Tractor testing.
Practical
Design problem of tractor clutch-(single/multiple disc clutch). Design of gear box
(synchromesh/constant mesh), variable speed constant mesh drive; selection of tractor tires. Problem
on design of governor. Design and selection of hydraulic pump. Engine testing as per BIS code.
Drawbar performance in the lab; PTO test and measure the tractor power in the lab/field; determining
the turning space, turning radius and brake test, hydraulic pump performance test and air cleaner and
noise measurement test; visit to tractor testing centre/industry.
1 Introductory Design considerations for tractors
2 Design principles Procedure for design and development of agricultural
tractor
3 Parameters for balanced design of tractor for stability
4 Weight distribution
5 Traction Basic concept of traction, traction members
6 Traction principle and theory
7 Rolling resistance and other terminologies
8 Hydraulics Hydraulic lift
9 TPL hitch system
10 Mechanical Power Design of clutch
Transmission
11 Single disc, multi disc clutches
12 Cone clutches
13 Rolling friction and anti-friction bearings
14 Steering Design of Ackerman steering
15 Tractor hydraulic steering
16 Special design features Selection and design principles of cylinders
17 Design principles piston and piston rings
18 Crank shaft and piston pins etc.
19
20
21 Design of governors
22 Design of turbochargers
23 Design of seat Design factors considered for tractor seat
24 Design of controls Work space design considerations
25
26 Tractor Testing Various tests on tractors and test codes
27 Power test, power curves
28 Pto power test
29 Drawbar power test
30 Hydraulic power test
31 Brake test
32 Miscellaneous test, air cleaner oil pullover test etc
(B)Practical class outline
Class Practical
1 Design problem of tractor clutch
2 Design problems of gear box
3 Design of variable speed constant mesh drive
4 Measurement of speed variation in differential
5 Speed calculation in differential and final drive
6 Selection of Tractor tyres
7 Design problem of governor
8 Drawbar performance
9 PTO test
10 Determination of turning radius
11 Turning radius and brake test
12 Hydraulic performance test
13 Air cleaner oil pull over test
14 Noise measurement
15 Field test of tractor
16 Visit to tractor testing unit
References
1. Liljedahl J B and Others. Tractors and Their Power Units. CBS Publishers, New Delhi
2. Maleev VL. Internal Combustion Engines.
3. Kirpal Singh. Automobile Engineering – Vol I and Vol II. Standard Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi.
4. Richey C.B. Agricultural Engineering Handbook.
5. Mehta ML, SR Verma, SK Mishra, VK Sharma. Testing & Evaluation of Agricultural Machinery.
National Agricultural Technology Information Centre, Ludhiana.
6. BIS Test codes for tractor.
Hydraulic Drives and Controls

1. Course No. : FMPE-425 (E)
2. Course Title : Hydraulic Drives and Controls
6. General objectives :To impart knowledge on Different components of Hydraulic drives and
their application in Agricultural Tractors
7. Specific objectives ;
(a) Theory
By the end of the course, the student will have Knowledge on;
 Basic principles of hydraulic power system
 Components of Hydraulic power System
 JIC symbols used Hydraulic system
 Working principles of Tractor Hydraulic System.
 Remedial measures of hydraulic system of tractor etc.
(b) Practical
 Application of hydraulic power system in tractor.

 Different components of hydraulic power system
 Hydraulic pumps,
 Hydraulic actuators etc.
Theory
Hydraulic basics: Pascal's law, flow, energy, work, and power. Hydraulic systems, colour coding,
reservoirs, strainers and filters, filtering material and elements. Accumulators, pressure gauges and
volume meters, hydraulic circuit, fittings and connectors. Pumps and its classifications, operation,
performance, displacement, design of gear pumps, vane pumps, piston pumps. Hydraulic actuators,
cylinders, construction and applications, maintenance, hydraulic motors. Valves, pressure-control
valves, directional- control valves, flow-control valves, valve installation, valve failures and remedies,
valve assembly, troubleshooting of valves hydraulic circuit diagrams, united states of American
standards institute (USASI) symbols tractor hydraulics, nudging system, ADDC, application of
hydraulics and pneumatics drives in agricultural systems,
Practical
Introduction to hydraulic systems. Study of hydraulic pumps, hydraulic actuators. Study of hydraulic
motors, hydraulic valves, colour codes and circuits. Building simple hydraulic circuits, hydraulics in
tractors. Introduction to pneumatics, pneumatics devices, pneumatics in agriculture.
1 Introduction Basics of hydraulic power system, Pascal’s law
2 Hydraulic Power Hydraulic flow, energy, work, and power in hydraulic
systems
3 Components Various components in the hydraulic system and their
function
4 Pumps Hydraulic pump and its classifications
5 Gear Pumps, Vane Pumps, Piston Pumps
6 Valves Different types of valves used in hydraulic system
7 Pressure control valve
8 Flow/volume control valve
9 Direction control valve
10 Valve assembly
11 Troubleshooting of valves, valve failure
12 Actuators Hydraulic cylinders/ram.
13 Hydraulic motors, their maintenance
14 Types of hydraulic cylinders; principles
15 Single acting, double acting cylinders
16 Power Efficiency factors, volumetric, torque efficiency
17 Power calculation in hydraulic cylinders
18 Power calculation in hydraulic motors
19 Other components Hydraulic reservoirs, strainers and filters, filtering materials
20 Accumulators, pressure gages and volume meters
21 Hydraulic symbols JIC symbols used in hydraulic power circuits.
22 Hydraulic circuit diagrams
23 USASI symbols
24 Tractor hydraulics Application of hydraulic power in tractors
25 ADDC etc.
26 Automatic draft control
27 Automatic position/ depth control
28 Nudging system
29 Pneumatic drive Introduction to Pneumatics
30 Pneumatics drives
31 Power requirement for pneumatic drive
32 Application of pneumatic and hydraulic power in other
agricultural machines
Class Practical
1 Study on different components of hydraulic system
2. Study on hydraulic pumps
3. Study on hydraulic actuators
4. Study on hydraulic motor
5. Study on hydraulic valves-I (PCV)
6. Study on hydraulic valve-II (VCV)
7. Study on direction control valves
8. Study on color codes
9. Study on hydraulic circuits.
10. Building simple hydraulic circuits, ,
11. Study on pneumatics devices
12 Study on hydraulics in tractors-I
13. Study on hydraulics in tractors-II
14 Pneumatics in agriculture
15. Study on ADDC systems
16. Study on hydraulic steering of tractor
References
1. Kepner RA, Roy Barger & EL Barger. Principles of Farm Machinery. CBC Publishers &
Distributors, New Delhi.
2. Srivastava A K, Carroll E. Goering & Roger P. Rohrbach, Engineering Principles of
Agricultural Machines. ASAE Text Book No. 6 Publ. ASAE, ISBN 0-929355-33-4.
3. Pinches Michael J. & John G. Ashby. Power Hydraulics. Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd
4. Liljedahl J B and Others. Tractors and Their Power Units. CBS Publishers, New Delhi
Precision Agriculture and System Management

2. Course Title : Precision Agriculture and System Management
6. General objective : 1. To understand the principles of resource management
2. To apply the resource management skills in system
management.
(a) Theory
(i) Understand the principles of resource management
(ii) To apply the resource management skills in system management.
(b) Practical
(i) To apply the resource management skills in management of agricultural machines and their
use.
Theory
Precision agriculture – need and functional requirements. Familiarization with issues relating to
natural resources. Familiarization with equipment for precision agriculture including sowing and
planting machines, power sprayers, land clearing machines, laser guided land levellers, straw-chopper,
straw-balers, grain combines, etc. Introduction to GIS based precision agriculture and its applications.
Introduction to sensors and application of sensors for data generation. Database management. System
concept. System approach in farm machinery management, problems on machinery selection,
maintenance and scheduling of operations. Application of PERT and CPM in machinery system
management
Practical
Familiarization with precision agriculture problems and issues. Familiarization with various machines
for resource conservation. Solving problems related to various capacities, pattern efficiency, system
limitation, etc. Problems related to cost analysis, inflation and problems related to selection of
equipment, replacement, break-even analysis, time value of money etc.

01 Introduction Precision Agriculture – need and functional
requirements.
02 Natural Resource Management Familiarization with issues relating to natural
resources
03 Familiarization with equipment Familiarization with equipment for precision
for precision agriculture agriculture (sowing and planting machines)
04 Familiarization with equipment for precision
agriculture power sprayers,.
agriculture land clearing machines,
06 Problem solving on land clearing
agriculture, laser guided land levelers,
08 Problem solving on laser guided levelers.
agriculture- straw-chopper,
10 Problem solving on straw chopping.
agriculture straw-balers, , etc.
12 Problem solving on straw bailing
agriculture grain combines
14 Problem solving on combine harvester.
15 Application of GIS in precession Introduction to GIS based precision
agriculture agriculture and its applications.
16 Introduction to sensors
17 Application of sensors for data generation.
18 Database management.
19 Problem solving
20 System concept and System approach in farm machinery
mathematical models management,
21 Problem formulation using LPP
22 Simplex Method of solving LPP-I
(Maximization of profit)
23 Simplex Method of solving LPP-II
(Minimization of cost of production)
24 Solution of Problem on LPP-I
25 Solution of Problem on LPP-II
26 Transportation Models Transportation Problems
27 Methods of solving transportation problem
28 Solution of transportation problem using
VAM
stepping stone method.
MODI method.
31 Machinery selection Problems on machinery selection
32 Problems on maintenance
33 Problems on scheduling of operations
34 Project management CPM in machinery system management
35 Application of PERT
36 Project formulation and Report writing

01 Familiarization with precision Familiarization with precision agriculture

agriculture problems and issues problems and issues-a case study with laser
land leveler.
02 Familiarization with various Case study with different farm machines
machines for resource such as sowing equipment
conservation
03 Case study with different farm machines
such as sowing zero till drills
04 Solution of problems related to Solving problems related to various
farm machinery management capacities, pattern efficiency, system
limitation, etc.
05 Sowing equipment
06 Harvesting equipment
07 Post-harvest equipment
06 Cost Analysis Problems related to cost analysis,
07 Problems related to inflation
08 Problems related to selection of equipment
09 Problems related to replacement of farm
machinery
10 Problems related to break-even analysis.
11 Problems related to time value of money
12 Project Planning Critical Path Method-I
13 Critical Path Method-II
14 Project evaluation and Review Technique- I
15 Project Evaluation and Review Technique- II
16 Report writing Case study and Sample project report
writing.
References
1. Kuhar J E. The Precision Farming Guide for Agriculturist.
2. Dutta SK. Soil Conservation and land management.
3. Sigma and Jagmohan. Earth Moving Machinery.
4. Wood and Stuart. Earth Moving Machinery.
5. DeMess MN. Fundamentals of Geographic Information System.
6. Hunt Donnell. Farm Power and Machinery Management.
7. Sharma DN and S Mukesh. Farm Power and Machinery Management Vol I.
8. Loomba, N Paul. Linear Programming. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.
Photovoltaic Technology and Systems
1. Course No : REE-421(E)
2. Course Title : Photovoltaic Technology and Systems
4. Class : 4th year, B. Tech. (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objectives: This course is an introduction to the field of photovoltaics, students
interested in PV science and technology and the students who require a greater understanding of theory
to supplement their applications.
Theory: By the end of the course, the student will be able to understand
a) The basic elements of photovoltaics-the individual electricity-producing cell.
b) Why PV cells work, and how they are made.
c) This course cover the designs of systems constructed from individual cells-including
possible constructions for putting cells together and the equipment needed for a practical
producer of electrical energy
d) How to install the PV system both off grid and on grid
On successful completion of the teaching program, the students should be understand the details
about the PV systems
Theory
Solar PV Technology: Advantages, Limitations, Current Status of PV technology, SWOT analysis of
PV technology. Types of Solar Cell, Wafer based Silicon Cell, Thin film amorphous silicon cell Thin
Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) Cell, Copper Indium Gallium Selenide (CiGS) Cell, Thin film crystalline
silicon solar cell. Solar Photo Voltaic Module: Solar cell, solar module, solar array, series & parallel
connections of cell, mismatch in cell, fill factor, effect of solar radiation and temperature on power
output of module, I-V and power curve of module. Balance of Solar PV system: solar PV system
designing and cost estimation, Introduction to batteries, battery classification, lead acid battery,
Nicked Cadmium battery, comparison of batteries, battery parameters, Charge controller: types and
function of charge controller, PWM (Pulse width modulation) type, MPPT (Maximum Power Point
Tracking) type charge controller, Converters: DC to DC converter and DC to AC type converter.
Application of Solar PV system. Solar home lighting system, solar lantern, solar fencing, solar street
light, solar water pumping system, Roof top solar photovoltaic power plant and smart grid.
Practical
Study of V-I characteristics of solar PV system, smart grid technology and application, manufacturing
technique of solar array, different DC to DC and DC to AC converter, domestic solar lighting system,
various solar module technologies, safe measurement of PV modules electrical characteristics and
Commissioning of complete solar PV system.
1 Overview of Need for sustainable energy sources, sustainable sun’s energy,
Solar PV history of solar cells, overview of solar photovoltaic technologies,
Technology types of solar photovoltaic systems, solar photovoltaic energy
status in India and abroad, solar photovoltaic technologies
achievements in India
2 Advantages, limitations and SWOT analysis of solar PV
technology, government initiatives for propagation of solar PV
technologies in India. Prospects of solar PV technologies,
environmental effects of solar PV technologies
3 Solar cell Types of solar cell, Thin film amorphous silicon cell Thin
technology Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) Cell, Copper Indium Gallium Selenide
(CiGS) Cell, Thin film crystalline silicon solar cell.
4 Production of silicon wafers (mono-crystalline silicon ingots,
multi-crystalline silicon ingots, silicon sheet, silicon feedstock for
solar cell industry
5 Thin film solar cell, material for it, amorphous silicon solar cell,
material for it, structure and fabrication
6 Cadmium Telluride solar cell, Copper Indium Gallium Selenide
solar cell, materials, structure and fabrication
7 Design of solar Upper limits of cell parameters (short circuit current, open circuit
cells voltage, fill factor and efficiency), losses in solar cell
8 Solar cell design (design of high Isc, design of high Voc design for
high Fill factor)
9 Solar Solar PV modules from solar cell (series and parallel connection of
photovoltaic cells), mismatch in series connection (hot spot in module and
modules bypass diode
10 Design and structure of PV modules (number of solar cells in a
module, wattage of module, fabrication of PV module)
11 PV module power output, I-V equation of PV module, rating of
PV module, I-V and power curve of module, effect of solar
radiation and temperature on performance of module
12 Balance of solar Basics of electrochemical cell, introduction to batteries, theoretical
PV system cell voltage and capacity, losses in a cell, battery classification and
battery parameters.
13 Factor affecting battery performance, batteries for PV system
(lead-acid batteries, Nickel-Cadmium batteries), comparison of
batteries
14 DC to DC converter, Charge controller, DC to AC converter
(Inverter)
15 Maximum power point tracking (MPPT), sun tracking (single and
dual axis tracking)
16 Wires, importance of approximate choice of wire, basics of current
conduction, types of wire (single-stranded and multi-stranded
wire).
17 Wire sizing, length, operating voltage, operating current, effect of
temperature on wire selection, wire colour codes, required wire
size calculation
18 Solar PV system Types of solar PV systems (Stand alone, grid connected and hybrid
design and solar PV system), solar stand alone photovoltaic system (SPV)
integration with DC load only, DC load with battery, DC/AC load with battery
19 Solving numerical for a case example of standalone SPV system
20 Solar grid connected SPV system (SPV) with battery and without
battery storage.
21 Solving numerical for a case example of grid connected SPV
system
22 Hybrid SPV system, SPV-diesel generator hybrid system, SPV-
wind hybrid system, configuration and working of a hybrid system
23 Solving numerical for a case example of SPV-diesel generator
hybrid system
24 Solving numerical for a case example of SPV-wind hybrid system
25 Grid connected SPV system design for roof top power plant (1kW)
26 Solving numerical for a case example of SPV roof top power plant.
27 Solar Design and applications solar water pumping system
28 Photovoltaic Solving numerical for a case example of SPV water pumping
system system
29 applications Design and applications solar street lighting, solar fencing system
and solar lantern.
30 Roof top solar photovoltaic power plant and smart grid
Class Practical
1 To study the V-I characteristics of PV system
2 To study the smart grid technology and application1
3 To study the smart grid technology and application2
4 To study the manufacturing technique of solar array
5 To study the DC to DC converter
6 To study the DC to AC converter
7 Use of different software for designing of solar PV system
8
To study the commissioning of complete solar pv off grid system
9
To study the commissioning of complete solar pv on grid system
10
Study the performance of off grid system
11
Study the performance of on grid system
References
1. Rai GD. 1998. Non-conventional Sources of Energy. Khanna Pub.
2. Rathore N.S., Kurchania A.K., Panwar N.L. 2006. Renewable Energy: Theory & Practice,
Himanshu Publications,.
3. Solanki C.S. 2011. Solar Photovoltaic: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI
Learning Private Ltd.
4. Meinel & Meinel. Applied Solar Energy.
5. Derrick, Francis and Bokalders, Solar Photo-voltaic Products.
Wind Power Technology and Systems

2. Course Title : Wind Power Technology and Systems
6. General Objectives: This course is an introduction to the field of photovoltaics, students interested
in PV science and technology and the students who require a greater understanding of theory to
supplement their applications.
a) Calculate and analyse wind resource and energy production for a wind turbine from wind speed
distribution, wind shear and power curve
b) By and large describe and motivate the design of typical wind turbines
c) Explain the main differences between horizontal and vertical axis wind turbines regarding
design and properties
d) Make some dimensioning calculations for wind turbines
e) Describe typical control methods for wind turbines, as well as control problems
f) Give an account of how wind turbines influence the environment and are influenced by the
environment, as well as make some calculations related to environmental impact.
on successful completion of the teaching program, the students should understand the details about
the wind power systems
Theory
Aerodynamic operations of wind turbines, wind energy extraction and wind turbine power generation,
design of wind turbine rotors, estimation of wind turbine power rating, selection of optimum wind
energy generator, types of wind energy systems, wind to electrical energy conversion alternatives, grid
interfacing of a wind farm, grid connection, energy storage requirements with wind energy system,
economics of wind energy system, modes of wind power generation; stand alone mode, wind diesel
hybrid system, solar wind hybrid system, control and monitoring system of a wind farm, wind farm
siting, wind map of India, wind-electric energy stations in India.
Practical
Detailed design and drawing of wind turbine, study of horizontal axis wind turbine, study of vertical
axis wind turbine, study of variation of wind speed with elevation, study of validation of Weibull
probability density function, study of wind power density duration curve, electrical characteristics and
Commissioning of complete aero-generator wind power system, visit to a wind farm

1 Overview of Need for sustainable energy sources, renewability and sustainability
wind power of wind energy, History and developments of wind energy system,
Technology overview of wind power technologies, Wind energy utilization status
in India and abroad, wind power technologies achievements in India
2 Advantages, limitations and SWOT analysis of wind power
technology, Government initiatives for propagation of wind power
technology in India. Prospects of wind power technologies,
Environmental effects of wind power technologies.
3 Aerodynamics Basics of fluid mechanics, aerodynamic principles of wind turbine,
basic concepts of lift and drag forces, analysis of aerodynamic forces
on a blade
4 Energy estimation of wind, power extraction from wind and Betz
criterion.
5 Design of wind turbine rotor, thrust and torque on turbine rotor,
solidity, effect of tip speed ratio on torque and solidity
6 Solving numerical on wind power density, thrust and torque on wind
energy rotor.
7 Wind power Modes of wind power generation (Stand alone, grid connected and
generation and hybrid wind power generating system), Stand alone wind power
integration generating system for battery charging and water pumping for
irrigation purpose.
8 &9 Sizing of wind turbine for water pumping
10 Economics of wind turbine for water pumping
11 &12 Solving numerical for a case example of wind system
13 & 14 Wind energy grid connected system with battery and without battery
storage.
15 Solving numerical for a case example of grid connected wind energy
system
16 & 17 Hybrid wind-diesel power generating system.
18 & 19 Solving numerical for a case example of wind-diesel power
generating system
20 Economics of wind-diesel power generating system
21 & 22 Hybrid wind-solar power generating system. Sizing of wind-solar
power generating system
23 Solving numerical for a case example of wind-solar power generating
system
24 Economics of wind-solar power generating system
25 Wind energy Wind farm siting, wind resource surveys, wind map of India, wind-
farms electric power stations in India
26 Estimation of wind energy potential (based on wind data of a specific
site using frequency distribution, type of wind energy generator,
Weibull factors of the wind data and wind energy generation
characteristics)
27 Wind resource assessment in India, selection of optimum wind energy
generator, grid interfacing of a wind farm, microprocessor based
control system for wind farms
28 & 29 Economics of a wind farm
30 Environmental effects of wind energy power generating system

Class Practical
1 To study the detailed design and drawing of wind turbine
2 Design of wind energy for different location using software
2 To study of horizontal axis wind turbine
3 To study of vertical axis wind turbine
4 To study of validation of Weibull probability density function
5 Study of wind power density duration curve, visit to a wind farm.
6 To study the electrical characteristics and Commissioning of complete aero-generator wind

power system
7 Visit to a wind farm
References
1. Rai GD. 1998. Non-conventional Sources of Energy. Khanna Publisher, New Delhi.
2. A.G. Powar and A.G. Mohod. 2010. Fundamentals of wind energy utilization. Jain Brothers
Publisher, Karol Bagh, New Delhi.
3. D.P. Kothari, K.C.Singal and Rakesh Ranjan. 2012. Renewable energy sources and emerging
technologies. Second edition. PHI Learning Private Limited. New delhi-110001
4. S. Rao and B.B. Parulekar. 2007. Energy Technology. 2007. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Rathore N.S., Kurchania A.K., Panwar N.L. 2006. Renewable Energy: Theory & Practice,
Himanshu Publications, Udaipur.
6. Solanki C.S. 2011. Solar Photovoltaic: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
Waste and By-Products Utilization

2. Course Title : Waste and By-Products Utilization
4 Class : 4th year, B. Tech (Agril. Engg.)
5 Semester : 2nd Semester
6 General Objectives: General objectives of waste by product utilisation is to reduce the harmful
health and environmental impacts of waste. In order to meet this objective, it is particularly
important to: a) prevent the generation of waste b) promote reuse of waste c) promote
biological recovery of waste and recycling of materials d) promote energy use of waste not
suited for recycling d) ensure that the treatment and disposal of waste does not cause any
harmful impacts
7 Specific Objectives:
i) To familiarize students with the nature of agricultural wastes and their impact on the
environment.
ii) To conceptualize physical, chemical and biological bases of Ag. waste treatment
iii) To develop the students' abilities to analyse and design systems for the collection, handling,
treatment and utilization of wastes.
iv) To provide familiarization with operation of waste treatment processes
(b)Practical:
In the practical sessions the students study properties and components of waste, Ag waste to
energy using biological and thermal process
Theory
Types and formation of by-products and waste; magnitude of waste generation in different food
processing industries; uses of different agricultural by-products from rice mill, sugarcane industry, oil
mill etc., concept, scope and maintenance of waste management and effluent treatment, temperature,
ph, oxygen demands (BOD, COD), fat, oil and grease content, metal content, forms of phosphorous
and sulphur in waste waters, microbiology of waste, other ingredients like insecticide, pesticides and
fungicides residues, waste utilization in various industries, furnaces and boilers run on agricultural
wastes and by products, briquetting of biomass as fuel, production of charcoal briquette, generation of
electricity using surplus biomass, producer gas generation and utilization, waste treatment and
disposal, design, construction, operation and management of institutional community and family size
biogas plants, concept of vermi-composting, pre-treatment of waste: sedimentation, coagulation,
flocculation and floatation, secondary treatments: biological and chemical oxygen demand for different
food plant waste– trickling filters, oxidation ditches, activated sludge process, rotating biological
contractors, lagoons, tertiary treatments: advanced waste water treatment process - sand, coal and
activated carbon filters, phosphorous, sulphur, nitrogen and heavy metals removal, assessment,
treatment and disposal of solid waste; and biogas generation, effluent treatment plants, environmental
performance of food industry to comply with iso-14001 standards
Practical
Determination of temperature, pH, turbidity solids content, BOD and COD of waste water,
determination of ash content of agricultural wastes and determination of un-burnt carbon in ash, study
about briquetting of agricultural residues, estimation of excess air for better combustion of briquettes,
study of extraction of oil from rice bran, study on bioconversion of agricultural wastes, recovery of
germ and germ oil from by-products of cereals, visit to various industries using waste and food by-
products.
1 Different types of Agricultural Types and formation of by-products and

residues waste;
2 Magnitude of waste generation in different

food processing industries;
3 Waste generated from Agricultural Uses of different agricultural by-products
industry from rice mill.
4 Uses of different agricultural by-products

from sugarcane industry, oil mill etc.,
5 Agricultural Waste Characteristics Concept, scope and maintenance of waste
management and effluent treatment
6 Concept, scope and maintenance of

Temperature, pH, Oxygen demands (BOD,
COD).
7 Concept, scope and maintenance of fat, oil
and grease content, metal content, forms of
phosphorous and sulphur in waste waters.
8 Concept, scope of microbiology of waste,
other ingredients like insecticide, pesticides
and fungicides residues,
9 Use of waste in Industry Waste utilization in various industries,
10 Waste utilization in various furnaces and

boilers run on agricultural wastes and by-
products,
11 Utilization of waste as biofuel 1 Briquetting of biomass as fuel, production of
charcoal briquette,
12 Generation of electricity using surplus
biomass,
13 Utilization of waste as biofuel 2 Producer gas generation
14 Producer gas utilization
15 Utilization of waste as biofuel 3 Design, construction, operation and

management of institutional community and
Anaerobic process family size biogas plants-I
16 Design, construction, operation and
management of institutional community and
family size biogas plants-II
17 Treatment of waste Waste treatment and disposal-I
18 Waste treatment and disposal-II
19 Concept of vermin-composting, Solid waste management with the help of

vermicomposting and its applications in crop
improvement
20 Solid waste management and its applications
in crop improvement
21 Waste water Treatment 1 Pre-treatment of waste: sedimentation,
coagulation,
22 Pre-treatment of waste:, flocculation and
floatation,
23 Waste water Treatment 2 Secondary treatment: Biological and
chemical oxygen demand for different food
plant waste– trickling filters, oxidation
ditches,
24 Secondary treatment: activated sludge
process, rotating biological contractors,
lagoons,
25 Waste water Treatment3 Tertiary treatments: Advanced waste water
treatment process-sand, coal and activated
carbon filters, phosphorous, sulphur,
nitrogen and heavy metals removal,
26 Tertiary treatments: Advanced waste water
treatment process-sand, coal and activated
carbon filters, phosphorous, sulphur,
nitrogen and heavy metals removal,
27 Assessment of waste Assessment, treatment and disposal of solid
waste;
28 Biogas generation
29 Standards for effluent treatment Effluent treatment plants,
30 Environmental performance of food industry

to comply with ISO-14001 standards

Class Practical
1. Determination of temperature, pH, of waste water,
2. Determination of, turbidity of waste water,
3. Determination of solids content, of waste water,
4. Determination of BOD and COD of waste water.
5. Determination of ash content of agricultural wastes
6. Determination of un-burnt carbon in ash.
7. Study about briquetting of agricultural residues
8. Estimation of excess air for better combustion of briquettes.
9. Study of extraction of oil from rice bran.
10. Study on bioconversion of agricultural wastes-I
11. Study on bioconversion of agricultural wastes-II
12. Recovery of germ and germ oil from by-products of cereals
13. Visit to various industries using waste and food by-products-I
14. Visit to various industries using waste and food by-products-II
15. Visit to various industries using waste and food by-products-III
References
1. Markel, I.A. 1981. Managing Livestock Waste, AVI Publishing Co.
2. Pantastico, ECB. 1975. Post Harvest Physiology, Handling and utilization of Tropical and Sub-
tropical fruits and vegetables, AVI Pub. Co.
3. Shewfelt, R.L. and Prussi, S.E. 1992. Post-Harvest Handling – A Systems approach, Academic
Press Inc.
4. USDA. 1992. Agricultural Waste Management Field Hand book. USDA, Washington DC.
5. Weichmann J. 1987. Post Harvest Physiology of vegetables, Marcel and Dekker Verlag.
6. V.K. Joshi & S.K. Sharma. Food Processing Waste Management: Treatment & Utilization.
New India Publishing Agency.
7. Vasso Oreopoulou and Winfried Russ (Edited). 2007. Utilization of By-products and Treatment
of waste in the Food Industry. Springer Science & Business media, LLC 233 New York.
8. Prashar, Anupama and Bansal, Pratibha. 2007-08. Industrial Safety and Environment. S.K.
Kataria and sons, New Delhi
9. Garg, S K. 1998. Environmental Engineering (Vol. II) – Sewage Disposal and Air Pollution
Engineering. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
10. Bhatia, S.C.. 2001. Environmental Pollution and Control in Chemical Process Industries.
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
Floods and Control Measures

1. Course Number :SWCE-421 (E)
2. Course Title :Floods and Control Measures
3. Credit Hours :3( 2+1)
6. General Objectives :To enhance the knowledge and skill of the students on study of
occurrence, causes and control of flood
(a)Theory:
The students should be able:
 To have sufficient knowledge to know what is flood, why and how it occurs
 What are the remedial measures to be undertaken to control the flood
 What are the different permanent control measures
 What are the different temporary control measures
 What are the consequences of flood including economic measures
 Design of storage structures and dams
 What are the flood forecasting and warning systems
(b)Practical:
By the end of the course, the students should be able to
 Determination of flood –discharge relationship
 Know about different flood frequency analysis and forecasting the floods by frequency analysis
 Design of levees for flood control Design of earthen dams
 Designing, planning and cost- benefit analysis of a flood control project. Design of earthen
dams
 Design of earthen dams including its stability study
 Computation of seepage
 Flood routing and reservoir routing
Theory:
Floods - causes of occurrence, flood classification - probable maximum flood, standard project flood,
design flood, flood estimation - methods of estimation; estimation of flood peak - rational method,
empirical methods, unit hydrograph method. Statistics in hydrology, flood frequency methods - log
normal, Gumbel’s extreme value, log-Pearson type-III distribution; depth-area-duration analysis. Flood
forecasting. Flood routing - channel routing, Muskingum method, reservoir routing, modified Pul’s
method. Flood control - history of flood control, structural and non-structural measures of flood
control, storage and detention reservoirs, levees, channel improvement. Gully erosion and its control
structures - design and implementation. Planning of flood control projects and their economics.
Earthen embankments - functions, classification - hydraulic fill and rolled fill dams - homogeneous,
zoned and diaphragm type, foundation requirements, grouting, seepage through dams, flow net and its
properties, seepage pressure, seepage line in composite earth embankments, drainage filters, piping and
its causes. Design and construction of earthen dam, stability of earthen embankments against failure by
tension, overturning, sliding etc., stability of slopes - analysis of failure by different methods.
Practical
Determination of flood stage-discharge relationship in a watershed. Determination of flood peak-area
relationships. Determination of frequency distribution functions for extreme flood values using
Gumbel’s method. Determination of confidence limits of the flood peak estimates for Gumbel’s
extreme value distribution. Determination of frequency distribution functions for extreme flood values
using log-Pearson Type-III distribution. Determination of probable maximum flood, standard project
flood and spillway design flood. Design of levees for flood control. Designing, planning and cost-
benefit analysis of a flood control project. Design of earthen dams. Determination of the position of
phreatic line in earth dams for various conditions, stability analysis of earthen dams against head water
pressure, foundation shear, sudden draw down condition etc. Stability of slopes of earth dams by
friction circle and other methods. Construction of flow net for isotropic and anisotropic media.
Computation of seepage by different methods. Determination of settlement of earth dam. Input-output-
storage relationships by reservoir routing. Visit to sites of earthen dam and water harvesting
structures.
1 Introduction What is flood? Causes of occurrence of flood
2 Classifications of flood; probable maximum flood, standard
project flood, design flood
3 Flood Estimation Flood estimation - methods of estimation of flood magnitude
4 Estimation of flood peak values- rational method
5 Estimation of flood peaks by empirical methods,
6 Estimation of flood peaks by unit hydrograph method
7 Flood estimation: Estimation of floods by flood frequency methods - log normal
8 Frequency Analysis Estimation of floods by flood frequency methods - Gumbel’s
extreme value
9 Estimation of floods by flood frequency methods - log-Pearson
type-III distribution
10 Flood: depth-area-duration analysis
11 Flood Routing Flood routing - channel routing
12 Flood routing - channel routing
13 Muskingum method of flood routing
14 Reservoir routing, modified Pul’s method
15 Flood Control and Flood forecasting
16 Measures Flood control - history of flood control
17 Structural and non-structural measures of flood control
18 Storage and detention reservoirs, levees and channel
improvement
19 Gully erosion and its control structures - design and
implementation.
20 Gully erosion and its control structures - design and
implementation.
21 Planning of flood control projects and their economics
22 Earthen Earthen embankments - functions, classification - hydraulic fill
Embankments/Dams and rolled fill dams - homogeneous, zoned and diaphragm type
23 Foundation requirements, grouting,
24 Seepage through dams
25 Flow net and its properties, seepage pressure, seepage line in
composite earth embankments
26 Drainage filters, piping and its causes
27 Design and construction of earthen dam
28 Design and construction of earthen dam
29 Dam Stability Stability of earthen embankments against failure by tension,
Analysis overturning, sliding etc.,
30 Stability of earthen embankments against failure by tension,
overturning, sliding etc.,
31 Stability of slopes
32 Analysis of failure of dam by different methods
Class Practical
1 Determination of flood stage-discharge relationship in a watershed
2 Determination of flood peak-area relationships
3 Determination of frequency distribution functions for extreme flood values using
Gumbel’s method
4 Determination of confidence limits of the flood peak estimates for Gumbel’s extreme
value distribution
5 Determination of frequency distribution functions for extreme flood values using log-
Pearson Type-III distribution
6 Determination of probable maximum flood, standard project flood and spillway
design flood
7 Design of levees for flood control
8 Designing, planning and cost- benefit analysis of a flood control project
9 Design of earthen dams
10 Determination of the position of phreatic line in earth dams for various conditions
11 Stability analysis of earthen dams against head water pressure, foundation shear,
sudden draw down condition etc
12 Stability of slopes of earth dams by friction circle and other methods
13 Construction of flow net for isotropic and anisotropic media
14 Computation of seepage by different methods
15 Input-output-storage relationships by reservoir routing
16 Visit to sites of earthen dam and water harvesting structures
References
3. Suresh, R. 2014. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Standard Publisher
Distributors, New Delhi.
4. Mutreja, K.N. 1990. Applied Hydrology. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New York, Delhi.
5. Subramanya, K. 2008. Engineering Hydrology. 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.,
New Delhi.
6. Bureau of Reclamation. 1987. Design of Small Dams. US Department of Interior, Washington
DC, USA.
7. Arora, K.R. 2014. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering (Geotechnical Engineering).
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi.
8. Garg, S.K. 2014. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. Khanna Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
9. Stephens Tim. 2010. Manual on Small Earth Dams - A Guide to Siting, Design and
Construction. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome.
Wasteland Development
1. Course No :SWCE 422(E)
2. Course title : Wasteland Development
4. Class : 4th year B.Tech (Agril. Engg.)
6. General Objective : (i) To enable the students to know about the different types of
wastelands
(ii) To enable the students for planning and design of different soil
and water conservation engineering measures for reclamation of
wastelands
7. Special Objective
(a) Theory
At the end of the theory course, the student will be able to know about
 To understand the concept of land degradation, classification and mapping of wastelands.

 To acquaint the students about planning of the wasteland development keeping in view agro-
climatic conditions, development options, contingency plans, conservation measures, water
harvesting and recycling methods in consideration.
 To gain knowledge on different land reclamation and rehabilitation measures for wasteland
development.
 To impart knowledge in the use of micro-irrigation for sustainable wasteland development
against adverse situations like drought and water source situations.
(b) Practical
At the end of the practical course, the student will be able to know about
 Mapping and classification of wastelands.

 Effective planning and duration of engineering measures for reclamation of wastelands
 Cost estimation of engineering measures/structures with analysis of cost-benefit.
Theory
Land degradation – concept, classification - arid, semiarid, humid and sub-humid regions, denuded
range land and marginal lands. Wastelands - factors causing, classification and mapping of wastelands,
planning of wasteland development - constraints, agro-climatic conditions, development options,
contingency plans. Conservation structures - gully stabilization, ravine rehabilitation, sand dune
stabilization, water harvesting and recycling methods. Afforestation - agro-horti-forestry-silvipasture
methods, forage and fuel crops - socioeconomic constraints. Shifting cultivation, optimal land use
options. Wasteland development – hills, semi-arid, coastal areas, water scarce areas, reclamation of
waterlogged and salt-affected lands. Mine spoils- impact, land degradation and reclamation and
rehabilitation, slope stabilization and mine environment management. Micro-irrigation in wastelands
development. Sustainable wasteland development - drought situations, socio-economic perspectives.
Participatory approach. Preparation of proposal for wasteland development and benefit-cost analysis.
Practical
Mapping and classification of wastelands. Identification of factors causing wastelands. Estimation of
vegetation density and classification. Planning and design of engineering measures for reclamation of
wastelands. Design and estimation of different soil and water conservation structures under arid, semi
arid and humid conditions. Planning and design of micro-irrigation in wasteland development. Cost
estimation of the above measures / structures. Visit to wasteland development project sites.
(A) Theory lecture outline
Lecture chapter details
1 Introduction to land degradation Concept of land degradation,
classification of wastelands for arid,
semi-arid, humid and sub-humid
regions
2 Types of wasteland Denuded range land, marginal lands
etc.
3 Mapping and classification of Factors causing wastelands,
wastelands classification and mapping of
wastelands
4 Constraints, agro-climatic
Planning of wasteland development conditions, development options
5 Contingency plans, conservation
structures-gully stabilisation, ravine
rehabilitation, sand dune
stabilisation
6 Water harvesting and recycling
methods
7 Afforestation Agro-horti-forestry-silvipasture
methods, forage and fuel crops,
socio-economic constraints in the
development of above cropping
systems
8 Shifting cultivation Factors responsible for shifting
cultivation , optimal land use
options to restrict shifting
cultivation practices
9 Development for hills, semi-arid,
coastal areas, water scarce areas;
reclamation of wasteland and salt
affected lands.
10 Wasteland development Mine spoils-impact, land
degradation and reclamation and
rehabilitation
11 Slope stabilization, mine
environment management
12 Micro irrigation in wasteland Role of micro irrigation in
development wasteland development design
planning of micro-irrigation systems
in wasteland development. Different
layout of micro irrigation systems in
different wasteland development
13 Sustainable wasteland development Sustainable wasteland development
in drought situations
14 Socio-economic perspectives Socio-economic factors for
wasteland development
15 Participatory approach for better Participatory approach for better
planning of wastelands planning of wastelands and effective
utilization of natural resources
16 Project proposal for wasteland Preparation of proposal for
development wasteland development with
benefit-cost analysis

Class Practical
1 Study of different classification and mapping techniques for wasteland
development
2 To identify factors responsible for causing wastelands
3 Estimation of vegetation density and classification by remote sensing
and GIS
4 To make planning and design of engineering measures for reclamation
of wastelands
5 Design and estimation of different soil and water conservation
structures under semi-arid condition
6 Planning and design of sprinkler irrigation in wasteland development
7 Design and estimation of different soil and water conservation
structures under arid condition
8 Cost estimation of contour bunding and graded bunding
9 Cost estimation of different types terraces
10 Cost estimation of farm ponds
11 Cost estimation of check dams
12 Cost estimation of drop inlet spillway
13 Cost estimation of chute spillway
14 Visit to wasteland development projects
15 Cost estimation for loose boulder structures and gabion structures
16 Planning &b design of drip irrigation in wasteland development.
References
1. Abrol I P. and V. V. Dhruvanarayana. 1998. Technologies for wasteland development.
ICAR, New Delhi.
2. Ambast, S.K., S.K. Gupta and Gurcharan Singh(Eds.) 2007. Agricultural Land Drainage-
reclamation of waterlogged saline lands. Central Soil Salinity Research Institute, Karnal,
Haryana
3. Hridai Ram yadav. 2013. Management of Wastelands. Concept Publishing Company. New
Delhi
4. Karthikeyan, C., K. Thangaraja, C. Cinthia Fernandez and K. Chandrakandon. 2009. Dry
land Agriculture and Wasteland Management. Atlantic Publishers and distributors Pvt. Ltd.
New delhi
5. Rattan Lal and B. A. Stewart(Ed). 2015. Soil Management of smallholder Agriculture,
Volume21 of Advances in Soil Science. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, Florida,
USA.
6. Robert Malliva and ThomasMissimer. 2012. Arid Lands water evaluation and
management. Springer Heidelberg New York.
7. Viranmani, S.M. (Ed.) 2010. Degraded and wastelands of India: Status and spatial
Distribution.ICAR, New Delhi.
Information Technology for Land and Water Management

1. Course No : SWCE-423(E)
2. Course title : Information Technology for Land and Water Management
6. General objective : To give an exposure to the students on various applications of IT in land
and water management
(a)Theory
(vii) Understand the IT and its application in natural resources management.
(viii) Know about internet application tools and web technology
(ix) Understand the problems and prospects of new ICT
(x) Get exposure on geospatial technology for natural resource management
(xi) Design and application of Decision support system and expert systems
(xii) Learn using models and develop software and application of decision support
systems
(b)Practical
i. Develop multimedia for NRM
ii. Applications of internet
iii. Database management
iv. Geo-spatial technology and its application in NRM
v. Development of DSS and application
vi. Development of mobile apps
Theory
Concept of Information Technology (IT) and its application potential. Role of IT in natural resources
management. Existing system of information generation and organizations involved in the field of land
and water management. Application and production of multimedia. Internet application tools and web
technology. Networking system of information. Problems and prospects of new information and
communication technology. Development of database concept for effective natural resources
management. Application of remote sensing, geographic information system (GIS) and GPS. Rational
data base management system. Object oriented approaches. Information system, decision support
systems and expert systems. Agricultural information management systems - use of mathematical
models and programmes. Application of decision support systems, multi sensor data loggers and
overview of software packages in natural resource management. Video-conferencing of scientific
information.
Practical
Multimedia production. Internet applications: E-mail, voice mail, web tools and technologies.
Handling and maintenance of new information technologies and exploiting their potentials. Exercises
on database management using database and spreadsheet programmes. Usage of remote sensing, GIS
and GPS survey in information generation and processing. Exercises on running computer software
packages dealing with water balance, crop production, land development, land and water allocation,
watershed analysis etc. Exercises on simple decision support and expert systems for management of
natural resources. Multimedia production using different softwares. Exercises on development of
information system on selected theme(s). Video-conferencing of scientific information.
1 Concept of Information Technology (IT) and
Introduction its application potential
2
3 Role of Information
Role of IT in natural resources management.
4 Technology in NRM
5
Information generation System of information generation
6
Extent area for land and Organizations involved in the field of land and
7
water management water management.
8 Multimedia tools and
Application and production of multimedia.
9 application
10 Internet application tools and web technology.
Web technology
11 Network system of information.
12 Communication Problems and prospects of new information
13 Technology and communication technology.
14 Development of database concept for effective
Development of database
15 natural resources management.
16 Basic information about
Basics of geospatial technology
17 RS & GIS technology
18 Application of geo-
Application of remote sensing, geographic
spatial technology in land
19 information system (GIS) and GPS.
and water management
20 Rational data base management system.
RDBMS Object oriented approaches.
21
22 Information system, decision support systems
DSS and application
23 and expert systems.
24 Understanding and Agricultural information management
25 development of mobile systems- use of mathematical models and
26 Apps programmes.
27
Development of DSS and Development of decision support systems,
28
sensors multi sensor data loggers.
29
30 Software development Overview of software packages in natural
31 for NRM resources management
ICT for technology
32 Video-conferencing of scientific information
transfer and monitoring

Class Practical
1 Multimedia production
2 Multimedia production using software.
3
Internet applications: E-mail, Voice mail, web tools and technologies.
4
5 Handling and maintenance of IT and exploring its potentials
Exercises on database management using database and spreadsheet
6
programmes
7
Usage of remote sensing, GIS and GPS survey information generation and
8
processing
9
10 Exercises on running computer software packages dealing with water balance,
crop production, land development, land and water allocation, watershed
11
analysis
12 Exercises on simple decision support and expert systems for management of
13 natural resources
14 Exercises on development of information system
15 Use of Video-conferencing in monitoring and technology transfer
References
1. Climate-Smart Agriculture- Source Book. 2013. Food and Agriculture Organization, Rome.
2. Daniel P. Loucks and Eelco van Beek. 2005. Water Resources systems Planning and
Management- An Introduction to methods, models and Applications. UNESCO, Paris.
3. Dipak De and Basavaprabhu Jirli (Eds.). 2010. Communication Support for Sustainable
Development. Ganga Kaveri Publishing House, Varanasi-221001.
4. FAO. 1998. Land and water Resources information Systems. FAO Land and Water Bulletin 7,
Rome.
5. Fuling Bian and Yichun Xie (Eds.).2015. Geo- Informatics in Resources Management and
Sustainable Ecosystem. Springer, New York.
6. ICFAI Business School(IBS) 2012. Information Technology and systems. IBS Center for
Management Research, Hyderabad.
7. Robert Malliva and Thomas Missimer 2012 Arid Lands Water evaluation Management.
Environmental Science. Springer New York.
8. Sravanan. R. 2011. Information and communication technology for Agriculture and rural
Development. New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi.
9. Soam, S.K., P.D. Sreekanth and N.H. Rao (Eds.). 2013. Geospatial Technologies for natural
Resources management. New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi.
Management of Canal Irrigation System
1. Course Number :IDE-421(E)
2. Course Title :Management of Canal Irrigation System
3. Credit Hours :3(2+1)
6. General Objectives: To enhance the knowledge and skill of the students on study of
management of canal irrigation system for enhancing water productivity
(a)Theory:
The students should be able:
 To have sufficient knowledge to know the canal water distributions system
 Water requirement and availability in a canal command
 Design of lined and unlined canals
 Control of losses of water in canal commands
 Design and layout of different canal outlet structures
(b)Practical:
By the end of the course, the students should be able to
 Estimate the water requirements of various crops grown in the canal command
 Planning and layout of canal irrigation networks
 Design of canal sections
 Study of canal outlets, regulators, escapes and canal falls
Theory:
Typical network of canal irrigation system and its different physical components; canal classification
based on source of water, financial output, purpose, discharge and alignment; canal alignment: general
considerations for alignment; different parts of canal sections, performance indicators for canal
irrigation system evaluation, estimation of water requirements for canal command areas and
determination of canal capacity; base period, water duty and delta, relationship between, base period,
duty and delta, factors affecting duty and method to improve duty; silt theory: Kennedy’s theory,
design of channels by Kennedy’s theory, Lacey’s regime theory and basic regime equations, design of
channels by Lacey’s theory, maintenance of unlined irrigation canals, measurement of discharge in
canals, rostering (canal running schedule) and Warabandi, necessity of canal lining: advantages and
disadvantages, types of canal lining and desirable characteristics for the suitability of lining materials;
design of lined canals; functions of distributary head and cross regulators; canal falls, their necessity
and factors affecting canal fall; sources of surplus water in canals and types of canal escapes;
requirements of a good canal outlet and types of outlet.
Practical
Estimation of water requirement of canal commands; determination of canal capacity; layout of canal
alignments on topographic maps, drawing of canal sections in cutting, full banking and partial cutting;
determination of longitudinal section of canals; design of irrigation canals based on silt theories; design
of lined canals; formulation of Warabandi; Study of canal outlets, regulators, escapes and canal falls.

1 Canal Irrigation Study of network of canal irrigation system and its different
System physical components
2 Study of network of canal irrigation system and its different
physical components
3 Canal classification based on source of water, financial output,
purpose, discharge and alignment
4 Canal classification based on source of water, financial output,
purpose, discharge and alignment
5 Canal Alignment Canal alignment
6 General considerations for canal alignment
7 Different parts of canal sections
8 Canal Performance Performance indicators for canal irrigation system evaluation

9 Study Performance indicators for canal irrigation system evaluation
10 Estimation of water requirements for canal command areas and
determination of canal capacity
11 Estimation of water requirements for canal command areas and
determination of canal capacity
12 Base period, water duty and delta, relationship between, base
period, duty and delta
13 Factors affecting duty and method to improve duty
14 Design of Canal Silt theory: Kennedy’s theory
15 Section Design of channels by Kennedy’s theory
16 Lacey’s regime theory and basic regime equations

17 Design of channels by Lacey’s theory
18 Design of lined canals
20 Discharge Measurement of discharge in canals
21 Measurement Measurement of discharge in canals
22 Rostering (canal running schedule) and warabandi
23 Canal Lining Maintenance of unlined irrigation canals
24 Necessity of canal lining: advantages and disadvantages
25 Types of canal lining and desirable characteristics for the

suitability of lining materials
26 Types of canal lining and desirable characteristics for the

suitability of lining materials
27 Canal Outlets and Functions of distributary head and cross regulators; canal falls,
Falls their necessity
28 Factors affecting canal fall
29 Sources of surplus water in canals
30 Types of canal escapes
31 Requirements of a good canal outlet
32 Types of outlet.
Class Practical
1 Estimation of water requirement of canal commands
2 Determination of canal capacity
3 Layout of canal alignments on topographic maps
4 Drawing of canal sections in cutting
5 Drawing of canal sections in full banking
6 Drawing of canal sections in partial cutting
7 Determination of longitudinal section of canals
8 Design of irrigation canals based on Kennedy’s theory
9 Design of irrigation canals based on silt theories (Lacey’s theory)
12 Formulation of warabandi irrigation systems
13 Study of canal outlets
14 Study of canal regulators
15 Study of canal escapes
16 Study of canal falls
References
1. Arora, K.R. 2001. Irrigation, Water Power and Water Resources Engineering. Standard
Publishers Distributors, Delhi.
2. Garg S. K. 2014. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Publishers New
Delhi.
3. Sahasrabudhe SR. 2011. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic structures. SK Kataria & Sons
Reprint 2015.
Minor Irrigation and Command Area Development
1. Course No. : IDE - 422 (E)

2. Course Title : Minor Irrigation and Command Area Development
6. General Objective :To impart knowledge to the students on importance of minor

irrigation and command area development along with planning, design, execution and
evaluation of on farm development works.
(a)Theory
 Understand performance, development and utilization of water resources through minor
irrigation
 Importance of command area development in irrigation projects
 Planning, design, execution and evaluation of on farm development works
 Know importance of participatory irrigation management in irrigation projects
(b)Practical
 Gain knowledge to bridge the gap between potential created and utilized through
command area development
 Plan, design, execution and evaluation of on farm development activities in the
command area
 Apply latest technology in command area development
Theory
Major, medium and minor irrigation projects, factors affecting performance of irrigation projects; types
of minor irrigation systems in India; lift irrigation systems: feasibility, type of pumping stations and
their site selection, design of lift irrigation systems; tank irrigation: grouping of tanks, storage capacity,
supply works and sluices; earthen dams-types, methods of construction, causes of failure and design of
earthen dams, command area development (CAD) programme- components, need, scope, and
development approaches, historical perspective, command area development authorities-functions and
responsibilities; on farm development works, design of lined and un-lined field channel and its cost
estimation, reclamation works, cross drainage works, use of remote sensing techniques for CAD
works; rotational irrigation system, water productivity: concepts and measures for enhancing water
productivity; conjunctive use of water; farmers’ participation in command area development, rotational
irrigation.
Practical
Preparation of command area development layout plan; irrigation water requirement of crops;
preparation of irrigation schedules; planning and layout of water conveyance system; design of surplus
weir of tanks; determination of storage capacity of tanks; design of intake pipe and pump house.

1 Introduction and Major, medium and minor irrigation projects,
classification of
2 Comparative performance of various irrigation projects
irrigation projects
Definition of terminologies related to minor irrigation
3
and command area
Development and utilization of water resources through
4
different minor irrigation schemes in India
Development and utilization of water resources through
5 Irrigation systems
different minor irrigation schemes in Odisha
and minor irrigation
Types of minor irrigation schemes: surface water and lift
6
irrigation projects,
Structures in surface water projects: storage works,
7 conveyance structures, control structures, distribution
structures,
8 Grouping of tanks, storage capacity of tanks
Tank Irrigation
9 Supply works and sluices
Basic concepts of command area; gap in irrigation
10 potential creation and utilization, Reasons for gap in
Command Area utilization of irrigation water
11 Development component and objectives of the CAD programme
12 Programme Historical perceptive, shift in policy, financial pattern
Command area development authorities- functions and
13
responsibilities
Rotational irrigation- warabandi system, Operation of
Rotational irrigation
14 warabandi- distribution system, water allocation, pre-
system
requisites of warabandi system,
On farm development – components, topographical
surveys,other surveys and investigation – cropping
15
pattern, vegetal cover, drainage, groundwater,
On-Farm Preparation of contour maps
16 Development planning and layout of farm irrigation system
17 planning and layout of farm drainage system
18 Design of lined field channel
19 Cost estimation of lined field channel
20 Design of unlined field channel
21 Cost estimation of unlined field channel
Cross drainage
22 Types of cross drainage works
works
23 Optimum utilization Optimum utilization of irrigation water
of irrigation water Conjunctive use
Use of remote
sensing in water Use of remote sensing techniques for command area
24
resources- CAD development
works
25 Participatory irrigation management- objectives
26 Necessity and constraints of PIM
Farmers Farmer’s participation in command area development-
participation in wastage of water, gap in potential created, tail ender
27
irrigation water problems, indiscipline of users, damages to the system,
management unauthorized irrigation, necessity of involving farmers
Farmers’ association- Pani Panchayat in Odisha, structure
28
of WUA in Odisha
Types, methods of construction, causes of failure of
29
Earthen dams earthen dams
30 Design of earthen dams
31 Lift irrigation Feasibility and types of pumping stations
32 systems Site selection

Class Practical
1 Topographical survey and preparation of contour map
2 Fixing of capacity of canal
3 Design of unlined channel
4 Cost estimation of unlined channel
5 Design of lined channel
6 Cost estimation of lined channel
7 Determination of storage capacity of tanks
8 Design of earthen dam
Water requirement of crops, preparation of irrigation schedules, design of
9
irrigation systems
10 Planning and layout of water conveyance and drainage systems
11 Design for capacity of pumps
12 Application of remote sensing to command area project
13 Visit to a command area project
14 Visit to a minor irrigation project
15 Visit to a lift irrigation project
16 Visit to pump testing laboratory
References
1. Murthy, V.V.N.1998. Land & Water Management Engineering, Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
2. Garg, S K. Irrigation Engg. & Hydraulic Structure, Khanna Publishers, Delhi
3. Modi, P N. Irrigation Water Resources & Water Power Engineering, Standard Book House,
Delhi.
4. Lal, R. Irrigation Hydraulics, Saroj Prakashan, Allahabad.
5. Reddy, T.Y. and Reddi, G.H.S. Efficient Use of Irrigation Water, Kalyani Publishers,
Ludhiana.
Water Quality and Management Measures

1. Course No. :IDE - 423 (E)
2. Course Title :Water Quality and Management Measures
3. Credit hours :3 (2+1)
6. General Objective : To impart knowledge and skill to the students on the water quality and
management measures.
(a)Theory
 Quality of surface and ground water.

 Water quality objectives in relation to domestic, industrial and agricultural activities
 Drinking water quality standards.
 Contamination due to inorganic and organic compounds
 Water decontamination technologies, cultural and management practices for using poor
quality water for irrigation
Theory
Natural factors affecting quality of surface water and groundwater, water quality objectives in relation
to domestic, industrial and agricultural activities, drinking water quality standards, irrigation water
quality classification as per USSL and All Indian Coordinated Research Project (AICRP) criteria, point
and non-point water pollution sources, water contamination due to inorganic and organic compounds,
water contamination related to agricultural chemicals, food industry, hydrocarbon and synthetic
organic compounds. Arsenic and fluoride contamination in groundwater and remedial measures, water
decontamination technologies, cultural and management practices for using poor quality water for
irrigation.
Practical
Water quality analysis and classification according to USSL and AICRP criteria; soil chemical analysis
and estimation of lime and gypsum requirements; study of salinity development under shallow and
deep water table conditions; study of contamination movement and transport in soil profile; study of
different water decontamination techniques; study of different cultural and management practices for
using poor quality water for irrigation; field visit to industrial effluent disposal sites

1 Natural factors affecting Natural factors affecting quality of surface water and
quality of surface water groundwater
2 and groundwater Natural factors affecting quality of surface water and
groundwater
3 water quality objectives Water quality objectives in relation to domestic
4 and standards Water quality objectives in relation to domestic
5 Water quality objectives in relation to domestic
6 Drinking water quality standards
7 Drinking water quality standards
8 Irrigation water quality Irrigation water quality classification as per USSL criteria
9 classification Irrigation water quality classification as per USSL criteria
10 Irrigation water quality classification as per All Indian
Coordinated Research Project (AICRP) criteria
11 Irrigation water quality classification as per All Indian
Coordinated Research Project (AICRP) criteria
12 Point and non-point water Point and non-point water pollution sources
13 pollution sources Point and non-point water pollution sources
14 water contamination Water contamination due to inorganic and organic compounds
15 Water contamination due to inorganic and organic compounds
16 Water contamination related to agricultural chemicals, food
industry, hydrocarbon and synthetic organic compounds.
23 Arsenic and fluoride Arsenic and fluoride contamination in groundwater and
contamination in remedial measures
24 groundwater and remedial Arsenic and fluoride contamination in groundwater and
measures remedial measures
25 Arsenic and fluoride contamination in groundwater and
remedial measures
26 water decontamination Water decontamination technologies
27 technologies Water decontamination technologies
28 Water decontamination technologies
29 cultural and management Cultural and management practices for using poor quality
practices for using poor water for irrigation
30 quality water for irrigation Cultural and management practices for using poor quality
water for irrigation
31 Cultural and management practices for using poor quality
water for irrigation
32 Revision

Class Practical
1 Water quality analysis and classification according to USSL criteria
2 Water quality analysis and classification according to AICRP criteria
3 Soil chemical analysis and estimation of lime and gypsum requirements;
6 Study of salinity development under shallow and deep water table conditions;
9 Study of contamination movement and transport in soil profile;
10 Study of contamination movement and transport in soil profile;
11 Study of different water decontamination techniques;
12 Study of different cultural and management practices for using poor quality water for
irrigation
irrigation
irrigation
15 Field visit to industrial effluent disposal sites
16 Field visit to industrial effluent disposal sites
References
1. FAO. 1996. Control of water pollution from agriculture - FAO irrigation and drainage paper 55
2. Gray, N.F. Water Technology. Raj Kamal Electric Press, Kundli, Haryana.
3. Hussain, S.K. 1986. Text Book of Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering. Oxford & IBH
Publishing Co. New Delhi.
4. Manahan, S.E. 2009. Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry. CRC Press, New York.
5. McGauhey, P.H. 1968. Engineering Management of water quality. McGraw Hill Book Company,
New York.
6. Minhas, P.S. and Tyagi, N.K. 1998. Guidelines for irrigation with saline and alkali waters. Bull.
No, 1/98, CSSRI, Karnal, p. :36
7. Punmia, B.C. and Lal, P.B.B. 1981. Irrigation and water power engineering. Standard Publishers
Distributors, Delhi.
Landscape Irrigation Design and Management

1. Course No :IDE-424(E)
2. Course title :Landscape Irrigation Design and Management
6. General Objective : To acquaint the students with different modern methods of Irrigation,
their design with respect to different landscapes. In addition, the students should learn about
segments of land scape irrigation systems, main components of modern landscape irrigation
systems and their selection criteria and automation system for landscape irrigation.
(a) Theory
 Know about the different conventional and modern methods of landscape irrigation
 Know about various types of landscapes and their suitability with regard to different irrigation
methods
 Understand the different methodologies to compute the water requirement in different
landscape situations.
 Design the modern landscape irrigation systems
 Know how to make automation of the landscape irrigation system
 Be acquainted with accurate irrigation scheduling with proper methods of irrigation for
different landscapes
(b)Practical
By the end of practical sessions, the students will be able to
 Handle different irrigation equipment required for different landscapes
 Know different design procedure and installation of irrigation systems for different landscapes.
 Assess the power requirement of irrigation system and thus selection of pump
 Know about different irrigation scheduling for different landscapes
 Gain in-depth knowledge on different components of landscape irrigation and other equipments
used in it.
 Acquaint with AutoCAD in landscape irrigation design
 Evaluate the different landscape irrigation systems
Theory
Conventional method of landscape irrigation- hose irrigation system, and portable sprinkler with hose
pipes; modern methods of landscape irrigation- pop-up sprinklers, spray pop-up sprinkler, shrub
adopter, drip irrigation and bubblers; merits and demerits of conventional and modern irrigation
systems, types of landscapes and suitability of different irrigation methods, water requirement for
different landscapes, segments of landscape irrigation systems, main components of modern landscape
irrigation systems and their selection criteria; types of pipes, pressure ratings, sizing and selection
criteria; automation system for landscape irrigation- main components, types of controllers and their
application, design of modern landscape irrigation systems, operation and maintenance of landscape
irrigation systems.
Practical
Study of irrigation equipments for landscapes; Design and installation of irrigation system for
landscape, determination of water requirement. Determination of power requirement, pump selection.
Irrigation scheduling of landscapes, Study of irrigation controllers and other equipments, Use of
AutoCAD in irrigation design: blocks & symbols, head layout, zoning and valves layout, pipe sizing,
Pressure calculations etc., Visit to landscape irrigation system and its evaluation.
1 Introduction and conventional Landscape irrigation and its importance
2 method of landscape irrigation Conventional method of landscape irrigation
3 Hose irrigation system and portable
sprinklers with hose pipes
4 Hose irrigation system and portable
sprinklers with hose pipes
5 Modern methods of landscape Modern methods of landscape irrigation
6 irrigation Pop-up sprinklers, spray pop up sprinklers
7 Shrub adopter, drip irrigation and bubblers
8 Shrub adopter, drip irrigation and bubblers
9 Merits and demerits of Advantages and drawbacks of conventional
conventional and modern and modern landscape irrigation systems
irrigation systems
10 Types of landscapes and Various types of landscapes and their
suitability of different suitability with regard to different
irrigation methods Irrigation methods
11 Various types of landscapes and their
suitability with regard to different
Irrigation methods
12 Water requirement for different Estimation of water requirement for different
landscapes landscapes
13 Segments of landscape Different Segments of landscape irrigation
irrigation systems systems
14 Main Components of modern Components of modern landscape irrigation
landscape irrigation systems systems and their selection criteria
15 and selection criteria Components of modern landscape irrigation
systems and their selection criteria
16 Types of pipes, pressure Types of pipes required in different
ratings, sizing and selection landscapes
17 criteria Pressure ratings of different pipes required in
different landscape irrigation systems
18 Pipe sizing and selection criteria
19 Automation system for Automation system for landscape irrigation
20 landscape irrigation Automation system for landscape irrigation
21 Automation of Main components
22 Types of controllers
23 Application of different types of controllers
24 Detail design procedure of modern landscape
irrigation systems
irrigation systems
irrigation systems
27 Design of border irrigation methods
28 Operation and maintenance of landscape
irrigation systems
irrigation systems
irrigation systems
31 Power requirement in different landscape
irrigation systems
32 Selection of pump for different landscape
irrigation systems

Class Practical
1 Study of irrigation equipments for landscapes
2 Study the layout of different landscape irrigation systems
3 Determination of power requirement
4 Selection of pump for different landscape irrigation systems
5 Determination of irrigation scheduling for different landscapes
6 Study of irrigation controllers
7 Study of pop up and spray pop up sprinklers
8 Study of shrub adopters and bubblers
9 Study of AutoCAD software in irrigation design for blocks
10 Study of AutoCAD software in irrigation design for head lay out
11 Study of AutoCAD software in irrigation design for zoning and valves lay out
12 Study of AutoCAD software in irrigation design for pipe sizing and pressure
calculations
13 Study of AutoCAD software for complete irrigation design
14 Visit to a spot having landscape irrigation system
15 Evaluation of a modern landscape irrigation method
16 Evaluation of a conventional landscape irrigation method
References
1. Michael A.M. 2012. Irrigation: Theory and Practice. Vikas Publishing House New Delhi
2. Singh Neeraj Partap, 2010. Landscape irrigation and Floriculture Terminology, Bangalore
3. Smith Stephen W. 1996 Landscape Irrigation: Design and Management. Amazon.in
4. Basic Irrigation Design Principles. Oct 29, 2014 Southwest Turfgrass Association.
Recreational Landscape Conference and Expo. Albuquerque, NM.
Artificial Intelligence
1. Course No. : CS- 421(E)
2. Course Title : Artificial Intelligence
6. General Objective: To impart knowledge to the students on concept and applications of
(a)Theory
 Understand the concept of artificial intelligence.

 Know the details of problem solving in artificial intelligence.
 Know the details of knowledge, reasoning, and planning in artificial intelligence.
 Know the details of the Learning in artificial intelligence
 Know the details Communicating, perceiving, and acting in artificial intelligence.
Theory
Foundation and history of artificial intelligent, problems and techniques – AI programming languages,
introduction to LISP and PROLOG- problem spaces and searches, blind search strategies, Breadth
first- Depth first- heuristic search techniques Hill climbing: best first-A* algorithm AO* algorithm-
game tree, Min max algorithms, game playing- alpha beta pruning. Knowledge representation issues,
predicate logic- logic programming, semantic nets- frames and inheritance, constraint propagation,
representing knowledge using rules, rules based deduction systems. Reasoning under uncertainty,
review of probability, Baye’s probabilistic interferences and Dempster shafer theory, Heuristic
methods, symbolic reasoning under uncertainty, Statistical reasoning, Fuzzy reasoning, Temporal
reasoning, Non monotonic reasoning. Planning and planning in situational calculus, representation for
planning, partial order planning algorithm, learning from examples, discovery as learning, learning by
analogy, explanation based learning, neural nets, genetic algorithms. Principles of Natural language
processing, rule based systems architecture, Expert systems, knowledge acquisition concepts, AI
application to robotics, and current trends in intelligent systems.
Definition of Artificial Intelligence, The Foundations of
1 Introduction Artificial Intelligence,The History of Artificial
Intelligence
2 Intelligent agents Agents and Environments, The Structure of Agents
3 AI programming Introduction to LISP
4 languages Introduction to PROLOG
5 Solving problems by Problem solving agents, Infrastructure for search
searching algorithms
6 Measuring problem-solving performance
7 Blind search strategies
8 Breadth first search, Depth first search
9 Heuristic search techniques
10 Best first-A* algorithm
11 AO* algorithm
12 Beyond classical Hill-climbing search
13 search Genetic algorithms
14 Games, Game tree
15 Game playing
Adversarial search
16 Minmax algorithms
17 Alpha beta pruning
18 Knowledge representation issues
19 Logical agents Predicate logic
20 Logic programming
21 Constraint satisfaction Constraint Satisfaction Problems
22 problem Backtracking search
23 Representing knowledge using rules
24 Knowledge Rules based deduction systems
25 representation Semantic nets
26 Frames, Inheritance, Temporal reasoning
27 Quantifying Reasoning under uncertainty
28 uncertainty Reasoning under uncertainty
29 review of probability
30 Baye’s probabilistic interferences
Probabilistic
31 Dempstershafer theory
reasoning
32 Fuzzy reasoning
33 Fuzzy reasoning
34 Planning, Representation for planning
Classical planning
35 Partial order planning algorithm
Planning and acting Planning in situational calculus, High-level actions
36
in the real world
37 Supervised Learning, Artificial Neural Networks
38 Neural network structures
Learning from
39 Single-layer feed-forward neural networks (perceptron)
examples
40 Multilayer feed-forward neural networks
41 Learning in multilayer networks
42 Knowledge in A Logical Formulation of Learning
43 learning Explanation-based learning
Natural language Principles of Natural language processing
44
processing
45 Expert systems Expert systems, Knowledge acquisition concepts
46 Robotics Robotics, AI application to robotics
current trends in Current trends in intelligent systems
47
intelligent systems
Overall discussion on Overall discussion on Artificial Intelligence
48
References
1. Russell, S. and P. Norvig. 1998. Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach. Prentice Hall.
2. Rich, Elain and Kevin Knight. 1991. Artificial Intelligence. TMH.
3. Patrick Henry Winston. 1992. Artificial intelligence. Addition Wesley 3rd Ed.
4. Nilson Nils J. Principles of Artificial Intelligence. Narosa Publishing House.
Mechatronics
1. Course no. :EE- 421 (E)
2. Course title :Mechatronics
6. General objective :To impart knowledge and skill to the students on the different control
mechanism of A.C. & D.C. motor and application of sensors and transducers.
(a)Theory
 Know the measurement system, control systems, microprocessor based controllers of
A.C. & D.C. motor.
 Understand the principles behind the working of different data acquisition, digital signal
processing.
 Know the different application of Microcontrollers, PLC. Robotics, Robot components,
robot classification and specification.
(b)Practical
 Design a mechatronics product/system and incorporate application of mechatronics for
enhancing product values.
 To run a motor with PLC.
Theory
Definition of mechatronics, measurement system, control systems, microprocessor based controllers,
mechatronics approach. Sensors and transducers, performance terminology, displacement, position &
proximity sensors, photo-electric transducers, flow transducers, optical sensors and transducers.
Actuators, mechanical actuation systems, hydraulic & pneumatic actuation systems, electrical
actuation systems, A.C. Motor, D.C. Motor, stepper motor. Signal conditioning process, filtering
digital signal, multiplexers, data acquisition, digital signal processing, measurement system, pulse
modulation, data presentation systems. System modelling & control, mathematical models, engineering
systems, electro-mechanical & hydraulic-mechanical systems, modelling dynamic systems, transfer
functions, control modes, PID controller. Micro-processor & computer, computer and interfacing,
micro-computer structure, micro-controllers, application of microcontrollers, PLC. Robotics, robot
components, robot classification and specification, work envelopes, other basic parameters of robots.
Robot applications, robot applications in manufacturing, material transfer and machine
loading/unloading, processing operations like welding & painting, assembly operations, inspection
automation, future applications.
Practical
Selection of sensor for a particular application from catalogue/internet. Design a mechatronics
product/system and incorporate application of mechatronics for enhancing product values. To study the
hardware and software of mechatronics kit. To move a table in X-direction within the range of
proximity sensors using Control-X software. To run a motor with PLC. To run a conveyor with
computer. To study the movement of actuating cylinders and sensors.

1 Basic Definition of mechatronics, measurement system, control systems.
2 introduction Microprocessor based controllers, mechatronics approach.
3 Sensors and Performance terminology.
4 transducers Displacement, Position & Proximity Sensors.
5 Photo-electric transducers, flow transducers.
6 Optical sensors and transducers.
7 Actuators, Hydraulic & Pneumatic Actuation Systems, measurement system.
7 Mechanical Electrical Actuation Systems.
9 Actuation A.C. Motor, D.C. Motor, Stepper Motor.
10 Systems Signal conditioning process.
11 Filtering digital signal.
12 Data acquisition system.
13 Multiplexers, digital signal processing,
14 Pulse modulation, data presentation systems.
15 System Mathematical Models, Engineering Systems.
16 modelling Electro-mechanical & Hydraulic-mechanical Systems.
17 & control Modelling Dynamic Systems.
18 Transfer Functions.
19 Control Modes & PID Controller.
20 Micro- Computer and Interfacing, Micro-computer Structure.
21 processor & Micro-controllers, application of microcontrollers.
22 computer PLC, Robotics.
23 Robot classification and specification.
24 Robot components.
25 Work envelopes, other basic parameters of Robots.
26 Robot applications.
27 Robot applications in manufacturing.
28 Material transfer and machine loading/unloading.
29 Processing operations like Welding & painting.
30 Assembly operations,
31 Inspection, automation.
32 Future applications.

Class Practical
1. Study of different types Transducer.
2. Selection of sensor for a particular application from Catalogue.
3. Selection of sensor for a particular application from Internet.

4. Design of a mechatronics product/system.
5. To incorporate application of mechatronics for enhancing product values.
6. To study the Electrical Actuation Systems with A.C. Motor
7. To study the Electrical Actuation Systems with D.C. Motor.
8. To study the Electrical Actuation Systems with Stepper Motor.
9. To study the PID Controller.
10. To study the hardware of mechatronics kit.
11. To study the software of mechatronics kit.
12. To study thepulse modulation, data presentation systems
13. To move a table in X-direction within the range of proximity sensors using
Control-X software.
14. To run a motor with PLC.
15. To run a conveyor with computer.
16. To study the movement of actuating cylinders and sensors.
References
1. Bolton, W. 2001.Mechatronics. Pearson Education Asia.
2. Wolfram, Stadler. 2006. Analytical Robotics and Mechatronics. Mc-Graw Hill.
3. Doeblin E.O. 1999. Measurement Systems. Mc-Graw Hill.
4. Mahind, A.P. 2003.Introduction to Digital Computer Electronics. TMH.
5. Niku, S.Y. 2008. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis, systems and applications. Pearson
Education Asia.
6. Craig, J.J. 2010.Introduction to Robotics. Pearson Education Asia

Course Syllabus B. Tech. (Agricultural Engineering)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Course Syllabus B. Tech. (Agricultural Engineering)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COURSE SYLLABUS

B. TECH. (AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING)

Approved by the Academic Council

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING AND

3. Gauss Jordan method to find inverse of a matrix

4. Eigen values, eigen vectors, Cayley Hamilton theorem

5. Linear transformation, diogonalisation of matrics

6. Solution of linear equations, nature of rank

7. Caley Hamilton theorem to find inverse of A

 Know about super conducting materials and their properties

(B)Practical Class Outline

(A)Theory Lecture Outline

18. Basic idea on enzymes, their use in manufacturing of ethanol

B) Practical Class Outline:

8 Experimental work for estimation of dissolved oxygen in water sample.

15 Result analysis and record writing of the experiment.

Theory: The students will be able to:-

(A) Theory Lecture Outline

Lecture Chapter Details

(B) Practical Class Outline

(A) Theory Lecture Outline

(B) Practical Classes Outline

(B) Practical Class outlines

Drawing sheet 1 Practice of different layout drawings ( Within two classes)

Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer

Class Chapter Details

1. Course No : MATH - 122

Communication Skills and Personality Development

1. Course No : ENG - 121

1. Develop academic and social English competencies in speaking,

(A) Theory Lecture Outline

1 Communication skills-1: meaning and process of communication- context,

3 Listening and note taking.

4 Structural and functional grammar-1: tense- present and past tenses,

11 Oral presentation skills: individual and group presentations, impromptu

12 Public speaking (debate), group discussion: various forms of debates, lincoln-

14 Indexing, footnote, bibliographic procedures: plagiarism, apa style of

16 Reading and comprehension of general and technical articles: sub-skills of

(B)Practical class outline

1 Listening in the language laboratory- 1

2 Listening in the language laboratory- 2

3 Speaking in the language laboratory- 1

4 Speaking in the language laboratory- 2

5 Writing skills practice- 1: précis and summary writings

7 Writing skills practice- 3: CV and cover letter

8 Reading and comprehension of general articles-1

9 Reading and comprehension of technical articles-2

16 Field diary and lab record

B. Practical classes Outline

Workshop Technology and Practices

Lecture Chapter Details

1 Introduction to welding, types of welding.

2 Welding Oxyacetylene gas welding, types of flames, welding techniques

3 Principle of arc welding, equipment and tools.

4 Casting processes; steps in sand casting processes, types of

6 Classification, constructional details of center lathe.

7 Lathe Main operations and tools used on center lathe.

8 Main accessories and attachments used in lathe.

9 Shaper Types of shapers, constructional details of standard shaper.

11 Types and classification of milling machines.

12 Milling Constructional details and principles of operation of column and

13 Plain milling cutter. Main operations on milling machine.

14 Classification of drilling machines.